THE FULFILLMENT OF TODAY'S PROPHETIC WORD

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

"We have no government armed with power capable of contending with human passions, unbridled by morality and religion.  Avarice ambition revenge and licentiousness would break the strongest cords of our constitution, as a whale goes through a net.  Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people.  It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other."  

John Adams first Vice President (1789–1797), and as second President of the United States(1797–1801)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

THIS PAGE IS ARRANGED IN THIS FORM 

[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 

THEN FOLLOWING THAT

:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

 

><>         ><>             <><          <><   

 

 

 

 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 5-12-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AS PREDICTED IN TOM HORN’S NIGHTMARISH VISION “BLOOD ON THE ALTAR” – New Data Indicates America ON VERGE OF CIVIL WAR

May 12, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

New data indicates America on the verge of civil war, and neither side will back off

Posted on May 2, 2019 by usafeaturesmedia in Civil War, Current Events, Political Violence, Politics, U.S. National //

By Vicki Batts

Will the United States soon enter a second civil war? Polling data from Georgetown University shows that an overwhelming majority of Americans believe a civil war is coming down the pike — and most people aren’t actually willing to make the changes necessary to stop it. Across the board, Americans are doubling down on their political values and are refusing to compromise on the issues tearing the country apart. Do you Agree with President Trump’s 2nd amendment stance? Government officials say that there is a substantial chance that America will enter a civil war within the next 10 or 15 years, meanwhile other experts say the war has already begun. When the war truly begins may be up for debate, but at least one thing is clear: The United States is rife with civil unrest and political animosity. That could easily prove to be a greater threat to our nation than any foreign power. Polling data collected by Georgetown University‘s Institute of Politics and Public Service indicates that “more than half the likely electorate thinks we are more than 70 percent of the way to being at the edge of civil war.” But that’s not all. It turns out most people now blame the mainstream media and social networking sites for fanning the flames of unrest. The research was led by two polling groups: The Tarrance Group (Republican) and Lake Research Partners (Democrat). They found that in addition to believing in an imminent civil war, many voters are conflicted about compromise. Celinda Lake, of Lake Research Partners, says that 86 percent of voters surveyed said that finding common ground should be a goal for politicians — yet 79 percent also said they were tired of leaders who compromised on their values, and instead want someone who stands up to the other side. While the nation is split on an array of political issues, voters on both sides of the aisle blamed media, politicians, special interests and social networks for the increasingly deep divide between the Right and the Left. Some 81 percent of survey respondents named special interests and social media as being key contributors to America’s vitriolic political landscape. Politicians and mainstream media outlets like CNN and MSNBC were also named as top influences in America’s unrest. Last year, State Department official Keith Mines said that there was a 60 percent chance the United States would enter a civil war within the next 10 to 15 years. But many experts believe that the civil war has already started. It is not a secret that social media networks like Facebook, Twitter and YouTube have been actively conspiring to suppress conservatives. Their acts of blatant and unjustified censorship have been the subject of much scrutiny. Facebook has come under fire for similar unceremonious and unwarranted bans and suspensions, and for censoring a wide variety of content, including information on vaccines and advertisements for conservative politicians. The mainstream media, of course, has long been accused of pushing propaganda and creating their own version of events to supplement their agenda. The Covington Catholic scandal is plenty of proof of that. Watch: Mainstream media now openly calling for violence against conservatives It is no surprise then, that many experts believe the civil war has already started — perhaps, beginning with the Left’s targeted attack of prominent conservatives. In addition to silencing them in the social media space, Democrat politicians have been accused of openly plotting to kill their conservative counterparts. Is it any wonder we’re at odds? A version of this story first appeared at NewsTarget.

https://thenationalsentinel.com/2019/05/02/new-data-indicates-america-on-the-verge-of-civil-war-and-neither-side-will-back-off/ 

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/05/12/as-predicted-in-tom-horns-nightmarish-vision-blood-on-the-altar-new-data-indicates-america-on-verge-of-civil-war/ 

 

:: 5-13-19 Russian News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fortunately, Islam is a religion of peace. Imagine what would happen if that was not the case.

Date Country City Dead Wounded Description

May 11 Pakistan Gwadar 1+4 2 4 insurgents armed with rifles and grenades attacked a luxury hotel in the southwestern coastal town of Gwadar, triggering an intense, hours-long shootout in which 1 hotel guard and all the attackers were killed

Iraq Baghdad 1 2 A child was killed and two other people were injured when a bomb exploded in southeastern Baghdad. Islamic State militants were suspected

Afghanistan Kandahar Province 21 21 Taliban militants killed in Kandahar Province

Helmand Province 3 Three Taliban militants killed in Helmand Province

Faryab Province 4 Four children killed in IED explosion in Faryab Province

Ghor Province 1 In-charge of ‘Kangaroo Court’ of Taliban killed in Ghor Province

India Jammu and Kashmir 1 ‘Commander’ of Islamic State-inspired module killed in Jammu and Kashmir while establishing a new branch, Wilayat al-Hind

Nigeria Njimtilo area 5 5 Five people are left dead following a Boko Haram raid in the middle of the night

Mali Bandiagara 4 2 Four civilians are shot to death by suspected Jihadists

Afghanistan Kabul 1

Afghan parliament adviser and former journalist killed in Kabul

Syria Idlib 1 Basim Khaled al Sultan died on May 11, 2019, due to wounds sustained on May 9, 2019, as Syrian warplanes fired missiles on Ma’aret Harma village

Nigeria Gajiganna 11 Islamic State (IS) killed 11 Nigerian soldiers in an attack on the northeastern town of Gajiganna

Somalia Bosaso 10 Blomb blast outside Bosao courthouse

Pakistan Pishin district 2 Two personnel of the Frontier Corps, Balochistan, were injured in a bomb blast in the Huramzai area of Pishin district

India Shopian district 2 Two terrorists were shot dead in an encounter in Jammu and Kashmir’s Shopian district

Bangladesh Bengal 3 2 3 BJP, Trinamool workers found dead, 2 others shot at in Bengal as Lok Sabha Phase 6 elections start

May 10 Afghanistan Daykundi Province 5 4 Five people were killed and four wounded after their vehicle set off an explosive device in central Daykundi Province

Murghab District 24 11 24 soldiers were killed and 11 injured when Taliban militants attacked security posts in the Murghab District. Several militants were also killed or injured

Farah Province 7 Seven Taliban militants killed in Farah Province

Kandahar Province 6 Six Taliban militants killed in Kandahar Province

Pakistan Balochistan 5 Three FC personnel among five persons killed in Balochistan

Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 2 Two militants killed in operation in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa

Syria Bahdaliya 1 2 A civilian dies from injuries following a Jihadi roadside blast

Afghanistan Murghab 15 5 The Taliban overrun two guardposts and massacre fifteen Afghans

Dawlat Abad 4 5 Four children killed by a Taliban IED

Iraq Kawar 8 Islamic militants slaughter a husband, wife and their six children in their home

Burkina Faso En route to Mali 2 Two French special forces officers were killed Friday in a military operation in the West African nation of Burkina Faso that freed four people from the United States, France and South Korea

Nigeria Borno 7 Seven terrorists killed after a serious battle with them at Gulwa.

Syria Idlib 3 At least three civilians, including a woman, were killed as Syrian forces artillery fired shells on Khan Sheikhoun city in Idlib

Idlib 2 At least two civilians, including a woman, were killed in an intensive shelling by Assad forces missile launcher on Kafranbel city in Idlib

May 9 Libya Ghadwa 3 4+ Suspected Islamic State militants attacked the town of Ghadwa, near the southern Libyan city of Sabha. The attackers entered the town and opened fire, killing three and injuring several others, before retreating

Iraq Mosul 8 Eight people, including an elder, were killed when Islamic State militants attacked their house with gunfire.

Afghanistan Qarabagh District 3 2 Taliban militants attacked a military convoy, killing three police officers and injuring two others. Several Taliban militants were also killed or injured

Iraq Baghdad 8+1 15 8 people killed and 15 others wounded when a suicide bomber detonated at the crowded Jamila market in Eastern Baghdad. The Islamic State group claimed responsibility for the attack

Afghanistan Faryab Province 33 33 Taliban militants killed

Kabul Province 9 Nine persons including four civilians killed in a Taliban attack on a United State based aid group CARE.

Helmand Province 7 Seven Taliban militants killed

Farah Province 6 Six Taliban militants killed

Uruzgan Province 4 Four Taliban militants killed

India Chhattisgarh 2 Two persons, including a civilian killed in separate incidents

Paktika Province 2 Two Taliban militants killed

Jammu and Kashmir 2 Militants fire at and injure two civilians

Pakistan Balochistan 3 Tribal elder among three persons killed in blast

Afghanistan Laywanay Bazaar 3 2 Hardline fundamentalists ambush and kill three local cops

Iraq Diyala 2 Two Iraqi paramilitary fighters were wounded Wednesday in a bomb attack

Syria Deir Ez-Zour 1

Death of a civilian in a shooting by unknown gunmen in al Jarthi village

Deir Ez-Zour 1

Syrian Democratic forces killed a civilian in al Sh-heil city

Idlib suburbs 1

Syrian regime forces killed a girl in Heesh village

Idlib suburbs 1

Syrian regime forces killed a civilian in al Hraki village

Idlib suburbs 3

Syrian regime forces killed civilians in Heesh village

May 8 Pakistan Lahore 10+1 24 A suicide bombing occurred at the gate for female visitors at the Sufi Data Darbar shrine in Lahore. The Pakistani Taliban claimed responsibility

Afghanistan Kabul 5+4 24 Taliban militants attacked the offices of Counterpart International in Kabul. A car bomb was first detonated at the gates of the office, after which four attackers entered the building before special forces arrived. All four attackers were killed after a nearly five hour battle

Loy Kandahar region 29 36 29 Taliban militants killed

Paktia Province 11 11 militants killed

Maidan Wardak Province 5 5 Taliban militants killed

Helmand Province 4 4 Taliban militants killed as Taliban Red Unit commander’s compound was stormed

Helmand District 4 4 Taliban militants killed

Ghazni Province 3 3 militants killed

Paktika Province 3 3 Taliban militants killed

Iraq Saladin Governorate 3 4 Unidentified gunmen attacked a house in the Saladin Governorate, killing three and injuring four others

Miqdadiyah 2 Two Iraqi paramilitary fighters were wounded while patrolling in a bomb explosion.

Syria Farat 2 4 A suicide car bomber takes out two civilian bystanders

Manbij 3 3 civilians killed by shrapnels

Iraq Mazarei 3 5 Three people killed by Islamic State gunmen’s attack on a family home

Nigeria Molai 11 12 Boko Haram tear into a village and slaughter eleven people

Syria Khan Sheikhoun 3 At least three civilians were killed as Syrian regime fixed- wing warplanes fired missiles in parallel with a shelling by their missile launcher on Khan Sheikhoun city in Idlib governorate

al Keshkiya 1 A motorcycle bomb exploded in front of al Omairi Makeshift Hospital in al Keshkiya town in Deir Ez-Zour governorate

Kansfara village 1 Ghada Ibrahim al Saeed Mrouh died on May 8 due to wounds sustained on May 7, as Syrian regime forces helicopters dropped barrel bombs on Kansfara village

May 7 Afghanistan  Alingar District  4 2 Four police officers were killed and two others wounded when a bomb exploded near a police vehicle in the Alignar district in Afghanistan

Farah Province 20+18 38 persons including 20 Afghan Army soldiers and 18 Taliban militants killed in separate incidents

Helmand Province 8 Eight Taliban militants killed

Uruzgan Province 1 Taliban ‘deputy commander’ killed

India Jammu and Kashmir 4 BSF officer among three persons injured in Pakistani shelling along LoC

Pakistan Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 1 3 Soldier killed and three others injured in militant attack

Burkina Faso Ouahigouya 1 Terrorists fire into a toll booth, killing the operator

Iraq Debis 3 2 An ISIS attack leaves three dead.

Libya Tripoli 1 Forces loyal to renegade military commander Khalifa Haftar have shot down a warplane belonging to the internationally-recognised Government of National Accords (GNA). The Portuguese pilot is receiving medical treatment.

Syria Idlib, Hama province 15 At least 15 civilians, including children, have been killed in Syria’s northwest region.

Latakia province Terrorists attack Russian airbase in Syria, fail to cause damages or casualties

Iraq Anbar 13

Iraqi army joined forces with tribes to kill 13 Daesh militants

Altun Kupri town, Kirkuk province 3 1

Unidentified gunmen shoot three Iraqi policemen dead, one wounded. IS group suspected.

May 6 Afghanistan

Gulistan District

13 12 Taliban militants attacked army posts in the Gulistan District of Afghanistan, setting off clashes. 13 soldiers were killed and 12 others injured. Two other soldiers were kidnapped

Baghlan Province 21 13 21 persons including 13 Policemen and eight Taliban militants killed

Uruzgan Province 12 12 Taliban militants killed

Nangarhar Province 5 5 ISIS-K militants killed

Logar Province 1 Taliban militant killed

India Jammu and Kashmir 5 Five persons injured in Pakistani shelling along LoC

Pakistan Khyber Pakhtunkhwa 1 Polio official shot dead

Punjab 1 Policeman shot dead

North Waziristan 4 10 Two separate shooting attacks on local security leave four dead.

Syria Aleppo 8 At least eight civilians (including 3 children) have been killed in government-led air raids in rebel-held towns on the outskirts of Syria’s Aleppo

Turkey Hakkari province 3 1

3 Turkish soldiers killed in PKK mortar attack from Iraq

May 5 Afghanistan Kunar province 43 43 IS militants killed in separate air-strikes

Kabul Province 26 26 militants killed in operations

Kandahar Province 14 14 Taliban militants killed in

Uruzgan Province 13 13 Taliban militants killed by NDS

Faryab Province 6 6 civilians killed by Taliban

Paktia province 2 Taliban ‘commander’ kills two civilians

India Bihar 1 India Civilian killed in IED blast

Jammu and Kashmir 1 India: Political leader killed

Israel South 5 128+ 5 Israelis kiiled by Hamas rockets

Iraq Mosul 1 Arena games’ Coach wounded in Mosul motorbike attack

Afghanistan Puli Khumri 55 13 + 9 Taliban militants attacked a police station in the northern Afghanistan with a suicide bombing + shooting

Syria Idlib 9 At least nine civilians killed in government-led air raids

Turkey Southeastern Turkey 3 1 3 Turkish soldiers killed in PKK mortar attack from Iraq

Syria Ma’aret Harma 1 Syrian regime forces killed a civilian in Ma’aret Harma village in…

al Rakaya 1 Syrian regime forces killed a woman in al Rakaya village in…

Gaza Gaza 2 A pregnant woman and her infant are killed by a Hamas rocket.

Somalia Mogadishu 1 A bomb left on a minibus kills one person when it goes off.

Pakistan Mamond 1 A polio worker is shot to death by suspected radicals

Nigeria Magumeri 10

Islamic State claims it killed 10 soldiers in northeastern Nigeria

Total 681 397

https://www.therussophile.org/crimes-deaths-and-attacks-during-ramadan-2019-updated-daily-fortunately-islam-is-a-religion-of-peace-imagine-what-would-happen-if-that-was-not.html/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 5-13-19 Raymond Ibrahim :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“We Shall Come for Your Head Soon”: Muslim Persecution of Christians, February 2019

05/13/2019 by Raymond Ibrahim

Massacres of Christians

Nigeria: A number of fatal Islamic terror attacks targeting Christians occurred throughout February:

February 10: Muslim Fulani herdsmen killed 10 Christians and an unborn child. Armed herdsmen in large numbers had surrounded the Christian village around 11 p.m. the (Saturday) night before. “We heard gun shots, and this forced me and my family to remain in our bedrooms as it was difficult for us to run out of the house,” said one survivor. “The Fulani gunmen surrounded our house and were shooting and shouting, ‘Allahu akbar [God is greater].’ They killed my father, mother, two brothers, and one of my sisters-in-law.” The attack came as a complete surprise, even for the village head: “We have never had any misunderstanding with the Fulani herdsmen, so I don’t know why they attacked our village,” he said. “Ten members of my community, including a pregnant woman, were killed during the attack, thus making the unborn child to be the eleventh victim.”

February 12: In the northeast, Boko Haram jihadis invaded four Christian communities, killing several Christians and displacing many others. “I saw a man who I know to be a Christian and a member of the Church of the Brethren in Shuwa, my home town, shot to death,” said one eyewitness. “Also, Bulama, a community leader in Madagali, was shot dead alongside many Christians.”

February 26: Muslim Fulani herdsmen slaughtered at least 32 people in Maro, a Christian village in north-central Nigeria. Churches were also damaged and a boarding school shut down. “We ran out of the church building as the shooting was going on,” said a woman who was in a Bible study class when the raid began. “Many have been killed, and I have not seen my family members since morning. I have escaped out of the area.” Another local Christian said, “The armed herdsmen are shooting anyone they see and are setting fire on houses and church buildings.”

Reported on February 25: Muslim herdsmen attacked a Christian wedding celebration, killing 12 people. “From behind the hill overlooking this village emerged armed Fulani herdsmen who shot indiscriminately at Christians from various churches here at the venue of the feast,” said one local. “Twelve Christians who are members of various churches were shot dead instantly, while another five Christians were injured.” Six of those murdered were children.

Burkina Faso: Muslim terrorists slaughtered a 72-year-old Christian missionary in the Muslim-majority African nation. According to the report, “Antonio Cesar Fernandez was travelling with two colleagues from Togo back to their community in the capital Ouagadougou when a group of jihadists stopped their car. After searching the vehicle they made the 72-year get out and took him to a forested area. A few minutes later there was the sound of shots.” Antonio had been a missionary in Africa since 1982. Attacks on Churches

Ethiopia: Angry Muslim mobs attacked ten Christian churches. “The incensed crowds comprising Muslim residents of all ages from across the town made their way to the churches chanting ‘Allahu Akbar’ after being given false information that a mosque in the surrounding countryside had been fire-bombed,” said a local. “The contents of all the churches were removed from the buildings and set on fire on the street.” According to the report,  One of the attacked churches, Meserete Kristos Church, has since been vandalized again, and area Christians have faced intimidation and threats… While Kale Hiwot Galeto church building was destroyed in the Feb. 9 attack, aid workers believe the other nine church buildings were not set ablaze only because of the risk to neighboring Muslim-owned properties. Municipal police were present during almost every attack but took no action…. More than 9,900 worshippers are estimated to attend the 10 churches. A small number of Christians sustained minor injuries and returned home after receiving hospital treatment, including two that were more seriously injured… Huge amounts of property were destroyed, including Bibles, song books, instruments, benches and chairs….

France: During just the first two weeks of February, “[a]t least 10 incidents of vandalism and desecration of Catholic churches have been reported in France,” notes a February 15 report. “Vandals in Catholic churches throughout the country have smashed statues, knocked down tabernacles, scattered or destroyed the Eucharist, burnt altar cloths and torn down crosses, among other acts of desecration of religious items.” The St. Nicholas Catholic Church in Houilles was vandalized on three separate occasions in February; a 19th century statue of the Virgin Mary deemed “irreparable” was “completely pulverized,” said a clergyman, and a hanging cross was thrown to the floor. Similarly, Vandals desecrated and smashed crosses and statues at Saint-Alain Cathedral in Lavaur; they mangled the arms of a crucified Christ in a mocking manner; an altar cloth was burned. “God will forgive. Not me,” the city’s mayor said. On the very next day, Vandals plundered and used human excrement to draw a cross on the Notre-Dame des Enfants Church in Nimes; consecrated bread was found thrown outside among the garbage. According to Father Emmanuel Pic from Notre-Dame parish, “Nothing of value has been broken, but it is the intent that is very shocking. This is what characterizes profanation.” The Observatory on Intolerance and Discrimination against Christians in Europe added that “It is our sincere hope that the perpetrators are brought to justice and that awareness of increasing anti-Christian hostility in France reaches the public square.”

Turkey: On Sunday, February 23, threatening graffiti messages were found on the main entrance door of the Armenian Church of the Holy Mother of God in Istanbul. The Armenian Patriarchate of Constantinople said in a statement that “There were written racist and hate speeches in both English and Arabic [saying] you are finished!” One Armenian writer shared images of the vandalism on Twitter and wrote, “The walls and the door of the Balat Surp Armenian Church. We built its entrance with rocks from the historical church in İznik [Nicaea], where the council met [Council of Nicaea, 325]…. Now they say, ‘YOU ARE FINISHED.’ There are no local [Armenian] people left. The ‘New Turkey!’” Commenting on this latest church attack, an Armenian Member of Parliament, tweeted, “Every year, scores of hate attacks are being carried out against churches and synagogues. Not just the perpetrators, but also the people who are behind them, should be addressed. For the most important part, the politics that produce hate should be ended.”

Egypt: Due to the closure of their church in December 2018, Coptic Christians held their third funeral in the middle of the street in February. They had long tried to get the necessary permits to register their unofficial church, to no avail. According to the report,

The village currently has no church, but there are approximately 2500 Coptic Christians living there… The police had closed the church in order to pacify the Islamists, who used a nearby mosque’s microphone to rally Muslim villagers against the Christians…. Unfortunately, the situation in Kom al-Raheb is commonplace throughout Egypt. Police frequently cave to the demands of hardline Islamists instead of protecting the right of Christians to freely practice their faith. When churches are closed, Christians are left to worship and hold rites (such as funerals) in the street.

Attacks on Apostates, Blasphemers, and Evangelists Kenya: Muslim men beat and raped a Christian woman and mother of four for leaving Islam. The 41-year-old woman became a secret Christian in 2017; in 2018, however, the threats began, after Somali Muslims saw her at a church: “We have known that you are a Christian, and one of us saw you come out of a church on Sunday,” read one message. “If you continue attending the church, then we shall come for your head soon.” She and her four children, who had also converted to Christianity, quickly relocated. Then, on January 2, four Somali Muslims forced their way into the Christian family’s home: “I was beaten and then raped by four men who threatened me, telling me not to say anything about the ordeal that I went through. As they left the house at 1 a.m., one of them said, ‘We could have killed you for being a disgrace to Islam and joining Christianity, which is against our religion, but since you are a single mother, we have decided to spare your life with the condition that you should not mention our names.’” Pakistan: On February 19, four Christian women were falsely accused of blasphemy, prompting “enraged Muslims” to riot and dislocate approximately 200 Christian families from the village. Problems began when a Christian landlord asked a Muslim couple to leave, because they had been “causing trouble among the Christian families in the community,” to quote locals. In retaliation, the Muslim wife accused four Christian women—three of whom were the landlord’s daughters—of desecrating a Koran. “As news of the accusation spread, a mob of enraged Muslims gathered … and attacked several Christian properties, including [the landlord’s] house and a nearby church. The mob killed pets, livestock, and damaged several Christian homes by stoning them.” Soon after a police investigation began, “it was revealed that Samina Riaz [the Muslim accuser] borrowed a copy of the Quran from Khalid Khan, a nearby shopkeeper,” explained a local involved with the case. “When she reached home, she threw it into a water tub in the restroom. She purposely alleged the Christian women of desecrating the Holy Book of Islam.” Even though Samina Riaz confessed to framing the Christians, “members of the mob are still refusing to allow Christians to open their churches,” says the report. Meanwhile, Asia Bibi, a Christian mother who was in prison — and on death row — for nearly a decade, was finally acquitted in late 2018. However, apparently to placate tens of thousands of angry Muslims who rioted and protested all throughout Pakistan, authorities still kept her a prisoner. In a February 9 report, which until very recently contained the latest information concerning Asia’s whereabouts, AP quoted a human rights campaigner in contact with her: he said the government had her and her husband locked in a single room where “the door opens at food time only.” She was permitted to make phone calls in the morning and at night, usually to her daughters. “She has no indication of when she will leave…. They are not telling her why she cannot leave.” Because many Muslims have vowed to kill her, “At the moment, she has security, but she could face problems any moment, any time, and it could happen very quickly,” said the contact. Most recently, on May 8, it was reported that Bibi had finally left Pakistan and was at long last reunited with her family in Canada. Ethiopia: “An Ethiopian police officer was arrested, dismissed and forced to move to another part of the country after he told colleagues about his Christian faith,” says a report. The 25-year-old man, using the pseudonym of Adane, grew up in Ethiopia’s eastern Somali region, which is “nearly 100 percent Muslim.” Although he became Christian two years ago, problems for him began when another policeman “recently filed a complaint against him with the Somali State Human Rights Office. He had been heard talking about his newly found Christian faith while in uniform.” The deputy chairman of the Human Rights Office, an ethnic Somali himself, was reportedly “greatly surprised to discover that there actually was a Christian within the tribe.” He “advised Adane to return to Islam. Adane refused, claiming a constitutional right to religious freedom. He was then arrested. Following intervention by the Human Rights Office-chairman, Adane was released, only to find he had been dismissed from the police force. The chairman advised Adane to relocate to another area because he had made too many enemies locally…” Iran: February witnessed a significant increase of state sanctioned persecution of Christians. In the city of Rasht, nine Christians were arrested and detained. One of them, a pastor who took over after his predecessor was arrested, was himself arrested on February 10, during church service. Although Rasht has had its fair share of persecution—at least three Christians from there recently received a sentence of 80 lashes—“[t]he past month represents the heaviest wave of publicly known arrests in Rasht within the last three years,” says the report. “It is the policy of the Islamic government not to put thousands of Christians in jail,” explained Dr. Hormoz Shariat, a human rights activist. “Their policy is to arrest a few and put maximum sentence on minor offenses [such as holding church meetings in a home]. They then publicize it in order to put fear in the hearts of Christians. Their strategy is causing fear and isolation.” In another incident reported on February 1, five women, former Muslims who had converted to Christianity, were arrested. One of the women, a 65 year-old, was arrested in her home. According to the report, Authorities confiscated several of her personal items, including electronics and Christian materials (such as Bibles), while searching her residence. She was detained for ten days and interrogated during that time. She was temporarily released after paying a bail of 30 million Toman [$600]. However, she was later charged with “acting against national security.” The prosecutor forced her to visit an Islamic religious leader who offered her the opportunity to return back to Islam.

Another of the apostate women faced the charge of “disturbing public order, propagating Christianity, and connecting with foreign entities.” If convicted, all these Christians could face up to ten years in prison. Tajikistan: New amendments to the Muslim majority nation’s religion law are being used to exercise tighter control over its small Christian community. As one February 25 report explains, “Tajik authorities implementing a new religion law are barring children from attending religious [church] services and have burned [five] thousands of calendars with Bible verses.”

Hostility for and Violence against Christians Germany: On February 15, “in the multicultural district of Berlin Neukölln, a Christian from Iraq was hit in the face by a Muslim … and threatened with a knife because of a Christian tattoo,” said a February 17 report (in translation). Two men approached the 27-year-old Iraqi Christian, “on account of his religious tattoo,” and demanded money. “He did not comply with this request, whereupon one of the unknown held him and the other beat him several times in the face,” while drawing out a knife. The Christian eventually managed to escape. One of the two assailants were arrested. According to the police report, “The arrested person claims to be of Muslim faith.” Pakistan: Muslim students stabbed and nearly murdered a Christian student in Karachi. Problems for the youth, Haroon Ifhan, began on February 15, when he reported to the school’s headmaster that his classmate, Muhammad Majid, had stolen and damaged his notebook. “[W]hen the notebook was recovered from Majid’s backpack, he got angry and felt insulted,” said Haroon’s father. Two days later, on Sunday, February 17, “When Haroon was alone on the road, Majid and five others beat Haroon,” explained the father. “The attack was so terrible that Haroon’s kidney was cut into two pieces” from the stabbings, added a local activist. After he was rushed to hospital, “doctors were forced to remove his kidney.” As is common in such cases, police and local authorities tried to pressure the family not to press charges against the Muslim youths, but the family insists that “We want justice,” even at the risk of their own lives. Separately, a district council in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province unanimously voted to employ only Christians as hospital sweepers, thereby “reinforcing a stereotype that views Christians as second class citizens,” notes the report: The members of the Swabi District Council adopted the measure unanimously and demanded that all Muslims currently posted as sweepers be transferred to other jobs, such as guards…. Due to widespread religious discrimination, Pakistani Christians are often treated as second class citizens. For many Muslims in Pakistan, Christians are considered spiritually polluted and untouchable because of the religion that they follow. In the professional setting, this discriminatory status relegates Christians to menial and dirty jobs…. Although Christians only make up only 2% of Pakistan’s total population, they represent 80% of Pakistan’s sweepers and sewer workers. Egypt: Islamic terrorists abducted another Christian man in the Sinai city of El Arish. The man was travelling by bus when, according to a February 6 report, “gunmen stopped the bus … and examined the identity cards of everyone on board looking for members of the police or military. When they found the Christian’s ID card they carried him off the bus and let it depart. The man’s family said he had already been forced to flee El Arish in February 2017, along with 355 other Christian families, after terrorists linked to IS (Islamic State) executed seven Christians in the city in less than a month. He was returning there on personal business matters.” It is believed that the man has since been killed. A similar incident occurred in 2018, when another Christian who had fled El Arish in 2017, returned on business only to be gunned down by masked militants. In February that year IS-linked terrorists issued a threat to slaughter all Christians found in Sinai. Separately, an 18-year old Christian girl living south of Luxor was reported missing. Her family accused a local Muslim man of kidnapping her. They and other local Christians gathered in front of the police station to protest her disappearance, to little avail. The disappearance of Christian girls is a growing epidemic in Egypt. In 2017, an ex-kidnapper explained the systematic process of how Christian girls are targeted for abduction, forced conversions and “marriages” to Muslims. According to the report, the man, known only as “G,” “admits he was in a network actively targeting Coptic girls for years before he left Islam.” Although such networks have been around since the 1970s, they reached their “highest levels now, in the era of President Sisi,” he said. A portion of his testimony follows: A group of kidnappers meets in a mosque to discuss potential victims. They keep a close eye on Christians’ houses and monitor everything that’s going on. On that basis, they weave a spider’s web around [the girls]…. I remember a Coptic Christian girl from a rich, well-known family in Minya. She was kidnapped by five Muslim men. They held her in a house, stripped her and filmed her naked. In the video, one of them also undressed. They threatened to make the video public if the girl wouldn’t marry him…. The kidnappers receive large amounts of money. Police can help them in different ways, and when they do, they might also receive a part of the financial reward the kidnappers are paid by the Islamisation organisations. In some cases, police provide the kidnappers with drugs they seize. The drugs are then given to the girls to weaken their resistance as they put them under pressure. I even know of cases in which police offered helped to beat up the girls to make them recite the Islamic creed. And the value of the reward increases whenever the girl has a position. For example, when she is the daughter of a priest or comes from a well-known family…. The Salafist group I knew rented apartments in different areas of Egypt to hide kidnapped Coptic. There, they put them under pressure and threaten them to convert to Islam. And once they reach the legal age, a specially arranged Islamic representative comes in to make the conversion official, issue a certificate and accordingly they change their ID…. If all goes to plan, the girls are also forced into marriage with a strict Muslim. Their husbands don’t love them, they just marry her to make her a Muslim. She will be hit and humiliated. And if she tries to escape, or convert back to her original religion, she will be killed.

Indonesia: In a February 6 interview, “Santoso,” a Christian, discussed the negative evolution of Muslim-Christian interactions: “[I]n the last two years, we are now seeing that Islam, it’s getting more radical and they try to make the politics combine with the religion,” he said. “So they try to make their agenda. Like before they had [in] their agenda that in 2020 Indonesia [would be] becoming an Islamic country. But it’s not happening, but they are still trying and getting bigger now, the Islamic radicalization in Indonesia.” As one example, although Muslims used to wish Christians a Merry Christmas, “now many imams and other Islamic leaders in Indonesia discourage Muslims from acknowledging the holiday even in speech.”

Separately, and as another example of the growing hate in Indonesia, a Muslim man who tried to bomb a church years ago, and was partially maimed for it, remains unrepentant: “I have no regrets for what happened,” he said in a February interview. Eighteen years earlier, Taufik Abdul Halim and his jihadi colleagues tried to bomb several targets. One of his friends who was supposed to bomb a church got cold feet. “So I decided to deliver it myself,” Halim said. “But the package exploded before it arrived at the intended target.” The bomb, hidden in a Dunkin’ Donuts box, exploded prematurely; it blew off part of Halim’s right leg and injured six other people. Although he also ended up serving 12 years in prison, the February 2 report suggests that his experiences have done little to damper his hate.

Raymond Ibrahim, author of the new book, Sword and Scimitar, Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West, is a Distinguished Senior Fellow at the Gatestone Institute and a Judith Rosen Friedman Fellow at the Middle East Forum. About this Series The persecution of Christians in the Islamic world has become endemic. Accordingly, “Muslim Persecution of Christians” was developed to collate some—by no means all—of the instances of persecution that surface each month. It serves two purposes: 1) To document that which the mainstream media does not: the habitual, if not chronic, persecution of Christians.

2) To show that such persecution is not “random,” but systematic and interrelated—that it is rooted in a worldview inspired by Islamic Sharia.

Accordingly, whatever the anecdote of persecution, it typically fits under a specific theme, including hatred for churches and other Christian symbols; apostasy, blasphemy, and proselytism laws that criminalize and sometimes punish with death those who “offend” Islam; sexual abuse of Christian women; forced conversions to Islam; theft and plunder in lieu of jizya (financial tribute expected from non-Muslims); overall expectations for Christians to behave like cowed dhimmis, or third-class, “tolerated” citizens; and simple violence and murder. Sometimes it is a combination thereof.

Because these accounts of persecution span different ethnicities, languages, and locales—from Morocco in the West, to Indonesia in the East—it should be clear that one thing alone binds them: Islam—whether the strict application of Islamic Sharia law, or the supremacist culture born of it.

https://www.raymondibrahim.com/2019/05/13/we-shall-come-for-your-head-soon-muslim-persecution-of-christians-february-2019/ 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 5-12-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong M6.1 earthquake hits Panama and Costa Rica border (videos and pictures)

By Strange Sounds - May 12, 2019

A 6.1 magnitude earthquake has struck the Panama-Costa Rica border region, home to more than 400,000 people on May 12, 2019. The quake struck on Sunday afternoon, and was initially reported by the European-Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC) and the US Geological Survey (USGS). The EMSC reported the quake as happening at a depth of 12km below the earth’s surface, while the USGS put the depth at 37 km. A 6.1 magnitude earthquake is considered a “strong” quake, and can cause extensive damage in populated areas. Only 100 such quakes happen worldwide every year. Eyewitnesses told the EMSC that the quake was “very strong” and shook buildings. However, no significant damage has yet been reported. The quake’s epicenter was 48km northwest of David, Panama’s second-largest city, and 201km southeast of San Jose, the Costa Rican capital. The company Naturgy Panama reported that electric power was affected in Puerto Armuelles, San Bartolo, Agua Buena, Rio Mar and San Vicente. There is no report of victims and damages, but several users have reported very strong shakings during the M6.1 earthquake.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/panama-earthquake-costa-rica-earthquake-may2019-video.html 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 1-10-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. it shall not be a good week, many things shall take place.  Watch the stock market, and if you have money hoarded up in there, you are going to lose it, you are going to lose it.  Listen carefully, pay attention, place your money where you know that it is safe etc.

:: 5-13-19 Money Metals Exchange :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Precious Metals Are Setting Up For A Major Rally While The Broader Markets Are Primed For A Crash

by: Steve St. Angelo Money Metals News Service May 13th, 2019

To understand the dynamics of the markets, we need to look at the technical indicators. While it’s true that technical analysis can’t guarantee how the market reacts in the near term, it provides excellent indicators over the longer run. And, if we look at the technical indicators in the markets now, they are setting up for one hell of a crash. One of the best technical indicators that show whether a market (or asset) is over inflated or undervalued, is the 200 Moving Average. If we apply the 200 Moving Average (MA) to a daily chart, it’s a 200 Day moving average. If we apply it to a weekly chart, then its a 200 Week moving average and to a monthly chart, it’s a 200 Month moving average. The next series of charts will show how the 200 Month Moving Average (MMA) today compares to the peak, right before the 2008 Financial Crisis. The Dow Jones Index in 2007 (at 14,000) was 75% above its 200 MMA. Again, these charts are monthly charts, and I will be referring to the 200 Month Moving Average as 200 MMA:

However, today, the Dow Jones is now 82% above its 200 MMA. So, we are severely overdue for a correction. All stocks and indexes eventually come back to their 200 MMA. It’s not only necessary, but it’s also healthy for the market. We cannot have rising stock values forever. Now, if we look at the NASDAQ, the technical setup is even more extreme than the Dow Jones because tech stocks today are behaving more like the mania that took place before the Great Tech Crash in 2000. The NASDAQ is currently 112% above its 200 MMA: For the NASDAQ to correct back to the 200 MMA, it would have to lose more than half of its present value. As we can see, the major stock indexes today are even more inflated than they were before the 2008 financial crisis. But, that is not true for Gold and Silver. I continue to receive emails from some followers who believe gold and silver will crash along with the broader markets. While we could see a brief selloff in the precious metals, I doubt it would be anything like it was in 2008-2009. If we look at the 200 MMA for gold and silver, the technical setup presently is the exact opposite of what it was in 2008: First, let’s look at silver. In 2008, silver’s price was a staggering 212% above its 200 MMA: When silver was trading at $20 in 2008, its 200 MMA was $6.40. Thus, it was extremely overvalued as well as overbought. So, when the markets crashed, silver fell to the $8-$9 range. You will notice that I have included the approximate average production cost to produce silver in the two periods. Because the average annual price of oil surged higher since 2000, it impacted the cost to produce silver and gold. Thus, when the silver price fell below the production cost in 2008, it didn’t take long for it to move back above it in 2009. Today, the silver price is currently 11% BELOW its 200 MMA. While this might be a negative technical indicator for traders, I only see that as temporary — more on this in an upcoming video. According to my analysis, the current breakeven for the primary silver mining industry is about $15 an ounce. Which means, we could see lower silver prices for the short term, but we must understand, silver is not overbought or overvalued by any stretch of the imagination, quite the contrary. Also, the breakeven price to produce precious metals continues to provide a floor in the silver and gold prices. Furthermore, I had written articles and made videos showing that when the markets started to sell off, gold and silver went higher, not lower. The precious metals still act as a FEAR TRADE. Secondly, the gold price is much closer to its 200 MMA today than it was in 2008: In 2008, the gold price was 144% above its 200 MMA versus only 25% higher today. Moreover, when the gold price corrected lower in 2008, it fell to the industry’s breakeven cost of about $650 an ounce. That was the reason it did not fall back to its 200 MMA. Also, as we can see over the past five years, the gold price has been bouncing off the $1,150 level as that is now its PRODUCTION COST FLOOR LEVEL. Yes, it’s true that gold fell below that in late 2015, but that was due to oil falling to $28 a barrel. Some analysts are suggesting that we could see gold fall back to $1,000 during the next market crash before reversing and moving to new highs. While anything is possible, I don’t see that as a “LIKELY” outcome. Due to the continued falling ore grades, even at lower oil prices, the gold mining industry’s production cost continues to increase. Of course, if we were to get rid of 75+% of global gold production, costs could fall, but that much of a reduced supply would push prices to new highs… LOL.

The Major Factor To Determine Asset Values In The Future Not Considered By The Market I am just briefly going to touch on this subject matter as I want to bring this article to a conclusion. I have shown in many articles how the oil price has been the LEADING DRIVER for higher gold and silver prices. Thus, the COST OF PRODUCTION has always been the floor price for precious metals. However, at some point, we are going to see a disconnect between how the oil price (and supply) will impact the value of most assets (stocks, bonds, and real estate) versus gold and silver. Let me say this simply. The rising oil price, along with rising global oil production, has pushed up the value of most assets. However, when oil production peaks and declines, regardless of the oil price, most asset values will decline while the gold and silver prices (values) move higher. I will explain in more detail why I believe this to be true in future articles and videos. In conclusion, the stock markets are seriously over-valued if we go by their 200 Month Moving Averages. The NASDAQ and tech stocks are more overvalued than the Dow Jones Index, similar to what they were during the 1997-1999 Tech Boom. However, the gold and silver prices are at the opposite spectrum versus the overall markets as they are undervalued and closer to their 200 MMAs. Hell, the silver price is 11% below its 200 MMA. So, I believe the precious metals are setting up for one hell of a rally while the broader markets are primed for a crash.

https://www.moneymetals.com/alerts 

:: 5-12-19 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – You Must Prepare Now For The Elites’ Nightmare Endgame

May 12, 2019

As the world edges closer to the next crisis, today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies warned King World News that people must prepare now for the elites’ nightmare endgame. One Of The Least Desired Asset Classes On The Planet

May 12 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: More than 99.5% of world financial assets are invested in other things besides gold. That makes gold one of the least desired asset classes on the planet. Most professional as well as private investors would never consider gold as part of their portfolio. So if 99.5% of assets are not in gold, how can a small clique of gold owners holding less than 0.5% of world financial assets be right? They clearly look like a small minority of obstinate goldbugs and contrarians who are living in the past. Or do these people see something that the majority of investors don’t?.. Yes, gold has always been money but it is different today. Gold doesn’t work as money. There is not enough of it and it is very impractical to hold and even worse to pay with. You can’t, in a convenient way, transfer it without going through the financial system. Clearly fiat money, with electronic transfers or crypto money, must be the way forward. And the great advantage with such money is that you can create unlimited amounts of it with just a touch of a button. Who needs gold in this new modern world? The world always thinks that it is different this time. The Keynesian crowd with their cheerleader Krugman and the MMT (Modern Monetary Theory) followers are totally convinced that unlimited money printing and deficit spending is the only way forward. And since this has worked for the US for the last 60 years, it must clearly work forever. So why can’t the US continue to run chronic budget deficits, just as it has since 1960? The Rise Of Socialism As the US economy collapses in the early 2020s, socialists will present the perfect candidate for the 2024 US election. As hard times hit the US, this candidate will promise the earth by having a solution for everyone, especially the poor. It will be unlimited social security, free medicare, guaranteed pensions, housing benefits, and any other freebees that will win votes. The rich will naturally be hit very hard with punitive taxes which will please the masses. This socialist candidate will be just right at a time when the US elects its first socialist president and the perfect antidote to Trump. In his second term, if he is reelected, the aging Trump will be blamed for all the problems that have emerged by that point such as economic misery, poverty, hunger, and a breakdown of government services including social services. This will lead to social unrest and crime which will all be blamed on Trump. And being the opposite to Trump in everything they will totally convince the Americans that they have the answer to all the problems. Like all socialists, they don’t understand that socialism works until you run out of other people’s money. When they take over the US debt could be around $40 trillion, if it follows the historical pattern of doubling every 8 years. But that won’t worry them. They will spend tens of trillions of dollars or more on nationalizing a number of companies that are going under. They will also dramatically increase the spending on social security, medicare and pensions. When the socialist candidate takes power they will already have a fellow socialist as well as a Marxist as UK leader. The latest point for the next UK election will be June 2022. With the mess that Mrs May has caused the Conservative party, it is not impossible that Corbyn, the Labour leader, will become British Prime Minister before 2022. If the socialist leader will be bad for the US, Corbyn will be even worse for the UK. He will socialize many major utilities such as the railways, water and electricity. He will subsidize or nationalize all failing industries that employ a high number of workers. And obviously he will increase taxes dramatically for the wealthy and for big corporations. When Corbyn became Labour leader in 2015, I was convinced that he would be the next Prime Minister. Not because of his qualities but due to the coming collapse of the UK and world economy. The mood in the world in the early 2020s will lead to socialists taking over in most countries. When people are desperate, they will see the socialist/communist promises as the only solution to their miseries. At that point, the media, which will be almost exclusively socialist, will support the socialist cause and the propaganda machine will hail socialism as the solution to the world economy’s woes. Keynesian and MMT theories of deficit spending, combined with direct government ownership, will be hailed as the solution to the US and UK economic problems and also for the rest of the world’s. Thus, deficits and debt will go up exponentially. No one will listen to the argument that it was debt that caused the problem in the first place, even though it will be impossible to solve a debt problem with more debt. Nor will people learn from history that socialism or communism has never worked in any country over time. The Golden Antidote The consequences will be obvious. Rapidly rising deficits and debts will lead to increased global currency debasement. Obviously, all currencies can’t fall against each other at the same time but they will all fall against real money, which is gold and also against silver. Currency debasement will lead to high inflation which will be rapidly followed by hyperinflation. At that point, central banks will not be able to hold interest rates down. Most forecasters today are predicting that rates will be held low for many years. I disagree with that. The coming insolvency of governments and businesses, combined with money printing, will lead to a collapse of bond markets and a surge in interest rates. Central banks will lose their manipulative powers due to the sheer weight of debt, most of it bad debt. US rates at that point will be at least 10% but most likely 20% or more. Imagine US debt of $40 trillion in 2025 at say a 15% interest rate. That would be a $6 trillion interest bill, which means that 100% of tax revenue would be used to pay interest. But with the economy under severe pressure, total tax revenue at that point will be down dramatically. So more money printing will be required, leading to higher deficits and higher debts with higher interest rates and more defaults. You Must Prepare Now For The Elites Nightmare Endgame At that point, even the proponents of MMT or socialism will realize that you cannot create wealth by printing money. That will then lead to the final stage of this cycle which will be a deflationary implosion of debts and assets and a depression. There is no other possible outcome of the mess the world is in today. That is absolutely guaranteed. What we don’t know is when it will happen and how long it will all take. Events of this magnitude often take longer than you expect. Those of us who saw the problems of 2007-9 coming would not have thought that the temporary rescue at that time would have lasted 10 years. So rather than trying to time the coming secular economic downturn, it is more important to plan how to protect yourself. How do I protect my wealth? Gold and silver will be the only money to survive, just as they have for 5,000 years. Do I have enough and is it stored in a safe place and jurisdiction? Where I live will I be safe from crime, social unrest or war? What are the alternatives? Will I have enough food and other necessities like medicines? What is guaranteed is that future taxes for the wealthy will be punitive when the socialists take over. In the UK, many wealthy people are moving their money out of the country and also moving themselves. There is also a risk that the UK and other countries will copy the US system of worldwide taxation of all citizens regardless of where they live. The first step to protect against this would be a second passport followed by renouncing the US, UK or other citizenship.

The above list is far from exhaustive. Also, these decisions are both drastic and personal. Therefore, everyone will decide based on their specific circumstances. Many wouldn’t want to leave the country where they were born or their family and friends. With the world going through the most dramatic changes in the next 5-10 years, life will be very different and very difficult for most of us. But remember Rudyard Kipling’s words in his wonderful poem “IF”: “If you can meet with triumph and disaster And treat those two imposters just the same” Finally, heed these ancient words of wisdom which are so appropriate when a dire set of circumstances unfold: “This Too Shall Pass” For those who would like to read more of Egon von Greyerz’s fantastic articles CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-you-must-prepare-now-for-the-elites-nightmare-endgame/ 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 5-13-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Opens its Arsenal; Trainloads of Tanks in Desert Paint, heading to ports . . . IRAN

World News Desk 13 May 2019

Those who have been watching developments in the Middle East have thought Iran was likely to face US Military action over its nuclear program. On Sunday, May 12, that became crystal clear as trainloads of M1A2 Abrams tanks left American Armories toward ports to be shipped out of the country. The tanks are painted Desert color - IRAN now seems to have REAL trouble . . . The video below, taken in southern California on May 12, shows literally HUNDREDS of M1A2 tanks on a train heading toward Port Hueneme, for transit out of the USA. The paint job on the tanks indicates the environment they will be operating in: Desert. If Iran thought it could simply ignore the United States, and ignore US concerns about the terrible nuclear deal negotiated under the incompetent Obama regime, then Iran is in error. The United States cannot -- and will not -- be ignored. The United States has serious concerns about Iran becoming a nuclear-armed nation. It is not something the US -- or most of the world -- can tolerate. The safety of millions is at stake, and the regime in Iran has a vile track record of state-sponsored terrorism in many countries around the world. To allow such a regime to produce and possess nuclear weapons, is simply untenable. For months, the USA has told Iran the nuclear deal must be re-negotiated. For months, Iran has refused. For months, the US has imposed ever-worsening economic sanctions in an effort to spur Iran to return to the bargaining table. Iran has refused. Recently, Iran began moving its own military assets into positions that will enable it to attack US bases in the Middle East, attack US allies in the Middle East, and to put the free flow of oil at market prices, in jeopardy by affecting the Persian Gulf and its strategically important Strait of Hormuz. Iran is a formidable country with a considerable military. Respectable in every regard. NONE OF THAT MATTERS.

Being formidable is wonderful when it comes to military challenges; but "formidable" is meaningless when facing a super-power like the USA. Iran's weapons systems will inflict some damage, but not enough to deter, never mind halt, a US military operation. Iran's technology is child-like compared to the US. Unless Iran agrees to return to the bargaining table, and to peacefully re-negotiate a deal the USA can live with, it faces the mightiest military power ever to exist on this planet. Iran would likely see it's military smashed into oblivion, it's power plants destroyed, it's water treatment facilities wrecked, its highway bridges destroyed, its railroad networks obliterated and its people deprived of normalcy -- and of their lives -- in very short order. US weaponry cannot be defended against. Even if some of that weaponry can be intercepted or shot down, the shear volume of an American military onslaught is insurmountable. Why go that route when negotiations can avoid all of those horrors? Members of Iran's military have been shooting their mouths off recently on TV, about how they are not afraid of the US, and about how our troops, ships, and bases are "targets" for the mighty Iranian military. Those boasts have now begotten the opening of US arsenals, and the commencement of tank shipments toward the Middle East. Iran seems to have no connection to reality when it comes to acknowledging what they face. Reality is coming. Iran would do well to wise-up. ATTACKS INSIDE AMERICA - PREPARE

Americans need to also understand reality. Iran is the largest state-sponsor of terrorism on this planet and they will use those resources to attack Americans HERE, inside the US, when hostilities commence. We should expect bombings of our public places; sabotage of our public water and of our electric grid. Attacks upon our highway interchange bridges, railroads, oil and gas lines. We should expect release of chemical or biological weapons. All these things would be designed to disrupt our lives, and (theoretically) reduce our ability to fight. Americans need to PREPARE in order to get through what may be coming our way. HERE is a list of suggested "preps." Please note: This web site exists thanks to reader support. If you enjoy the news you find here, or find it valuable, PLEASE click the DONATE button in the right column above and donate a few bucks. It's the only way to offset data transfer costs and keep this site alive.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/america-opens-its-arsenal-trainloads-of-tanks-in-desert-paint-heading-to-ports-iran

:: 5-10-19 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

On Armenian Genocide Remembrance Day Turkish President Erdogan Tweets the Genocide was ‘Reasonable’

by Jim Hoft May 10, 2019

April 24th was the 104th anniversary of the Armenian genocide in Turkey. Thousands of people marched through Los Angeles to commemorate the anniversary. The most recent genocide of the Armenians began on April 24th, 1915, and 1.5 million Christian Armenians were slaughtered by the Muslim Ottoman Turks. On April 24 Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan tweeted about the Armenians saying the “relocation” was “reasonable.” This was a stunning response by the leader of the Turkish regime on the genocide anniversary. But he wasn’t done yet. The Turkish President’s official website posted a letter Erdogan sent to the General Vicar of the Armenian Patriarch of Turkey, Aram Ateşyan. The letter was rife with justifications, equivocations, temporal distancing of the crime and a warning. The AP reported via Sheikyermami. Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan this week justified the Armenian genocide, arguing that deportation of the Christian group by the Ottoman Empire in 1915 that ultimately led to mass killings was “reasonable.” April 24 is the anniversary of the genocide, when much of the world honors the over 1.5 million Armenians killed between 1915 and 1923. The Ottoman Empire also ethnically cleansed Turkey of Assyrians and Greeks in that time. Turkey has yet to apologize for the killings or even acknowledge them as a genocide, and its government condemns those who do. The forced removal of the Armenians was among the various drastic measures the Ottoman Empire took against the group that ultimately resulted in genocide.

The AP reported via Sheikyermami.  Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan this week justified the Armenian genocide, arguing that deportation of the Christian group by the Ottoman Empire in 1915 that ultimately led to mass killings was “reasonable.”April 24 is the anniversary of the genocide, when much of the world honors the over 1.5 million Armenians killed between 1915 and 1923. The Ottoman Empire also ethnically cleansed Turkey of Assyrians and Greeks in that time. Turkey has yet to apologize for the killings or even acknowledge them as a genocide, and its government condemns those who do.  The forced removal of the Armenians was among the various drastic measures the Ottoman Empire took against the group that ultimately resulted in genocide.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/05/on-armenian-genocide-remembrance-day-turkish-president-erdogan-tweets-the-genocide-was-reasonable/ 

:: 5--19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ontario Passes Law Allowing Gov't to Seize Children From Parents Who Oppose Gender Transition

By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor

Canada's Ontario province has passed legislation that allows the government to seize children from families that refuse to accept their child's chosen "gender identity" or "gender expression." The so-called Supporting Children, Youth and Families Act of 2017, or Bill 89, was approved by a vote of 63 to 23, according to The Christian Times. It requires child protection, foster, adoption service providers, and judges to take into account and respect a child's "race, ancestry, place of origin, color, ethnic origin, citizenship, family diversity, disability, creed, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity and gender expression." "I would consider that a form of abuse, when a child identifies one way and a caregiver is saying no, you need to do this differently," Minister of Child and Family Services Michael Coteau, who introduced the bill, was quoted as saying. "If it's abuse, and if it's within the definition, a child can be removed from that environment and placed into protection where the abuse stops." The bill replaces the Child and Family Services Act, or Bill 28, which governs child protection, foster care and adoption services. Bill 28 stated that the parent of a child in care retains the right "to direct the child's education and religious upbringing." However, the new law amends it thus: "to direct the child or young person's education and upbringing, in accordance with the child's or young person's creed, community identity and cultural identity." Irwin Elman, Ontario's provincial advocate for children and youth, said in a statement, "I believe that this new Act, in its principles, represents a paradigm shift for the province with its commitment to the participation of children and youth in every decision that affects them, the creation of a child-centered system of service, and commitment to anti-racism and children's rights." Jack Fonseca, senior political strategist for Campaign Life Coalition, disagrees, and was quoted as saying, "With the passage of Bill 89, we've entered an era of totalitarian power by the state, such as never witnessed before in Canada's history. Make no mistake, Bill 89 is a grave threat to Christians and all people of faith who have children, or who hope to grow their family through adoption." In April, a Christian couple filed a lawsuit against Hamilton Children's Aid Society for removing two foster children from their home because they refused to lie to the girls by saying that the Easter bunny is real. "We have a no-lying policy," Derek Baars, one of the foster parents, said at the time, pointing out that a child support worker insisted that he and his wife, Frances Baars, tell the two girls in their care, aged 3 and 4, the Easter bunny is real. "We explained to the agency that we are not prepared to tell the children a lie. If the children asked, we would not lie to them, but we wouldn't bring it up ourselves." The eligibility of the Baars, members of the Reformed Presbyterian Church of North America, was canceled and the children were taken away. The CAS worker, who insisted that the Baars teach the kids that the Easter bunny is genuine, told them that the Easter bunny was an important part of Canadian culture.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/ontario-passes-law-government-seize-children-parents-oppose-gender-transition.html 

:: 5-12-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dude, where's my culture?

by globalintelhub Sun, 05/12/2019 - 15:01

Have you ever stopped running around the hamster wheel and looked around and thought where the hell am I? Who am I? The deterioration of Western culture could not be felt greater anywhere else but America. We've created an entire class of "Haters" who for absolutely no logical reason hate President Trump - so much so it has been named "Trump Derangement Syndrome:" Trump derangement syndrome (TDS) is a neologism used by supporters of U.S. President Donald Trump[2][3] to describe a reaction to Trump by liberals and Never Trump neoconservatives, who they say respond to Trump's statements and political actions irrationally and with little regard to Trump's actual position or action taken.[4] The term has been used by pro-Trump supporters to discredit criticism of Trump's actions.[5][1][6] For those of us who have seen this in action it is no joke, leftists can break down in tears at the sight of him or sound of the words "Trump." We live in a world where a woman can fill out a form naming a complete stranger as the father of her child, and without any evidence - that man can be forced to pay child support and more or face JAIL. We live in a world where the US openly admits to being an Empire and publishes documents to prove it based on an analysis of past missions. This is a complete 180 as the US has denied this for the 50 - 60 years that it's been doing it. Listening to this classic song "The Logical Song" is a great metaphor describing how simple people became something else, and now are ghosts of people. Today's people are shadows of people. They have no soul. Here's the lyrics:

When I was young, it seemed that life was so wonderful

A miracle, oh it was beautiful, magical

And all the birds in the trees, well they'd be singing so happily

Oh joyfully, playfully watching me

But then they send me away to teach me how to be sensible

Logical, oh responsible, practical

And they showed me a world where I could be so dependable

Oh clinical, oh intellectual, cynical

There are times when all the world's asleep

The questions run too deep

For such a simple man

Won't you please, please tell me what we've learned

I know it sounds absurd

Please tell me who I am

I said, watch what you say or they'll be calling you a radical

Liberal, oh fanatical, criminal

Won't you sign up your name, we'd like to feel you're Acceptable

Respectable, oh…

It's the programming hard at work. During the 1960's and 1970's there was a cultural revolution in the West - it wasn't exclusive to USA by the way. But it was an exclusive Western thing. In Asia in that time there were still Bicycles in Beijing, there were no "Asian Tigers" and there was no "Wal Mart" selling Chinese crap to people at an ever increasingly inflated price. There was no GMO. The Establishment fought back hard against the simple people. The war become not about country vs. country, not spy vs. spy but about the classes against the masses. An elaborate plan that took another 50 years to fully see the results play out in the disaster we see in society today. All these hippies what they were really on about - they were really on to something. Their instinct, and native intelligence understood what was going on in ways they could only explain in music. The soul of man was being commoditized. Schools which were previously about learning and knowledge became tools of social control, tools to program the masses whether it be gender confusion, or twisted justifications of the grotesque actions of the empire (of the Military Industrial Complex). All this probably sounds like an anti-Imperialist rant by a wanna be Socialist. But not! It is an attempt to understand the system as a whole, this science is known as Cybernetics (Theory of Systems). And why does someone need to understand Cybernetics? Because of course, then one can understand Macroeconomics and especially International Markets.  Uber is now publicly traded and is worth about $70 Billion. Who would have guessed it 10 years ago? All uber really is - an app. Service As An App (SAAA) (this is the thing now, create an acronym, get quoted. ) And it's happening all over the world. Go Jek is a service in Indonesia where you can get a guy on a scooter to get you a pack of cigarettes or melons for a small amount of money. It's already a $4B+ valuation company. With services like Uber Eats, Go Jek, and online shopping - it's a wonder why anyone physically goes to shopping malls anymore. Of course, less and less people are doing so; but the world is becoming more polarized and bifurcated. You have an intellectual class that's changing the way the world works one industry, one story at a time. Then you have the phone zombies that walk around staring at their phones that end up getting hit by trucks or worse. You know, the masses. The masses have deteriorated, and the classes have reinvented themselves. For example Rich people live 14+ years longer. That's not a lot, but that gap didn't exist 50 years ago. This is a major global demographic shift. The news media is filled with intrigues, #MeToo and #WeToo - while Hyperloop is building a transportation tunnel so passengers can go from LA to Silicon Valley in 30 minutes. What's amazing about what the Elite have created - they have created a system of programming, surveillance, and control on multiple layers (biological, chemical, psychological) and it's all by choice! People ask for it! People like Fakebook! They like watching TV! Literally - they have created a slave race which is completely voluntary. And if this is by design, then bravo... because it's a trap door for all of us to escape. Our point here is to revisit history and keep current events in perspective. We live in a world where parents allow their young children to CHOOSE THEIR GENDER. This is the most absurd thing - wait I will hold my tongue - there may be something more absurd coming down the pike. Women's rights wasn't enough - Obama (who was an obvious closet homosexual) ushered in rights for transgender people and the third gender. What is the third gender? Good question. Hermaphrodites. Ridiculous. Ridiculous!! Perhaps the next wave of rights abuses will be parents that force their children to be the gender that they are born. Protestors will hold signs with boys in dresses and girls in suits demanding action be taken. Boys should be allowed to wear dresses in schools if they choose! Parents shouldn't buy baseballs for their boys they should buy them dolls and baseballs and allow them to choose!! What's next? I'll tell you what's next.. Brilliant logic explained emotionally by a simple person. What happened Bob and all the other smart, hardworking, honest, simple Americans? Dude, where's my culture? is a production of Global Intel Hub - an Alternative News without views. We report on financial markets, science, intelligence, and major paradigm shifts. Get it free @ www.globalintelhub.com

Sponsor this article if you like it, shop at ubuy.me

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-05-12/dude-wheres-my-culture 

:: 5-12-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Are Russian S-300 Missile Systems In The United States?

by Tyler Durden Sun, 05/12/2019 - 19:45

What are Russian S-300 air defense systems doing in the United States?

Satellite images recently surfaced online after military enthusiasts discovered the installations which appeared to show elements of the Soviet-designed S-300PT system located at a US military range. The images sparked even greater interest after they were analyzed by the popular military site Defence Blog, which discussed their authenticity and possible reasons such Soviet missiles would be located at a US military range. According to the Defence Blog analysis: A 30N6 fire control system and semi-trailer arrangements of 5P85 Transporter Erector Launchers (TEL) have been seen in satellite imagery of the U.S. military range. All these vehicles are part of the S-300PT surface-to-air missile system. S-300PТ system is designed for the defensive purpose of administrative, industrial and military buildings and objects against all kind air attacks. Likely such Russian systems are obtained by the US Department of Defense via partner former Soviet countries like Ukraine. Defence Blog explained that the US Army "commonly practices air assault with Russian-style air defense systems during training exercises." This adds "extra realism" during live simulated drills: "It uses styled or real combat vehicles and air defense systems to add extra realism to various exercises," according to the report.  Months ago western nations as well as Israel expressed alarm over Russia transferring its deadly S-300 systems to the Syrian government following an uptick in brazen Israeli aerial attacks, which had further resulted in the accidental downing of a Russian reconnaissance plane near Syria's coast, killing 15 crew members aboard. US and Israeli jets operating in or near Syria will now face down newly trained Syrian operators utilizing S-300 missiles to thwart any threats. No doubt, US and Israeli defense planners are also ramping up force readiness against the S-300s, most likely by training F-35 jets on how to avoid and take them out.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-05-12/why-are-russian-s-300-missile-systems-united-states 

:: 5--19 Russian News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CONFLICTING REPORTS OF 7-10 OIL TANKER EXPLOSIONS IN U.A.E. – GOV'T DENIES

This post was originally published on this site

For the past eight to ten hours, NUMEROUS reports have been coming in of several oil tanker explosions in the port of Fujairah in the United Arab Emirates (UAE). Local government DENIES any incident at all, while other sources say several tankers exploded and burned; and that IRAN is suspected in the incident. The reports began coming in around 5:00 AM eastern US time and were quickly DENIED by the government of Fujairah. HOWEVER, the International Airport at Fujairah seems to have been suddenly closed and no air traffic is being permitted over the port. Seven to ten oil tankers in the port have caught fire and are completely burnt, the Lebanon-based Al Mayadeennews channel quoted sources as saying. A super tanker (9165762), the tanker Al-Maarij (9394741), another tanked named AMI JAL (91477674), and the Khamsa 10 tanker (94320704) are among the tankers damaged in the explosions, the TV channel reported. The PHOTO Image above is even disputed, with no one in any official capacity willing to confirm it is an image of a burning tanker in the UAE from today! It’s as though some type of lid has been slammed shut on this . . . someone apparently does NOT want this info to get out. Initially, the Russia news service Sputnik reported the incident, but hastily DELETED the report from their web site. It’s this simple: The United Arab Emirates is a U.S. ally. If Iran or its proxies bombed seven to ten tankers in a UAE port, then war with Iran is upon us. The UAE, however, does significant amounts of trade with Iran – the bulk of which is FOOD. It may be that the UAE wants to hush this up because they don’t want to be the reason for the US to go to war with Iran. Lots of geopolitics in-play right now. As more info becomes available, this story will be updated. UPDATE 4:06 PM EDT —

UAE Ministry of Foreign Affairs: “Four merchant ships were subject to ‘sabotage operations’ within Emirati territorial waters. No casualties have been reported.”

https://www.therussophile.org/conflicting-reports-of-7-10-oil-tanker-explosions-in-u-a-e-govt-denies.html/ 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 5-13-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is the Ring of Fire heating up again? Volcanic eruptions of Agung, Sinabung, Krakatau (Indonesia), Nevados de Chillan (Chile) and Sakurajima (Japan)

By Strange Sounds - May 13, 2019

On May 12, 2019, many volcanoes around the Ring Of Fire very active, spewing lava, ash and gas hundreds of meters abover their craters. Here a summary of the most potent eruptions: Agung erupted on May 12, 2019 at 22:29 local time. The explosion lasted 2:16 minutes and was accompanied by a low-amplitude rumbling noise. The Vona has gone red, despite the discretion of the eruption (VAAC Darwin). The height of the plume could not be determined due to cloud cover. The Agung is on alert level 3, with a danger zone of 4 km radius. Eruption of Sinabung volcano, Indonesia Sinabung’s activity is increasing in strength since the eruption of May 7, 2019, which sent an ash plume 2km in the air before falling on several villages around the volcano. On May 11, 2019 at 20:39 local time, seismograms recorded an eruption with a maximum amplitude of 9 mm that lasted 33 minutes. On May 12, 2019, at 12:33 local time, another explosion lit up the summit of the volcano. Anak Krakatau eruption, Indonesia At Anak Krakatau eruptions continue but with decreasing intensities. On May 12, 2019, 21 eruption earthquakes and 17 explosions were recorded by the PVMBG. Moreover, 12 low-frequency earthquakes and two harmonic earthquakes were recorded. On May 12, 2019 at 12:20 local time, the volcano erupted during 152 seconds with a maximal amplitude of 58 mm. The VONA is orange.  Explosion of Nevados de Chillan, Chile The Sernageomin reports an explosion on May 12, 2019 at 20:03 local time, which partially destroyed the summit dome. The eruption was associated with an LP earthquake (dynamics of internal fluids). An incandescence related to the emission of gases and pyroclastic materials of high temperature, as well as deposits in the vicinity of the crater are observed. Sakurajima eruption, Japan The Sakurajima volcano erupted on May 13, 2019, at 1:46 pm local time, with a plume of ashes rising straight in the air before drifting towards NSN. Sakurajima volcano eruption May 13, 2019. Picture via JMA webcam Here some videos of the May 12, 2019 eruption: Yesterday, Panama-Costa Rica were hit by a M6.1 earthquake. Again! Is the Ring of Fire heating up?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/volcanic-eruptions-video-sakurajima-agung-krakatau-sinabung-chile-japan-indonesia-pictures.html 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

:: 5-12-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas Officials Illuminate Crosses After Atheists’ Call for Removal

By LANA SHADWICK12 May 2019

COLDSPRING, TX – Elected officials in an East Texas community defiantly illuminated the crosses on their courthouse after an atheist organization told them to take them down. The move came after the county judge and commissioners voted unanimously to keep the four crosses on the county building. Breitbart News reported that the Wisconsin-based Freedom From Religion Foundation (FFRF) complained to San Jacinto County public officials about the prominent display of the “Latin cross[es].” The self-described “state/church watchdog” claims it has over 30,000 members. The foundation issued an “Action Alert” to its supporters on May 7th saying, “A concerned Coldspring resident reported to FFRF that San Jacinto County has the crosses up all year round and even lights the crosses during the holiday season.” The organization that calls itself a “nonprophet nonprofit” asked members to “Tell San Jacinto commissioners to remove courthouse crosses.” As reported, 600-700 residents filled the Coldspring Community Shelter when the commissioners voted on the issue. Over 45 residents signed up to address the county officials at the meeting which felt like a revival, one speaker said. Residents of the county of just under 29,000 people celebrated on social media after it saw photos of the illuminated Christian symbol on the courthouse. Dwayne Wright, who serves as the county’s GOP chair, took this photo and posted it on his Facebook page saying, “THIS is how we roll in San Jacinto County! Not only did we not cower to the Wisconsin Whiners, we Lit Them Up!” Legal foundations offered to provide representation if the organization sues the East Texas county. Breitbart News has reported about FFRF efforts to regulate other types of expression, including speech in other places in Texas. Several years ago, the organization told Hondo, Texas, it should take its iconic signs down. The signs in the community of 9,000 say, “Welcome. This is God’s Country. Please Don’t Drive Through It Like Hell.” The mayor was reported to respond, “There’s no way in hell we’re going to take those signs down.” The signs have existed since 1932 in the city just 40 minutes west of San Antonio. Officials in Orange, Texas, took another direction after being challenged by the foundation. Residents were furious when county officials decided to take down a nativity scene that had been hosted on city property to celebrate the holidays for 30 years. The FFRF had demanded a display of their own. City Manager Shawn Oubre told Fox4 in Beaumont, Texas, that officials removed the Nativity scene in order to avoid legal costs. At this weeks’ commissioner court meeting in Coldspring, there were boos and jeers when the decision of the special utility district was announced. The local water management board voted not to display a cross on its water tower at Christmas.

Lana Shadwick is a writer and legal analyst for Breitbart News. She is a trial lawyer who previously served as a prosecutor and associate judge in Texas. Shadwick can be reached at Lana@LanaShadwick.com.

https://www.breitbart.com/border/2019/05/12/texas-officials-illuminate-crosses-after-atheists-call-for-removal/ 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 5-12-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Study: Sanctuary Cities Stop Deportation of Illegal Aliens from Terrorist-Sponsored Nations

By JOHN BINDER12 May 2019

Sanctuary cities across the United States are shielding illegal aliens from deportation despite those foreign nationals being from terrorist-sponsored countries, a new study finds. For 27 months, there were about 44 illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries who were shielded from deportation by sanctuary city laws, the Immigration Reform Law Institute (IRLI) reveals. Those terrorist-sponsored countries, designated as such by the State Department, include Iran, Sudan, Syria, and North Korea. The vast majority, nearly 90 percent, of these nationals are from Iran. The IRLI investigation found that the sanctuary state of California leads the country in helping illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries evade deportation. Over more than a two-year period, California failed to turn 27 illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries over to Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) agents for deportation out of the U.S. Washington state, likewise, shielded eight illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries from deportation during the same time period, as well as two illegal aliens in each Iowa and Minnesota. Sanctuary cities in states like Arizona, Illinois, Massachusetts, Nebraska, and Texas also refused to help deport some illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries. “Sanctuary laws are no longer a theoretical faculty lounge debate, they are causing very real threats to our safety as individuals and as a nation,” IRLI Executive Director Dale Wilcox said in a statement.

“Already there are innocent victims who have lost their lives as a result of sanctuary laws that defy common sense,” Wilcox said. “If one of these aliens shielded from the law commits an act of mass terrorism, the politicians and activists who push for sanctuary laws will have a lot to answer for.” In total, about 25 sanctuary cities across a multitude of states helped shield illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries between the end of 2014 and 2017. This process often entails an illegal alien being taken into local 0r state custody for a crime and rather than turning the national over to ICE agents, local authorities release the illegal alien into the public. Of the 44 illegal aliens from terrorist-sponsored countries who have been shielded from deportation, 39 of them were classified by ICE agents as being “level 1” and “level 2” threats — this indicates these nationals have been accused of crimes such as homicide, kidnapping, sexual assault, robbery, aggravated assault, possessing drugs, burglary, or fraud. A recent IRLI investigation revealed that there are more than 10,000 illegal aliens living in the U.S. who are from countries that are designated by the State Department as state sponsors of terrorism. Specifically, more than 6,000 — or 61 percent — of the 10,000 illegal aliens are from Iran, while 20 percent are from Syria, 18 percent are from Sudan, and less than one percent came illegally from North Korea. As Breitbart News has chronicled, the Diversity Visa Lottery — which imports more than 50,000 random foreign nationals to the country every year through a random drawing — has brought nearly 30,000 legal immigrants to the U.S. in the last decade from countries designated as state sponsors of terrorism. Roughly 30 percent of all Visa Lottery immigrants who have been brought to the country in the last five years have come from countries that sponsor terrorism.

John Binder is a reporter for Breitbart News. Follow him on Twitter at @JxhnBinder.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2019/05/12/irli-study-terror-states/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-13-19 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TANKERS ATTACKED Saudi oil tankers including one bound for US hit by ‘sabotage attack’ amid Iran standoff

Two tankers suffered 'significant damage' after being attacked off the UAE coast

By Neal Baker and Dan Hall 13th May 2019, 5:20 am Updated: 13th May 2019, 1:09 pm

TWO Saudi oil tankers were hit by a "sabotage attack" off the United Arab Emirates, it was announced this morning - as tensions flare between the US and Iran. The ships were struck off the coast of the port of Fujairah - with one of the tankers due to be loaded with Saudi crude oil bound for the United States. Two oil tankers were hit by a 'sabotage attack' off the coast of the UAE - with one of the ships bound for America (stock photo) Tensions have been rising since American intelligence uncovered Iranian plans to disrupt US interests in the region Saudi energy minister Khalid Al-Falih said the ships both sustained 'significant damage', but did not give details about the nature of the attack Saudi energy minister Khalid Al-Falih revealed the tankers suffered "significant damage" - although it was unclear what the attack involved. He said: "Fortunately, the attack didn't lead to any casualties or oil spill; however, it caused significant damage to the structures of the two vessels." Trading and shipping sources identified the Saudi ships as Bahri-owned very large crude carrier (VLCC) tanker Amjad and crude tanker Al Marzoqah. A huge US naval presence has built up in the Gulf over recent days amid a fevered standoff between Washington and Tehran. US intelligence revealed Iran was on the verge of carrying out offensive action to disrupt and attack American and partner interests in the region. It led to the deployment of US aircraft carriers, Patriot missiles and B52 bombers over recent days. RISING TENSION On Friday, a senior Iranian cleric said the US fleet could be wiped out "with a single missile". And the hardline Iranian Revolutionary Guard said it was not prepared to enter into talks with President Donald Trump - who had called for negotiations over ending Iran's nuclear programme. Just minutes before the sabotage attack was revealed today, the US Maritime Administration warned shippers to exercise caution when travelling past Fujairah. The general-secretary of the Gulf Cooperation Council described the sabotage as a "serious escalation" in an overnight statement.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/9060525/saudi-oil-tanker-sabotage-us-iran/

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 5-12-19 Valcano Discovery :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong mag. 6.0 earthquake - Panama-Costa Rica Border Region on Sunday, 12 May 2019 - information

Date & time: Sun, 12 May 19:24:49 UTC - 21 hours ago

Magnitude: 6.0

Depth: 10.0 km

Epicenter latitude / longitude: 8.6°N / 82.79°W (Panama)

Nearest volcano: Baru (41 km)

Primary data source: GFZ

Estimated released energy: 6.3*10^13 J (17.5 GWh / 15080 tons of TNT / 0.9 atomic bombs equivalent) [learn more]

https://www.volcanodiscovery.com/earthquakes/2019/05/12/19h24/magnitude6-Panama-CostaRicaBorderRegion-quake.html 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 5-12-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran commander calls U.S. military in Gulf a target not a threat - report

The US military has sent forces, including an aircraft carrier and B-52 bombers, to the Middle East to counter what US officials have said are “clear indications” of threats from Iran to its forces.

By REUTERS May 12, 2019 19:40

GENEVA - A senior Iranian Revolutionary Guards commander said on Sunday the US military presence in the Gulf used to be a serious threat but now represented a target, the Iranian Students' News Agency (ISNA) reported. The U.S. military has sent forces, including an aircraft carrier and B-52 bombers, to the Middle East in a move U.S. officials said was to counter "clear indications" of threats from Iran to its forces in the region. The USS Abraham Lincoln is replacing another carrier rotated out of the Gulf last month. "An aircraft carrier that has at least 40 to 50 planes on it and 6,000 forces gathered within it was a serious threat for us in the past but now it is a target and the threats have switched to opportunities," said Amirali Hajizadeh, head of the Guards' aerospace division. "If (the Americans) make a move we will hit them in the head," he added, according to ISNA. Major General Hossein Salami, appointed head of the Guards last month, told parliament on Sunday the United States had started a psychological war in the region, the parliamentary spokesman said. "Commander Salami, with attention to the situation in the region, presented an analysis that the Americans have started a psychological war because the comings and goings of their military is a normal matter," spokesman Behrouz Nemati said, according to parliament's ICANA news site. Iran's Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif said in a tweet on Sunday that John Bolton had planned the U.S. withdrawal from a 2015 nuclear deal and a more aggressive approach even before the U.S. national security adviser took up his post. Zarif tweeted a link to a 2017 National Review article by Bolton headlined "How to Get Out of the Iran Nuclear Deal." "A detailed blueprint for #FakeIntelligence, #ForeverWar and even empty offers for talks-only phone numbers were not included," Zarif wrote. CNN reported on Friday that the White House had passed a telephone number to the Swiss for contacting U.S. President Donald Trump in case Iranian officials wanted to hold talks. The Swiss embassy in Tehran represents U.S. interests in the Islamic Republic.

Join Jerusalem Post Premium Plus now for just $5 and upgrade your experience with an ads-free website and exclusive content. Click here>>

https://www.jpost.com/Middle-East/Irans-Guards-commander-says-US-presence-in-Gulf-an-opportunity-589483 

:: 5-12-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Happy Mother's Day" From Jeff Bezos As Amazon Fires 7 Women for Getting Pregnant

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 12, 2019 - 22:54.

Jeff Bezos is the poster-child for the type of immoral, degenerate and anti-American leadership that is being forced upon America by the mentally ill liberal left. This article briefly encapsulates how leftists, like Bezos, pose such a grave threat to our culture as well as the rule of law for America.

The Amazon Seven Seven women have been fired from Amazon because they are pregnant. Unfortunately, for Amazon, federal law is The Equal Employment Opportunity Commission issued new guidance on how to interpret the PDA and other laws protecting pregnant women on the job. There are several guidelines that employers should be mindful of. First and foremost, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act of 1978 absolutely forbids a woman from being fired because she is pregnant. Of course, we should be careful not assume that an extreme liberal, such as the owner of Amazon, Jeff Bezos, would ever care about the rule of law. In his mind, he is the law. The Amazon Seven have filed a law suit against Amazon. However, that does not mitigate the intent of Amazon to abuse its female workers. Amazon Has a History of Abuse Against Its Female Workers Amazon workers are said to be so swamped that they are unable to even take normal bathroom breaks, and are instead forced to relieve themselves in so-called pee bottles in order to avoid being reprimanded. This shocking bit of news comes from author James Bloodworth, who went undercover at the Amazon warehouse located in Staffordshire, U.K., while writing a book on low wages in Britain. According to Bloodworth, the fulfillment workers at the warehouse had a working “toilet bottle” system in place, which had to be implemented due to the fact that bathrooms were not really a priority for their main operations. “For those of us who worked on the top floor, the closest toilets were down four flight of stairs,” he said in a statement to TheSun.co.uk. “People just peed in bottles because they lived in fear of being disciplined over ‘idle time’ and losing their jobs because they needed the loo.” So what are female workers who are pregnant supposed to do? Bezos' contempt for women is omnipresent after he was “exposed”, or should I say he exposed his mistress, while he was still married. The National Enquirer obtained nude photos taken by Bezos himself of private parts as sent to his girlfriend, former LA TV news anchor, Lauren Sanchez. This event caused his wife, at the time, to declare Bezos to be a serial cheater and subsequently divorced him. His contempt for women, in general, is omnipresent. Unfortunately, his contempt for women is not his only major shortcoming. Bezos Is Not Just Anti-Woman, He's Anti-American Bezos contemptuous attitude does not end with his treatment of women. He is decidedly anti-American as evidenced by the following:

The Washington Post published an op-ed that called for more violence in the streets to oppose (and eventually overthrow) President Trump.

The owner of the Washington Post, Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, openly traffics in (and profits from) Antifa terrorism gear.

Encouraged by the deranged left-wing media as led by the Washington Post, America’s universities have now been transformed into terrorist training hubs that recruit, train and deploy active terrorism cells across America.  Bezos and his Washington Post leads the way in yellow journalism. How can they be objective when they are in business with the CIA? That's right, WAPO received $600 million dollars to do business with the CIA. WAPO, like Bezos' wedding vows are fake and fraudulent. America deserves better. Why are we, as a public ,enriching such a degenerate as Jeff Bezos? A final thought: Why aren't various feminist groups going after Bezos with a vengeance like they did Trump during the campaign of 2016? Or do the feminist groups only attack who George Soros tells Bezos is one of the five most powerful men in what we typically call the New World Order. Is this what you want for your children's future? You daughter's future? Here is the entire story. About the Author dave hodges

Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy-united-states/happy-mothers-day-jeff-bezos-amazon-fires-7-women-getting-pregnant 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 5-13-19 Sheila Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Evangelical Christians are Worst Part of Society Claims Canada’s PM Justin Trudeau

According to a clause introduced by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, pro-life Christians are barred from federal funding unless they…

According to a clause introduced by Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, pro-life Christians are barred from federal funding unless they support a woman’s right to an abortion. “I have met Justin Trudeau three times,” said Pastor Steve Long, a Canadian Baptist minister. “Sadly my last meeting with him in his office was very disappointing. He told me that evangelical Christians were the worst part of Canadian society.” Trudeau’s enmity toward Christians is not solely against evangelicals. Canada under Trudeau has also become a very unwelcome place for Christians who flee from persecution in the Middle East. Over 30,000 Syrian refugees were brought to Canada in an expedited manner and found themselves immediately taken care of by the Trudeau government. In the meantime, mass murder to the point of genocide of Christians has occurred within a number of Islamic nations. Trudeau has said not a word about the situation, and government assistance for the victims has been casual and minimal. When questioned on his religious affiliations, Mr. Trudeau claims to be a Catholic. Yet inexplicably, his behavior displays not an ounce of Christian identity or adherence to Christian values. It’s all so damn strange. In fact, his behavior toward Christianity is downright punitive. Pushing mass abortion and euthanasia. Cancelling funding for church groups. Ignoring Christian persecution within foreign nations. Running down evangelicals. (Read More) H/T Denise Pederson

https://www.sheila.media/evangelical-christians-are-worst-part-of-society-claims-justin-trudeau/ 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 5-7-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea faces food crisis after “worst harvest in a decade”

By Strange Sounds - May 7, 2019

Four in ten North Koreans are chronically short of food and further cuts to already minimal rations are expected after the worst harvest in a decade, the United Nations said on Friday. Official rations are down to 300 grammes – under 11 ounces – per person per day, the lowest ever for this time of year, the U.N. said following a food security assessment it carried out at Pyongyang’s request from March 29 to April 12. It found that 10.1 million people were suffering from severe food insecurity, “meaning they do not have enough food till the next harvest,” U.N. World Food Program spokesman Herve Verhoosel said. North Korea’s population is around 25.2 million, according to its Central Bureau of Statistics, the report said. Verhoosel said the word “famine” was not being used in the current crisis, but it might come to that in a few months or years. “The situation is very serious today – that’s a fact.” The country suffered a famine in the mid-1990s believed to have killed as many as 3 million people. For its assessment the WFP, one of only a few aid agencies with access to the country, gained widespread entry to farms, households, nurseries and food distribution centers. Verhoosel blamed a combination of dry spells, heat waves and flooding for the new crisis, which the U.S. State Department said was the government’s fault. After a second summit with U.S. President Donald Trump failed to produce a deal to end the program in return for sanctions relief, North Korean leader Kim Jong Un set a year-end deadline for Washington to show more flexibility. North Korea has for years relied on regular supplies of U.N. food aid. Its agricultural output of 4.9 million tonnes was the lowest since 2008-2009, leading to a food deficit of 1.36 million tonnes in the 2018/2019 marketing year, the WPF report said. Prospects for the 2019 early season crops of wheat and barley were worrisome.The effects of repeated climate shocks are compounded by shortages of fuel, fertilizer and spare parts crucial for farming,” Verhoosel said. The WFP plans to make another assessment during July and August. Food shortages due to the increasingly erratic seasons and extreme weather is depleting food stocks across the world.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/north-korea-food-crisis-famine-2019-video.html 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 5-6-19 University of Minnesota :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DRC warns of new Ebola wave after latest violence

Lisa Schnirring | News Editor | CIDRAP News | May 06, 2019

Spasms of insecurity and violence continued to rock Ebola hot spots in the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC) outbreak region over the weekend, temporarily halting response activities in Butembo, as the number of new cases reported in recent days grew by 43. In research developments, a new study on the impact of intravenous (IV) fluid therapy during West Africa's outbreak found no difference in survival at the 28-day mark compared with people who didn't receive it, though the investigators said randomized controlled trials are needed to clarify its impact and role in resource-limited field settings.  Unrest and attacks In Butembo and nearby health areas, a May 4 demonstration by taxi drivers temporarily stopped response activities after the group placed wooden barricades on the main road arteries, the health ministry said yesterday. The protesters also attacked handwashing devices throughout the city. A day earlier, bikers tried to attack a safe and dignified burial team and their security attachment who were attending to the body of a woman from Katwa who had recently died from Ebola. Two of the bikers were shot and killed during the altercation, and an investigation is under way into their deaths, the health ministry said. The motorcycle taxi drivers association and customary chief met with bikers and asked them not to obstruct the work of the response teams. Health officials said they expect cases to increase in days ahead, owing to a temporary interruption in response activities, a pattern that has repeatedly been seen following past attacks in the region. In another insecurity development, DRC armed forces clashed with a Ugandan rebel group in a village in Beni, following an attack by rebels on villagers, according to DRC media reports. Case count rises to 1,572  Of the 43 cases reported over the weekend and today, all are from known hot spots. Thirteen of the infections are in Katwa, and other affected areas include Mandima (11), Musienene (5), Mabalako (4), Butembo (3), Beni (2), Kalunguta (2), Masereka (1), Oicha (1), and Vuhovi (1). The new illnesses boost the overall outbreak total to 1,572 cases, 1,506 of them confirmed and 66 listed as probable. Health officials are also investigating 193 suspected Ebola cases. Thirty-seven more people died from their infections, including 19 in the community or in local hospitals. In its update today the DRC health ministry said 1 new community fatality involves a health worker from Mandima who died at home. She was a hygienist at a health post in the Katanga area and had refused vaccination. Eighteen people died in Ebola treatment centers, 8 of them in Butembo, 3 in Mabalako, 3 in Katwa, 3 in Beni, and 1 in Mandima. The new developments lift the outbreak's fatality count to 1,045. IV treatment shown ineffective IV fluid (IVF) therapy for Ebola is done to prevent hypovolema and organ failure, but evidence of a benefit in outbreak settings, where delivering the therapy can be challenging, has been limited and conflicting. In a retrospective cohort study at five International Medical Corps Ebola treatment centers in Liberia and Sierra Leone, a research team led by Brown University scientists evaluated 424 Ebola cases, 354 of whom were treated with IVF during their admission. The group described its findings in a May 3 early online edition of Clinical Infectious Diseases. In total, 146 (41.3%) of people treated with IVF survived, and 31 patients (44.9%) who didn't receive the treatment survived. A matched propensity score analysis didn't find a significant difference in 28-day survival between people treated and not treated with IVF during their first 24 and 48 hours of care. An adjusted analysis also found no difference in 28-day survival. The authors note that the study provides the highest-quality evidence of IVF impact on survival to date, but they included several caveats. They said Ebola patients in the treatment centers typically got IVF as a bolus, with limited ability to monitor patients when no clinicians were in the patient wards. Slower infusion and or better monitoring may lead to better outcomes. "It is entirely possible, based on our results, that small daily volumes of IVF may improve survival while large daily volumes worsen survival," they wrote, adding that a larger, prospective randomized controlled trial is needed to definitively answer the question.

http://www.cidrap.umn.edu/news-perspective/2019/05/drc-warns-new-ebola-wave-after-latest-violence 

:: 5-22-17 Inverse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists Alter Consciousness Without Drugs Using 'Hallucination Machine'

Meet the VR of psychedelic drugs.

By Sarah Sloat on November 22, 2017

Imagine you’re looking around at a bustling city square, complete with shopkeepers and heavy foot traffic. But swirling jewel tones cover the ground, a muted haze flows through the air, and flowing, bulbous images of dogs and birds are attached to the people passing by. You know you’re neither dreaming nor drunk. It’s entirely possible, thanks to new research, that you’re hooked up to the “Hallucination Machine.” The Hallucination Machine was built by a team researchers from the Sussex University’s Sackler Center for Conscious Science, including the center’s co-founder, neuroscientist Anil Seth, Ph.D. In a paper published Wednesday in Scientific Reports, Seth and his colleagues explain they created the Hallucination Machine as a means to study the mechanisms underlying altered states of consciousness without needing to use psychedelic drugs. This tool, they claim, is like a drug in its ability to make people feel like they are hallucinating. Creating this altered state in human subjects, they explain, is tricky. Typically, people reach altered states because of psychopathological conditions or psychoactive substances, like LSD and psilocybin. Scientists have induced altered states in study participants with these drugs before to study the neural underpinnings at play, but the process is far from perfect. The Sussex University team explains that, because psychedelics have many physiological effects, it’s difficult to pinpoint exactly what’s changing in terms of consciousness. With the Hallucination Machine, the researchers write, they are able to “simulate visual hallucinatory experiences in a biologically plausible and ecologically valid way.” The tool, which, unlike a drug, does not directly alter the person’s neurophysiology, combines virtual reality and machine learning. When a person wears it, they are immersed in “hallucinations” by watching 360-degree panoramic videos of video scenes with a VR head-mounted display. These videos are modified with an algorithm called Deep Dream, a computer program created by Google engineer Alexander Mordvintsev that modifies natural images to reflect images categorized by a neural network. Deep Dream happens to insert a lot of images of dogs into the video, but researchers aren’t quite sure why. “One thing people always ask us is why there are so many dogs,” co-author David Schwartzman, Ph.D., told The Times on Monday.

The short answer is we don’t know.” In their study, the researchers used two experiments to demonstrate that the Hallucination Machine creates “visual phenomenology” — hallucinations — similar to those induced classical psychedelics. In the first, 12 participants used the machine, experienced the trippy VR, and then were asked how the experience altered from watching normal videos and being on a psychedelic drug. The participants overwhelmingly reported the experience was much different than watching a control video but qualitatively similar to being on drugs, especially psilocybin. In the second experiment, 22 participants used the Hallucination Machine and then watched a control video. As they watched each video, they completed a task to test their perception of the passing of time. Neither using the Hallucination Machine nor watching the video caused temporal distortion. This was an important discovery, the researchers point out, because in previous studies on altered states of consciousness in which people did take drugs, they reported being confused about the passing of time. The new observations suggest to the researchers that it’s not being in an altered state that causes temporal distortion, it’s the drugs. Examining the brain in an altered state of consciousness is important to scientists who are still are seeking to understand the biological basis of consciousness as a whole. A major hurdle to this area of study has been the use of and accessibility to psychedelic drugs. The Hallucination Machine may change this, and in turn, allow us to learn more about the unknown ways our minds can perceive ourselves and the world. If you liked this article, check out this video where scientists have captured LSD’s effects on the brain for the first time.

https://www.inverse.com/article/38673-hallucination-machine-sussex-university-consciousness 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc   

:: 5-7-19 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Technology for a Cashless Society Is Marching Right in Step With Other Moves Toward the Coming Antichrist World Government

Jack Metir Alternative May 7, 2019 6 Minutes

Imagine what the apostle John must have thought when, in about 95 AD, he saw a vision of this taking place in a futuristic world. People ever since have been baffled as to how any such universal, totalitarian economic system could be established or policed. Tied into the ability to control all buying and selling will be the complete monitoring of everything related to you. For centuries, the fulfillment of these verses in Revelation 13:16-18 was a mystery. New technology for a cashless society is marching right in step with other moves toward the coming Antichrist world government. The technological ability to operate a world-wide cashless economic system is now being worked on. Marching in step with this new technology is a propaganda war to eliminate cash to transform the world into a cashless society. Let’s take a look at some of the new technology that is preparing the world for the coming 666 mark of the beast financial system. Does Google Want To Put A Chip In Our Brains? Google engineering director Scott Huffman says that within five years people will have microphones attached to their ceilings and microchips embedded in their brains in order to perform quicker internet searches; the goal is to insert a chip inside your head for the most effortless search engine imaginable. According to a survey by tech giant Cisco Systems, about a fourth of professionals ages 18 to 50 would leap at the chance to get a surgical brain implant that allowed them to Instantly link their thoughts to the Internet. A chip in the brain? Didn’t we see the potential for this new technology in book of Revelation 13:16-18? PayPal wants to implant passwords in your stomach and your brain! Jonathan LeBlanc, PayPal’s global head of developer evangelism, claims that these devices could include brain implants, wafer-thin silicon chips that can be embedded into the skin, and ingestible devices with batteries that are powered by stomach acid. The reasons given are that the many passwords to use Paypal are very weak so people can be robbed by professional hackers. So in the future if you want to use Paypal you will need to comply with Paypal’s new identity system whatever final technology that will be. Another example is that, the BBC published a piece entitled “Why I Want A Microchip Implant”. We are told that such implants could solve a whole host of societal problems. Identity theft and credit card fraud would be nearly eliminated, many other forms of crime would be significantly reduced, children would never go missing and we wouldn’t have to remember a vast array of passwords and PIN numbers like we do now. We are told that if we just adopted such technology that our lives would be so much better. They are pumping millions of dollars into researching “cutting edge” technologies that will enable implantable microchips to greatly “enhance” our health and our lives. Of course nobody is going to force you to have a microchip implanted into your brain. Initially, brain implants will be marketed as “revolutionary breakthroughs” that can cure chronic diseases and that can enable the disabled to live normal lives. For example, Human trials for bionic eye with ‘wireless brain chip’ are to begin this year! When the “benefits” of such technology are demonstrated to the general public, soon most people will want to become “super-abled”. Just imagine the hype that will surround these implants when people discover that you can get rid of your extra weight in a matter of days or that you can download an entire college course into your memory in just a matter of hours. Learning a martial art, how to fly a plane or how to speak a new language without even being awake is set to become a reality, say researchers. The possibilities for this kind of technology are endless, and it is just a matter of time before having microchips implanted into your brain is considered to be quite common. RFID microchip implants and other forms of “wearable technology” are increasingly being viewed as “cool”, “trendy” and “cutting edge” by young people that wish to “enhance” themselves. And of course the mainstream media is all in favor of these “technological advancements”. What if that were you? What would YOU do? In the next few minutes, I’m going to show you the U.S. Nuclear Target map, where you’ll find out if you’re living in one of America’s Deathzones. Employees at the Epicenter building complex in Stockholm, Sweden have a new option when it comes to entering the building. Instead of swiping the usual plastic keycard, they can wave their hand in front of a sensor. How, you may ask, does this magically open doors? There’s nothing magic about it: Office workers have radio frequency identification (RFID) chips embedded in the skin between their thumb and index finger, courtesy of BioNyfiken a Swedish bio hacking group. A reporter asked a young girl why she took the chip implant, & she replied its 2015, & this is the future!  In fact, the 10 to 20-year outlook is so radical, that it seems science fiction-like. For example, NBC & CNN forecasted that many Americans will get “chipped” by the year 2017. Right now, the majority of implanted chips people have are for restoring hearing, and in some cases treating mental disease, such as epilepsy. But bio hackers are increasingly implanting RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) chips into themselves. Even X Prize Chairman and Singularity University co-founder Peter Diamandis did this on stage recently during a speech. All of this may sound very “cool” to a lot of people. But what happens if we are all required to have “a Microchip in our right hand or forehead” someday? What happens if an oppressive world government uses this technology to watch, track, monitor and control all of us 24 hours a day with this new technology? What happens if you are not able to get a job, have a bank account or buy anything without “proper identification” via a chip implant? I think that you can see where I am going with this. Technology is truly a double-edged sword. It can do great good, but it can also be used for great evil. The Bible predicted such an economic buy & sell world system nearly 2000 years ago! We can see by the new technologies that are here & other technology that is being worked on, this 666 system could be online in the near future? Here’s the warning to us in Revelation 14:9-12 to not take the mark of the beast in the forehead or in the hand! REV.14:9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast (Antichrist) and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, REV.14:10 The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb: REV.14:11 And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name. REV.14:12 Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.

So watch out for 666 & the computer chip it will cost you your soul! Some of the above may astonish you, but it’s God’s truth as revealed in the Bible. Countless Biblical prophecies have already been accurately and specifically fulfilled, so you can be sure that these predictions of the future will be as well! You can prepare for the exciting days ahead by receiving Jesus into your heart. Simply pray,

Dear Jesus, please come into my heart and forgive me for all the wrongs I have done. Help me to trust in You, to learn more about You and how to share Your love and peace with others.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2019/05/07/new-technology-for-a-cashless-society-is-marching-right/ 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 5--19 The Great Recession Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Zombie Epocalypse: A River of Denial Floods Markets Everywhere

The highest summit of irrational exuberance ever, which is not even seen by those engaging in it, establishes the perfect peak for the greatest global economic collapse ever. Some days the level of denial in the stock market twists my head into a knot — not because I am surprised at lemmings jumping over a cliff because they know all the other lemmings are going to jump. In that case, the jump will pay off because the market IS the crowd, so it goes wherever the crowd goes, and the lemmings are merely betting on where the crowd is heading. I understand that. The head-twisting knot comes when I endlessly see so many seemingly smart people parrot the same falsehoods in their writing when the self-deception is so obvious. Attempting to break through the mainstream media’s deception about the economy is why I started this blog, but the deception and delusion has become almost entirely accepted delusion. Today I read a writer who clearly had a solid grasp on how irrational and overvalued the US stock market is right now — that was the whole point of his article — and yet even he wrote the following incongruous statement simply because it is what so many people are saying: (emphasis mine) Indeed the stock markets crumbled under that Fed-tightening onslaught, plunging 19.8% over the next 3.1 months into late December 2018. That severe correction was right on the verge of crossing the -20% threshold into new-bear territory. Seeking Alpha He’s referring to the only index that didn’t fall by 20% as if the S&P 500 represents the entire market. Thus, he speaks of 2018 as a correction that almost became a bear market. Yet, this guy seems to have things well understood in the rest of his article, the general theme of which is about “extreme technicals, [and] sentiment” in a market where “traders’ euphoria and complacency have been running at bull-slaying levels, while valuations remain way up near perilous bubble territory.” He even notes the following: All this is happening as corporate profits flatline after surging dramatically. Like after every past waterfall decline, the stock markets are due to roll over and retest their deep late-December lows. Odds are they will fail, confirming a major new bear. Yet, he is still following the herd by acquiescing to the way the most popular analysts are calling last fall’s crash, but I’ll give him credit for the rest of the article and say this was just a momentary lapse. I reference him because he demonstrates how the dominant thinking even shapes the writing of those who are not trying to follow the dominant thinking. It goes to show how prevalent, pervasive and persistent the rose-colored glasses are and how easily everyone falls into parroting the pack on its own terms because here is someone who is writing about how the present market is almost certain to make a “bear-confirming” plunge while repeating the party line that claims we never entered a bear market last year. It’s completely inane for the majority of commentators to write as if a bull market dies and a bear market begins only if every possible index known to mankind falls more than 20%, especially when the major index with the longest history, the Dow, fell more than 20%. On top of that, the major index where all the biggest frenzy-driving gains were recorded — the Nasdaq — also fell more than 20%. On top of the on top of that, the major index with the broadest sweep of stocks, the Russel 2000 fell way beyond 20%; and, on top of all of that heap of confirmation, the whole NYSE fell more than 20%! Even the sole holdout — the S&P 500 — landed within a mere rounding error of 20%! The Russel 2000 is made up of the bottom 2/3 of the Russell 3000, so it is approximately 2,000 small-to-midsize companies, which makes it much broader in scope than the S&P 500. It is generally considered more representative of Main Street and of the US economy than other indices. It crashed 28% last year and is nowhere near regaining the height from which it fell last summer! So, 2,000 stocks fell an average of 28%, and are nowhere near recovering; but we never had a bear market; it was just a correction. That’s 2,000 companies — many of which have been around for years that lost more than a quarter of all the value they have accumulated in those years in just four months, but that was just a correction! That shows how biased people are toward interpreting everything as being bullish for as long as they possibly can strain interpretation in that direction just because they want to when they won’t accept that a 40% crash in the FAANGs last summer, coupled with a 20%+ crash in the fall of all major indices but one, which was within a mere head nod of 20%, as well as a 20%+ crash of the overall NYSE from its last high is not a bear market — especially when EVEN THE S&P 500 HOLD-OUT CRASHED 20% INTRADAY! If you don’t think that’s absurdly biased, then take the next step, and put these calls in context! Think rationally about how much further the stock market would have crashed if the Fed had not put a quick stop to its “boring as watching paint dry,” “auto-pilot” money-supply reduction and its interest increases in one fell swoop. Then add to that context for the market’s salvation, the additional context that Steven Munchkin had to PUBLICLY call in the entire plunge protection team as he panicked out loud about whether or not banks had enough cash to remain solvent! Without that sudden (by glacial Fed standards) tectonic shift in the Fed’s long telegraphed monetary policy, coupled with government-enforced investment (the PPT), the market would have crashed into a total hell hole! We all KNOW that the Fed’s instant release of its interest brakes and its shift out of reverse easing (tightening) coupled with the government’s full-forward push on the investment thrusters is the only thing that saved the stock market from going far deeper. Yet, here people are — even the ones brave enough to say the present rally is perilously overbought — acquiescing to the fantasy that this is still the longest bull market ever! No, the bull died in December, and you are just deep, deep, deep in denial if you parrot that nonsense about the long bull market still running. You are picking and choosing indices to find the sole major index that fits the narrative you want, and then claiming it is the only index that counts. That’s called “goal seeking.” Now here is the most irrational part As if all of that were not irrational enough, I actually have an uphill climb in hammering through my argument that this is irrational. What could be sounder proof that the present rally is nothing but irrational exuberance? As if the difficulty of conveying a message confirmed by every major index but one (and that one within a rounding error of the same message) is not proof of irrationality, I hear actually people saying, “Where is the irrational exuberance that is needed for a crash? We haven’t seen that yet, and the market cannot crash until we see irrational exuberance.” They actually say that with straight faces in the midst of the steepest rally ever known to mankind! They don’t recognize that they ARE the irrational exuberance! Then, as if all of that is not the height of irrational exuberance, they claim the market has “priced in” a recession in corporate earnings, even though the market has done nothing but go up the entire time everyone talked about how earnings were going to go way down! How is that “pricing in” a recession in earrings? Yet, they have become even more irrational than that because I’ve read more than once during this earnings reporting season that the “earnings recession never materialized” because earnings have come in fatter by a gnat’s waistline than the abysmal prognostications these same people had downgraded their projections to — never mind that earnings have, in fact, receded far below what we had been seeing from earnings last year. In other words, if you, at least, say things are going to be really, REALLY bad just before they turn out to be only really bad, then they really weren’t bad at all! Oh the insanity of humanity! Now, put all of that bias in broader context: These same people who are now gleeful about how earnings are coming in better than the horrors that were expected are completely ignoring the universally known fact that this last quarter’s declining earnings were propped up with record stock buybacks that were much higher than the record stock buybacks of 2018, which had already beaten the record buybacks of 2017! They are actually “earnings per share” where the number of shares has been reduced year after year after year, yet by a greater amount this year than any other! After all that, they still look bad. And then put all of that in even broader context! They talk happily about these “better than expected earnings,” as if being the walking dead is any better than being just dead, knowing full well that the available cash for the buybacks that are animating the zombies is dwindling. You see, the cash savings from repatriated profits were a one-time deal that is now winding down, and everyone knows that. Therefore, everyone knows it is just a matter of time (and probably not much) before those one-time savings play out this year, but they all pretend they don’t know that. Then, as if all of that were not peak exuberance during a time of peak irrationality, the even broader context is that we have a government that was talking seriously this week about agreeing to add $2 trillion to the debt at a time when the interest alone on the debt this year will be almost a trillion dollars! And no one notices! Yes, the interest on the debt this year is coming in so high that it will actually be greater by the end of the fiscal year than the entire deficit was only four years ago (and that was a bad-deficit year). In fact, the interest alone will be almost as great as the entire deficit this year! Add this new plan of taking on another $2 trillion in debt, and we will easily pass the point where interest alone demands a trillion dollar deficit every year! And, yet, people believe we are in a solidly growing economy because the government managed to tweak its highly manipulated GDP headline number up to 3.2% for one last hurrah. They, of course, don’t believe it is a last hurrah. They believe it is proof that all is well, and the good times will only get better! No, nothing irrational here folks. No irrational exuberance anywhere! After all, how can things be irrational when everyone shares the same delusion? That makes the delusion the new normal. And I’m the oddball who says the emperor is not only naked; he has no skin! He is a zombie who is only surviving by eating his own flesh. Why do zombies eat? Zombies don’t know they are already dead. So, they eat even if everything is missing below their chest. They are an irrational concept in themselves. We live in a zombie economy where corporations that are slowly dying from diminishing returns are feeding on their own stocks, which were valued up by money that is now being sucked out of the economy. How is there any possible end game here that works when the total amount of money in the economy is still being reduced by the Federal Reserve? Zombies eating zombies eating crow And that is why I allow my one crow on a wire to keep croaking in the comments below. His constant deception presented to others via false claims never matters to him. Disprove one false claim, and he merely hops over to the next to maintain his self-deception. He even pretends his stocks lost no money last year, though everyone knows they lost a lot. He provides a constant, albeit clownish, example of just how insane the masses are who are walking like zombies to their own destruction, laughing all the way. (And when that destruction comes, they will all parrot the party line that “no one could have seen this coming!” My crow will continue to claim I never saw it coming and that what came never really came, just as he does about last year. Or will reality finally set in with a stunning reversal toward rationality … and fear? From what I’ve seen so far, I doubt it.) We live in a time of mass delusion, piling up a national debt with interest payments that already exceed anything we could have imagined a mere decade ago, yet we are choosing to pile it up even faster, caring not at all that we do! We are living a lie. We live in a time where delusion seems normal to the deluded because it is so widespread that its broad acceptance becomes proof that the deluded are right, and the small minority that is the rest are wrong. That the market goes up because that is the direction all the lemmings are headed is taken as further proof that times could not be more solid. Here on this blog, my one crow constantly caws about how the market is going up, the market is going up (as if I ever said it wouldn’t go up this year) … or as if the market’s rise this year is supposed to somehow prove the crash I predicted for last autumn didn’t happen. It’s insane. What happens this year can never prove that what happened last year didn’t happen. What I am trying to demonstrate via the crow, who has tethered himself by his own choice to this site, is the strength of the delusion: Anyone who speaks against it — even if he is right on each thing he predicts along the way — is viewed as the oddball for daring to speak against the insanity of the masses, so strong is the delusion. No matter how many times someone speaking against the delusion is right, even on the timing of predicted events, he was still wrong in their opinion, and each new whiff of hope is paraded as proof of how wrong he was on things that already happened as he said they would while every actual proof of how right he was is simply ignored. I say this because that situation here on this blog demonstrates just how dense the denial has become. It is as opaque and hard and cutting as obsidian. You cannot break through it, no matter how hard or long you try. I’ll note, however, that the highest summit of irrational exuberance ever has not even been seen by those who are engaging in it, which establishes the perfect peak for the greatest global economic collapse ever. So, party into the twilight, people. Party into the twilight because the Great Recession is about to become the greatest recession ever known.  Liked it? Take a second to support David Haggith on Patreon!

http://thegreatrecession.info/blog/the-zombie-epocalypse-a-river-of-denial-floods-markets-everywhere/ 

:: 5--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. school urging teachers to bless Muslim students in Arabic

'District is running roughshod over the First Amendment'

Published: 3 days ago

A public school instructing teachers to greet Muslims during Ramadan with “Ramadan Mubarak” and adjust test schedules is raising the specter of official district endorsement of Islam, contends a non-profit legal group. The Freedom of Conscience Legal Defense Fund is warning the Dieringer School District in Lake Tapps, Washington, about its implementation of guidelines issued by the terror-linked Council on American-Islamic Relations. After CAIR wrote to the school suggesting various changes in policy and practice that would benefit Muslim students, district Supt. Judy Martinson implemented CAIR’s suggestions as official district policy. She distributed the CAIR letter to school principals, who in turn circulated it to all teachers and staff, FCDF said. “By urging teachers to bless Muslim students in Arabic, the district is running roughshod over the First Amendment’s mandate of government neutrality toward religion,” said Daniel Piedra, FCDF’s executive director. “A school district would never order teachers to ‘welcome’ Catholic students during Easter with ‘He is risen, alleluia!’ Singling out Muslim students for special treatment is blatantly unconstitutional.” A parent in the district had raised questions about the move. In response, FCDF sent a memo to Martinson contending the district is violating the Constitution by favoring Muslim students. “To be clear, nothing in the Constitution prohibits public schools from accommodating students’ religious exercise to the extent it would not interfere with educational interests,” the letter said. “But ‘the religious liberty protected by the Constitution is abridged when the state affirmatively sponsors’ religious practice. Here, by issuing the CAIR letter to district employees, you acted under color of state law to create an official policy that has a primary effect of advancing religion. The Ramadan Policy, in both adoption and implementation, plainly imposes liability on the district under the United States and Washington Constitutions.” Piedra said the case “is yet another attempt by CAIR to infiltrate uninformed school districts so it can advance its subversive agenda.” “CAIR must not be allowed to indoctrinate impressionable schoolchildren under the guise of ‘diversity’ and ‘cultural awareness,'” he said. “FCDF is committed to keeping CAIR out of our America’s public schools.” The letter explains the Supreme Court has been emphatic in stating that school officials must make sure no policy “conveys a message that a particular religion, or a particular religious belief, is ‘favored,’ ‘preferred’, or ‘promoted’ over other beliefs.” FCDF said “the district’s Ramadan policy raises the specter of impermissible government endorsement of religion.” CAIR’s recommendation, FCDF said, “likely violates the [Establishment Clause’s] demand that the government remains neutral toward religion.” CAIR told the district it should formally add Muslim holidays to school calendars, schedule tests on days other than the holidays, allow makeup tests and assignments and tell students their absences on those days can be excused. But FCDF argued the “preservation and transmission of religious beliefs and worship is a responsibility and a choice committed to the private sphere.” “Religious adherence, such as observances, is the parents’ responsibility, not the public school’s. To that end, school officials may neither encourage nor discourage students from availing themselves of an excused absence for religion reasons.  The instruction that teachers greet students with an Islamic greeting is particularly troubling, the letter said. “‘Ramadan Kareem’ derives from ‘the fact that God gives his worshippers blessings during the month [of Ramadan],'” wrote FCDF. “A reasonable student would unquestionably perceive them to be ‘stamped with her school’s seal of approval.'” FCDF asks the district to respond with a letter to staff and faculty that states: “CAIR’s letter advocates legal positions and policy preferences beyond the requirements of state and federal law. The district therefore will no longer rely on the views expressed in the letter.”

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/05/u-s-school-adopts-ramadan-policy-promoting-islam/#Adm2JVT74ETdvlxM.99 

:: 5-7-19 Conspiracy forever :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Are American Communities Dying? A Return to Small Local Economics Is The Only way to Reverse Some Of The Damage And Keep Our Communities Livable

May 7, 2019

Most Americans who have been around for a while know life is nothing like it used to be. When someone wanted a job one was found with a little bit of searching. Today jobs are difficult to find, especially in small communities. When I was growing up in the 70’s, there were several car dealers in my community. There were three tractor dealers and too many mom and pop stores to count. Today there are two used car dealers and the nearest tractor dealer is twenty miles away. So how is it that we now have more people, but fewer businesses to employ them? Preparedness Hacks: Once a nuke is heading your way, you might think that there isn’t much left to do, but you would be wrong! Because we will show you America’s natural nuclear bunkers that are also EMP proof. When the sirens start wailing, all you need to do is pick the closest one to your home, where you can take cover before it hits. A nations wealth is derived from having a product to sell. That wealth needs to circulate in towns and cities to compound the wealth effect and create jobs and businesses. When wealth is not created or it is siphoned off to other places, the wealth effect can not happen, and in many cases goes into reverse. A community needs a certain amount of service related jobs to function but it also needs some type of production jobs to bring in money from the outside. This can be mining , agriculture or manufacturing type jobs, but they must exist to insure a healthy economy. America has two major problems today. A large amount of our production is done outside the country eliminating production jobs in local communities and many of the small local businesses that kept wealth within communities have been supplanted by large corporations that siphon wealth out of communities and send it to wall street. In the past when a small business made profit, that profit was kept in the local community because that is where the owner lived. Now, that profit leaves the community never to be seen again. With less money to circulate within the community the businesses that depend on people spending their extra dollars, have fewer customers and eventually go out of business. With fewer jobs there is that much less money circulating and the economic situation spirals down until nothing is left. These days corporate businesses and government jobs make up the major part of many local communities. In many cases if it were not for the government jobs, many communities would no longer exist. So what do you think would happen if the government suddenly no longer had money to pay those workers? What would happen if corporate profits dropped to the point where corporate stores decided to close and cut their losses? To some extent we are seeing this happen now in many places. Corporate stores moved in and drove small local businesses out. Then when the profits dried up the corporate stores closed leaving the community with no jobs or products to buy. With no capital in the local communities to rebuild small businesses, the people simply drive to other areas to do their shopping. The corporate cronies and government laggards control most of the money flowing through communities now and they want to keep it that way. Any attempt to rebuild local businesses is met with luke warm results. Any business that might make a difference is either killed outright or regulated into oblivion before it can get off the ground. The county where I live has all but abandoned local businesses. The bulk of their income comes from property taxes generated by vacation homes and retirement homes of retired government employees. As long as the government pensions and paychecks continue, they see no reason to change the status quo. The result is that the younger people leave as soon as they can and the average age of the population continues to get older. As with many places today, this area has no future. Where I live is a microcosm of the nation. Corporate and government entities continue to siphon what little money there is out of communities and just as small communities are dying, the nation will soon follow if current trends do not change. A return to small local economics is the only way to reverse some of the damage and keep our communities livable. But, do not be deceived. There is no way to undo all of the damage that has been done and even if we survive, we will only be a shadow of what we once were as a nation.

https://conspiracyforever.home.blog/2019/05/07/why-are-american-communities-dying-a-return-to-small-local-economics-is-the-only-way-to-reverse-some-of-the-damage-and-keep-our-

communities-livable/ 

:: 5-6-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PJW Responds To Facebook After Being Labeled A Terrorist

Copy Link Download 24‚205 views

The Alex Jones Show

Published on May 06, 2019

In a new article by Paul Joseph Watson, Paul reports, "Even as Facebook claims it is removing “extremist” personalities and content from its platform, pages expressing support for Hamas, a terrorist group that has killed civilians, remain fully active."

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5cd0c70f3e251500171dad1b 

:: 5-7-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Alt Media Will Soon Be Gone Along with Trump and the Constitution: The Three Stages of a Revolution

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, May 7, 2019 - 12:51.

Most people in this country fail to recognize where they are at with regard to history. The majority do not see that we are already in a state of rebellion, a civil war, if you will. However, most people if they heard these words would believe that it was the average American that will be involved in a civil war, and they would be wrong! Today, the rebellion has to do with the Deep State and their followers who rebelling against the legitimate authority, namely, the US government and its people. It is the George Soros' who are in a state of rebellion. There are 3 stages associated with a rebellion. Stage One of the Revolution The first stage of a revolution, is a war of ideas and a campaign for the truth. Certainly, fake news is at the center of this. The Russian collusion delusion also fits into this paradigm. Stage one is about the control of the narrative. Where I see the enemy at the gate, most of my friends and neighbors are sleeping through the unfolding attack. We are in a war of words and if we fail to use our words to awaken all of humanity, we are hopelessly lost and the globalists will carve us up for dinner. There is indeed strength in numbers and if we are unable to wake up our fellow countrymen, we will negate the only true tactical advantage that the people enjoy, which is ideological solidarity from a numerically superior force. It should now make sense to you as to why 98% of the media is controlled by globalist controlled business interests consisting of five mega corporations, who in turn are controlled one way or another, by the members of the Federal Reserve. In order to win this fight, we need more people speaking out, making videos and calling MSM talk shows. We especially need to reach the police and the military in order to remind them of their constitutional duty to protect the people against a tyrannical government, but this is not what we are seeing. Our counter to the control of the MSM, is to exclusively support the alternative media. If the Deep State is successful in taking down the alternative media, then it will become necessary to enact a type of Committees of Correspondence apparatus similar to what our Founding Fathers did in the pre-Revolutionary War period in our history. On the ground communication is timeless, effective and very difficult for a totalitarian government to negate. THE PEOPLE CANNOT WIN AGAINST A GLOBALIST REVOLUTION BECAUSE THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA HAS NOT CONVINCED THE MASSES AS TO THE THREAT WE ARE LIVING UNDER. AND VERY SOON, THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA WILL SOON BE EXTINCT AND TRUMP REFUSES TO DO ANYTHING ABOUT IT. THIS IS STRAIGHT OUT OF THE JOSEPH STALIN PLAYBOOK OF PREVENTING THE OPPOSITION FROM BUILDING AN OPPOSING IDEOLOGICAL BASE WHICH IS A PREREQUISITE TO ANY SUCCESSFUL REVOLUTION. IT MAY BE TOO LATE TO DO SO! Stage Two of the Revolution Stage two of a revolution consists of civil disobedience. WE ARE SEEING STAGE ONE GLOBALIST TACTICS BLEED OVER INTO THIS STAGE EVEN BEFORE THE COUP TO TAKE DOWN TRUMP IS COMPLETE. This stage has to do with George Soros and paid protesters. This is about a contrived racially motivated civil war. America has gone from a Republic to a police state in less than a generation. The evidence for this transformation is as follows and it has been a long time coming: 1. The previous passage of the John Warner Defense bill removed all the firewalls between the people and subjugation by federally controlled troops. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 2. Can you say FEMA Camps? The passage of the NDAA, eliminated all due process as it permitted the administration to arrest and indefinitely detain any American without due process. This is what makes the Jade Helm political “Red List” extractions legal and subsequent population relocation legal. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 3. Obama’s declaration, through Executive Order 13603, proclaiming the authority to seize control over any and all assets in the country and to invoke slave labor at Obama’s whim. When the liberals reclaim the presidency in 2020, EO 13603 will prominently figure in our collective history. A scant few will speak out and nobody will resist. This is the blueprint for the total takeover of the US should the globalists ever recapture the White House and they will in 2020 as the backbone of the patriot movement, the Independent Media will soon gone, and so will Trump. 4. Red flag gun laws that can seize your gun without due process. Any totalitarian regime can cut the legs out of a revolution by disarming the people. A scant few will speak out and nobody will resist. No matter what gun control laws that the Deep State brings to the American people, the people need to disobey as civil disobedience is our best friend. However, passive disobedience is our VERY best friend. Most readers already know what happens when a civilian population surrenders its guns. If your knowledge of history is shaky, take a look at Pol Pot, Rwanda, Hitler, Stalin and Mao. The University of Hawaii tells us that that over 260 million people were killed by their governments in the 20th century and this was accomplished after gun confiscation. Any nation that gives up its guns, has sealed its fate. When, not if, but when the Deep State comes for our guns, all of us have a constitutional duty to disobey these unlawful policies. And even if we manage to hang on to our guns, it is easy to predict the next move as Stalin invoked the practice of creating food shortages. You can count on this happening. Stage Three: All Out War A successful revolution cannot simply jump to stage three without having progressed through the first two stages and this is the strategy of the globalists as they are dragging the people to the battlefield of their choice. When Stalin’s forces were dragging a third of the Russians out of their homes, it was too late for the Russians to fight back because the ideological base of resistance, and a sense of collective action, through civil disobedience, had not been built. THIS WAS THE STALINIST OBJECTIVE OF THE PREVIOUS JADE HELM OPERATIONS WHICH TOLD US WHAT WAS COMING BUT THE NATION DID NOT LISTEN. The Russian people were defeated by Stalin because they did not win stage one of the revolution. We desperately need to heed this lesson from history and embark on a tireless crusade to wake up our country as to the dangers that lie ahead. And even if the people are sufficiently awakened, it does not guarantee victory of any kind unless of course, the bravado crowd has stored directed energy weapons in their basements. Therefore, it is the duty of every awake American to educate their neighbors, family and friends, whether they want to hear the truth or not. Remember, any kind resistance to tyranny will not succeed unless there is an attitude of defiance towards the tyranny. Tyrants require minions to carry out their tyranny. Education about the present tyranny can lessen the size of the potential minion pool. Again, this is accomplished in stage one and we are almost out of time. People frequently ask me if I think we can mount an effective resistance and I respond that the odds are really against the people. This fact should not keep people from resisting with every fiber of their being. Further, resistance can evolve into adaptation and this could save the lives of your family. Conclusion Stage one is about regaining control of the White House with a globalist President. This is why trump faces, either assassination or impeachment on fake charges. The newest allegations that Trump is a racist that committed tax fraud is a part of this plot against the people. Even though Trump was exonerated by Mueller, the Democrats are keeping alive, in the public's mind, that he was guilty. Stage one is nearly complete. Stage two is underway and our Constitution and the people, as a whole are under attack. When Trump is out of the way, stages two and three will commence with a vengeance. If one wonders why I fight so hard against tyranny, you have learned the reasons. Mike Pence is a globalist. He will make an excellent transition President. In the meantime, are you prepared so you and your family can adapt? THEY CAME FOR THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA AND NOBODY SAID ANYTHING THEN THEY CAME FOR THE PRESIDENT AND NOBODY SAID ANYTHING THEN THEY CAME FOR OUR GUNS AND NOBODY SAID ANYTHING THEN THEY CAME FOR YOU AND ALL YOUR DEFENSES WERE GONE

About the Author Dave Hodges has been publishing the Common Sense Show since 2012. The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/alt-media-will-soon-be-gone-along-trump-and-constitution-three-stages-revolution 

:: 5-7-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Is In The Water? New UN Study Demonizes Humans For Future Extinctions While Ignoring Fukushima, Techno-Poisons And The Geoengineering Of The Weather

- The Globalists Are Laying Out Their Reasons To Kill-Off Billions Of 'Useless Eaters'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die May 7, 2019

While this new story over at The Atlantic titled "Human Drugs Are Polluting the Water—And Animals Are Swimming in It" might sound like an aberration, a departure from the 'expected norm', as we'll see within this ANP story that examines more than a dozen different stories that have all been published within the past two days, the Atlantic story may actually be the 'new norm'. As the Associated Press reported in this new story which has spawned many more across the internet, according to a newly released report done by the United Nations, human beings are accelerating the extinctions of more than 1 million different species of plants and animals with species loss now taking place at up to hundreds of times faster than at any time in the past. With the Washington Post also jumping on the UN 'extinction story' bandwagon showing us that this is a story that the globalists want to push heavily, and the Post story also blaming human beings for what has been happening to nature while warning that we, too, will suffer because of this, we see a very concerted effort right now to push this, like 'manmade global warming', in our faces. Why now? Let's take a quick look at the headlines which link to all of the different stories that have been published by many different outlets within just the past day, showing 'collusion' among all of the big media outlets to get this UN report out to the world, a report that demonizes human beings and leads us directly to the globalists 'depopulation agenda'. From the NY Times: "Humans Are Speeding Extinction and Altering the Natural World at an ‘Unprecedented’ Pace" From CNN: "One million species threatened with extinction because of humans" From the BBC: "Nature crisis: Humans 'threaten 1m species with extinction'" From the Guardian: "Human society under urgent threat from loss of Earth's natural life" Another one from the Guardian: "UK urged to take lead on biodiversity as UN issues urgent warning" From Yahoo News: "Save Nature to save ourselves, UN report pleads" From The Week: "Study: 1 million species threatened with extinction" From Nature.com: "Humans are driving one million species to extinction" From far-left Splinter News: "The Planet Is Going Extinct and the People in Power Don't Seem to Care" From far-left Raw Story: "One million animal and plant species have been pushed to the brink of extinction by human activity: UN report" From the Irish Examiner: "Nature declining at ‘unprecedented’ rate, UN study warns" Yet none of these stories talk about the absolute beating to our planet and oceans from 'Fukushima'. And no where in any of those stories do we read anything about the havoc that 'strategic aerosol injections', aka 'chemtrails', are doing to our skies and ecosystem. And nowhere in any of those stories do we read anything about the hell '5G' is ready to unleash upon our planet, with wifi radiation already causing deaths among wildlife and human beings. And as Steve Quayle had warned on his radio show 25 years ago, pharmaceutical's within our water supplies were wreaking havoc upon the ecosystem and particularly men's health back then as we'll explore more below, leading to the declining birth rates we're now witnessing in America and throughout the West. So for decades, the globalists themselves have done nothing but poison our planet with their 'geoengineering' of our weather, their introduction into the atmosphere of numerous techno-poisons such as 5G and wifi and they totally denied Fukushima's radiation was poisoning the Pacific Ocean. So, what's really the purpose of this 'UN nature report'? If their main purpose sought to demonize human beings with it, without pointing in the real direction for much of the blame, they did a masterful job. "Humans bad!" (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As Steve Quayle had warned more than two decades ago, pharmaceuticals being excreted through urine back into the sewage system that eventually made their way back into the municipal water supplies were having a profound effect upon men's health, leading to men's sperm counts at extremely low levels due to male intake of estrogens from birth control pills that made their way back into the water supply. He also had warned back then of prozac and other big pharma poisons getting into the water and back into human beings who didn't want to take them, just as the Guardian had reported back in August 2004, "Stay Calm Everyone, There's Prozac In The Drinking Water". And might that have really been intentional, to not only 'feminize' men but 'calm everybody down'? And as Business Insider reports in this new story that the Drudge Report had linked to on Monday, cocaine has been found in European shrimp, just the latest in a disturbing trend of 'drug-filled shellfish' where drugs such as ketamine, oxycodone, banned pesticides and anti-depressant drugs have been found in sea life after passing through human urine back into nature. And as we see in the graphic above, most of those species being threatened right now with extinction live in the water. And while this previously mentioned Splinter (aka sphincter) news story seems to cast the blame for the UN report findings upon President Donald Trump without specifically naming him, they instead directly blame 'capitalism' for the havoc being wreaked upon our planet. Yet they heap praise upon the UN report's 'solution' to the problem which they say 'echoes the green new deal'. Seriously. You can't make this stuff up. From their story.: Today, the UN environmental group IPBES released the findings of a global assessment on nature. As you’ve probably guessed by now, it’s not great. The findings, part of a study which will be released later this year, detail the havoc that humanity and global capitalism is wreaking on the planet and its other inhabitants. Up to 1 million plant and animal species are in danger of becoming extinct, the researchers found, “more than ever before in human history.” “Biodiversity and nature’s contributions to people are our common heritage and humanity’s most important life-supporting ‘safety net’. But our safety net is stretched almost to breaking point,” co-chair and professor Sandra Díaz said in a press release. “The diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems, as well as many fundamental contributions we derive from nature, are declining fast, although we still have the means to ensure a sustainable future for people and the planet.” Also from the release: The Report also presents a wide range of illustrative actions for sustainability and pathways for achieving them across and between sectors such as agriculture, forestry, marine systems, freshwater systems, urban areas, energy, finance and many others. It highlights the importance of, among others, adopting integrated management and cross-sectoral approaches that take into account the trade-offs of food and energy production, infrastructure, freshwater and coastal management, and biodiversity conservation. Also identified as a key element of more sustainable future policies is the evolution of global financial and economic systems to build a global sustainable economy, steering away from the current limited paradigm of economic growth. Whenever the United Nations talks, we'd do ourselves well to listen and sift through the utter bs to find out what they're really speaking about and in the UN's programs 'Agenda 21' and 'Agenda 2030', we get a closer look at what this new UN 'nature' study is really all about. As the Washington Standard had reported within this new story, 'brainwashing' on a massive scale takes place in the United States every day and Al Gore's 'manmade global warming' was one such 'scam' that was pushed into our faces every day and hour for over a decade by the mainstream media and Democrat politicians in their attempt to achieve a desired outcome. With the globalists and the UN seeking to abolish nationalism and nation-states and the ownership of private property while herding human beings into the cities and out of the country, as Infowars reported back in 2014, Agenda 21 was signed in 1992 by multiple nations, including the United States, the United Nations Agenda 21 Sustainable Development program is an urban planning “action plan” which calls for government to eventually take control of all land use without leaving any decision making in the hands of private property owners. As the New American had reported back in 2016, 'Agenda 2030' is nothing less than the recipe for global socialism.: The United Nations and its mostly autocratic member regimes have big plans for your life, your children, your country, and your world. And those plans are not limited to the coercive “climate” agreement recently concluded in Paris. While the establishment media in the United States was hyping ISIS, football, and of course “global warming,” virtually every national government/dictatorship on the planet met at the 70th annual General Assembly at UN headquarters in New York to adopt a draconian 15-year master plan for the planet. Top globalists such as former NATO chief Javier Solana, a socialist, are celebrating the plan, which the summit unanimously “approved,” as the next “Great Leap Forward” — yes, the old campaign slogan of the Chinese Communist Party. The master plan is comprised of 17 “Post-2015 Sustainable Development Goals” (SDGs) with 169 specific “targets” to be foisted on all of humanity — literally all of it, as the plan itself states explicitly. “As we embark on this collective journey, we pledge that no one will be left behind,” reads the UN manifesto, entitled Transforming Our World: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. But if you love liberty, self-government, free markets, or the U.S. Constitution, you will almost certainly be wishing that the UN would leave you behind. Officially dubbed “Agenda 2030,” the UN plot, as its full title suggests, is aimed at “transforming” the world. The program is a follow-up to the last 15-year UN plan, the defunct “Millennium Development Goals,” or MDGs. It also dovetails nicely with the deeply controversial UN Agenda 21, even including much of the same rhetoric and agenda. But the combined Agenda 2030 goals for achieving what is euphemistically called “sustainable development” represent previous UN plans on steroids — deeper, more radical, more draconian, and more expensive. And while we'll never claim that our planet Earth doesn't have very real problems, and many of them definitely caused by 'man' such as the previously mentioned 'strategic aerosol injections', 5G and Fukushima, the globalists will continue to use those poisons on the planet whether or not they are successful at instituting their global programs so why should we believe a word they say? So when might the headline of this Yahoo News story "Save Nature To Save Ourselves" be changed to "Kill Human Beings To Save Nature" with humans clearly the new 'boogie man' facing our planet Earth in the UN and globalists eyes? As Mike Adams the 'Health Ranger' reports in the 2nd video below, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez's 'Green New Deal' is really a 'death wish for humanity' and with this new UN report using similar language to the 'Green New Deal' as the Splinter news story had pointed out, is it really out of the question to argue that their 'solution' to the problems we face push us towards the completion of their 'depopulation agenda'? While the 1st video below is a mainstream media report upon this new United Nations report, they don't touch at all upon why 'green extremism' will actually be a 'death wish' for humanity as Mike Adams elaborates upon in the 2nd and final video below.

http://allnewspipeline.com/What_Is_In_The_Water_UN_Warns_Extinction.php

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 5-7-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite images reveal China is building its third - and largest - aircraft carrier at a shipyard in Shanghai

Construction of the highly anticipated warship is well under way, according to a U.S. think tank

Experts came to the conclusion after analysing satellite images of Jiangnan shipyard from April

The vessel is expected to be China's first full-size aircraft carrier and could be launched in 2021

The Pentagon said in a report last week the carrier could be fitted with a catapult launch system

By Reuters and Tracy You For Mailonline Published: 01:47 EDT, 7 May 2019 | Updated: 08:17 EDT, 7 May 2019

Construction of China's third aircraft carrier is well under way, according to satellite images obtained and analysed by a U.S. think tank. The images appear to show considerable recent activity during the last six months on a large vessel at the Jiangnan shipyard on the outskirts of Shanghai. The Pentagon said last week that work on the vessel had begun, but no images have emerged until now. Chinese state-run media including Xinhua and Global Times reported last year that the country was building a third aircraft carrier known as Type 002 and that it could be launched in 2021. The Chinese government has yet to formally confirm the reported construction. Both Asian and Western militaries, and regional security analysts, are seeking information on the carrier, which is expected to be China's first large, modern platform capable of leading a full range of strike group operations. The effort to build a large, locally designed carrier is seen as a core part of China's extensive military modernisation drive. The effort is challenging decades of U.S. strategic superiority in East Asia. The satellite pictures were released by the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) in Washington, which has been studying activities in the Jiangnan shipyard for a period of time. A report from the group last year revealed that the Jiangnan shipyard had expanded dramatically since 2011 after experts compared satellite images from 2011 and 2018. At least 18 warships were spotted in the shipyard last year. Jiangnan shipyard is one of the most important naval shipbuilding plants in China and its name means 'south of Yangtze River'. It's located on Changxing Island in Shanghai at the mouth of the Yangtze River. The latest satellite images, taken on April 17, show a bow section that appears to end with a flat 30-metre (98-foot) front and a separate hull section 41 metres (134.5 feet) wide, with gantry cranes looming overhead. That suggests a vessel somewhat smaller than 100,000-tonne U.S. carriers but larger than France's 42,500-tonne Charles de Gaulle, analysts say. Fabrication halls the size of several football pitches have been built nearby, and work appears to be continuing on a floodable basin, possibly to float the finished hull into the nearby Yangtze River estuary. 'While details regarding the Type 002 are limited, what is observable at Jiangnan is consistent with what is expected for the People's Liberation Army Navy's third aircraft carrier,' said the CSIS's ChinaPower analysis. CSIS analyst Dr. Matthew Funaiole said it was hard for the team to see evidence of the construction of the warship from pictures taken late last year, but now it is clear that work has begun. 'From what we can see there has been a lot of activity in the last six months or so,' he said. 'It would appear that it is the third carrier, and if it is not, it's hard to envisage what other large vessel it would be.' Speculation of the construction of China's third aircraft carrier emerged after the China Shipbuilding Industry Corporation accidentally leaked a picture of a warship which had never been seen before in a social media post last June. In November, Xinhua News Agency said in a report that 'a new generation aircraft carrier is being built on the slipway,' marking the first official Chinese media confirmation of the warship's construction. Military experts told the Global Times that the new aircraft carrier might need about two and a half years to be built because of its bigger size, meaning it could be launched in 2021. The Pentagon's annual report on China's military modernisation, issued last Friday, noted that the third carrier would probably be larger than the first two and fitted with a catapult launch system to accelerate aircraft during takeoff. 'This design will enable it to support additional fighter aircraft, fixed-wing early-warning aircraft, and more rapid flight operations,' the report said. Dr. Funaiole and other analysts said it was unclear what kind of catapult - traditional steam-powered or a more cutting-edge electromagnetic system - would be used. It also remains unclear whether Type 002 would be nuclear-powered. China has 10 nuclear-powered submarines, but so far no surface ships with nuclear propulsion; some analysts think China is not ready to make that step. Singapore-based regional security analyst Ian Storey said a full-sized carrier would make some of China's neighbours nervous and highlight the importance of their strategic relationship with the United States. 'Once completed, it will outclass any warship from any Asian country, including India and Japan,' said Storey, of the ISEAS Yusof Ishak Institute. 'It is yet another indication that China has emerged as Asia's paramount naval power.' China's first two carriers are relatively small, with only up to 25 aircraft, less than half the number aboard U.S. carriers, and have jump ramps built into their bows. That configuration limits not just the types of aircraft that can fly off them, but how much weaponry and fuel they can carry. Its first carrier, the Liaoning, was a Soviet-era Ukrainian ship bought secondhand in 1998 and re-fitted in China. A second carrier based on that design was built by Chinese engineers and launched in 2017. It is coded Type 001A and yet to be named. The Liaoning had been seen as more of a training platform for teaching personnel the tricky art of carrier operations. But last month, Chinese state media said the ship 'is starting to play a combat role following recent modifications and intensive training exercises'. Type 001A has been undergoing sea trials from its base in northern Dalian and is not expected to enter service until 2020. Dalian Shipyard in north-east China was responsible for the retrofit of the Liaoning and the construction of Type 001A. China's state media have quoted experts as saying China needs at least six carriers. The United States operates 11 carriers.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-7000375/Analysts-Images-construction-Chinas-largest-aircraft-carrier.html 

:: 5-6-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'I'd Call That Spying': CIA's Ex-Counterintel Chief Says FBI Conducted Espionage On Trump Campaign

by Tyler Durden Mon, 05/06/2019 - 20:55

The FBI's use of "confidential human informants" to obtain information from Trump campaign officials under false pretenses was straight up spying, according to the CIA's former head of counterintelligence, James Olson, a 30-year agency veteran who served under six presidents, and who once conducted an undercover overseas mission with his wife. "It does sounds like spying," said Olson in response to a question from the Hill.  Tv's Saagar Enjeti. "spying can take many different forms and the art of spying has evolved." Olson spoke with Enjeti following a bombshell admission in the New York Times confirming that the FBI sent a government investigator to London in September 2016 to meet with Trump campaign adviser George Papadopoulos while posing as "Azra Turk" - assistant to another FBI spy, the well-paid Stefan Halper (who once oversaw a CIA operation to spy on Jimmy Carter on behalf of the Reagan campaign, under the direction of then-Vice-Presidential candidate George H.W. Bush). Of note, Papadopoulos contends that "Azra Turk" is CIA, not FBI. When asked about "Azra Turk," Olson said "I think that person did misrepresent the purpose and was looking for information," adding "Yeah, I’d call that spying." Attorney General William Barr set off a firestorm of debate last month during congressional testimony after he referred to the FBI's activities against the 2016 Trump campaign as "spying," a phrase he later defended during testimony last week - saying "I’m not going to abjure the use of the word ‘spying," adding "I think spying is a good English word that, in fact, doesn’t have synonyms because it is the broadest word incorporating really all forms of covert intelligence collection." "So I’m not going to back off the word ‘spying.'" Of Olson's time in the CIA, he told NBCDFW in 2017: "My career would really, I think, boil down to chasing Russians wherever there were Russians," Olson said. "They were our number-one Cold War adversary, and my job was to monitor their activities, but above all, to recruit them as spies for us and then to handle them as spies for us, which I did on the streets of Moscow among other places."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-05-06/id-call-spying-cias-ex-counterintel-chief-says-fbi-conducted-espionage-trump 

:: 5--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker Carlson: Dems remain focused on Mueller because they want to divert attention from Obama's spying

By Tucker Carlson | Fox News

For more than two long years, the institutional left told us they knew exactly what the Mueller report would say. They said it would end the Trump presidency and save this nation. Congressman Adam Schiff, who sits on the Intel Committee and would know, gave us a preview.  Schiff said that he had seen, with his own eyes, proof that the President of the United States colluded criminally with the government of Russia. BuzzFeed, a noted cat blog, said it had conclusive evidence that Trump obstructed justice. ABC News momentarily tanked stock prices when it reported that Trump had ordered his national security adviser to talk to the Russians, and so on. The Mueller report was going to prove all of these stories true. And then the report came out, and it turned out that none of it was true. It was all a lie. CLICK HERE TO READ MORE FROM TUCKER CARLSON. So how did the people who told and repeated those lies respond? Well, they could have done what decent people do. They could have resigned their jobs, tearfully apologized for misleading our country and then moved to Paraguay in shame. They could have done that -- but they didn't. Instead, they did what they always do. They became more aggressive. They decided that, actually, the Mueller report vindicated everything they've been saying since 2016. It's all there. It's just being hidden by that dastardly Attorney General William Barr. Suddenly, Barr was right up there with Putin and former Trump campaign aide George Papadopoulos as an enemy of the people. Democrats were quick to call for Barr's arrest for contempt of Congress. The people who run the Democratic party are not crazy. They are coolly rational; they always have been. They want power. That's all they want. Whatever it takes. These people don't throw fits unless it's to serve some higher political purpose. And this fit does serve a higher purpose. They're trying to divert attention from a much bigger story. These people are fascists. "Cuff him, lock him up, send him to jail." The man who has been attorney general for less than three months must be in prison for his crimes -- whatever those crimes are -- and the president must go on trial, too. Now, you might think that being cleared of collusion by the Mueller report would be good news for Trump. But no, it just means he must be impeached. CLICK HERE TO VIEW THE ENTIRE EPISODE. "To invite a foreign power to participate in our elections, to obstruct justice and cover-up during the investigation, there must be consequences. There must be accountability," 2020 Democratic presidential candidate Beto O'Rourke told his supporters. "We must get behind the House of Representatives so that they pursue impeachment for this president. Did you hear what he said? He said impeach, no matter what the cost. Impeachment is a theological imperative. Democratic Rep. Al Green of Texas even admitted this in a recent interview: "I'm concerned that if we don't impeach this president, he will get reelected." Impeach him before the people choose him as their president again. So, that's how democracy works. Now, watching all this, you might assume that the left has lost control of itself -- and you would be half-right. The Democratic base has been emotionally incontinent for quite some time. They're getting worse, not better. And you can thank the internet for that. CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP. But the people who run the Democratic party are not crazy. They are coolly rational; they always have been. They want power. That's all they want. Whatever it takes. These people don't throw fits unless it's to serve some higher political purpose. And this fit does serve a higher purpose. They're trying to divert attention from a much bigger story. Remember when Trump said the Obama administration had been spying on his campaign? The Democratic Party's bootlickers went absolutely crazy the second he said it. They rushed to the nearest television studio to mock the very idea. I think, looking back, the VCR will go down as one of the great inventions in human history, on par with maybe fire and the wheel. Because the VCR allows us to preserve people's claims on tape and then play them back. So many on the left were hysterical at the idea that Trump might believe there was spying on his campaign. But they were hysterical because they suspected it might actually be true. And now we know that it was. In fact, according to recent testimony from a high ranking FBI official, the spying turned out to be far more extensive than Trump suspected. Even James Clapper, the former director of National Intelligence, had to concede that in an interview on CNN. James Clapper: Using undercover agents is a standard and legitimate technique that is widely used in investigations. That technique has been used to thwart a lot of counterterrorism plots in this country. So I'm sure -- I mean, there are protocols and standards for using an agent and I'm sure that's the case here. Wolf Blitzer, CNN anchor: Was it spying? Clapper: Well, yes, I guess it meets the different-- the dictionary definition -- of surveillance or spying, a term I don't particularly like. Yes. The guy who ran the spy agency doesn't like the word "spying." Adapted from Tucker Carlson's monologue from "Tucker Carlson Tonight" on May 6, 2019. Tucker Carlson currently serves as the host of FOX News Channel’s (FNC) Tucker Carlson Tonight (weekdays 8PM/ET). He joined the network in 2009 as a contributor.

https://www.foxnews.com/opinion/tucker-carlson-dems-remain-focused-mueller-because-they-want-to-divert-attention-from-obamas-spying 

:: 5--19 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump pardons frmr. US Army lieutenant convicted of killing a suspected al Qaeda terrorist

President Donald Trump granted a pardon Monday to a former Army first lieutenant who was convicted in 2009 of killing an Iraqi prisoner. The president signed an executive grant of clemency for Michael Behenna, an Oklahoma man who was sentenced to 15 years for killing Ali Mansur Mohamed, a suspected al Qaeda operative who was stripped naked for questioning before being shot. Behenna had long argued he acted in self-defense. Oklahoma Attorney General Mike Hunter petitioned the White House for the pardon. “Mr. Behenna’s case has attracted broad support from the military, Oklahoma elected officials, and the public,” White House press secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement. “While serving his sentence, Mr. Behenna was a model prisoner.” Behenna was paroled in 2014 after serving less than five years of his sentence. Mansur was questioned in connection with a roadside bomb that killed two soldiers.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2019/05/trump-pardons-frmr-us-army-lieutenant-convicted-of-killing-a-suspected-al-qaeda-terrorist/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm

_medium=facebook 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-6-19 The Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Very strong M7.2 earthquake hits Papua New Guinea

Posted by Teo Blašković on May 6, 2019 at 21:38 UTC (21 hours ago)

A very strong earthquake registered by the USGS as M7.2 hit near Bulolo, Papua New Guinea at 21:19 UTC on May 6, 2019 (07:49 local time, May 7). The agency is reporting a depth of 126.9 km (78.8 miles). EMSC is reporting M7.1 at a depth of 130 km (80.7 miles). This earthquake can have a medium humanitarian impact based on the magnitude and the affected population and their vulnerability. The epicenter was located 36.6 km (22.7 miles) NW of Bulolo (population 16 042) and 53.1 km (33 miles) NW of Wau (population 14 629), Papua New Guinea. There are several small villages near the epicenter - Wowas 3 km (1.8 miles), Dambi 8 km (5 miles), Marilinan 11 km (6.8 miles) and Tsile Tsile 14 km (8.7 miles) There are 610 000 people living within 100 km (62 miles) and 1 700 within 10 km. 2 000 people are estimated to have felt very strong shaking, 829 000 strong, 936 000 moderate and 3 203 000 light.

Liquefaction triggered by this earthquake is estimated to be significant in severity and (or) spatial extent. The number of people living near areas that could have produced liquefaction in this earthquake is significant. This is not a direct estimate of liquefaction fatalities or losses. The USGS issued a green alert for shaking-related fatalities and economic losses. There is a low likelihood of casualties and damage. Overall, the population in this region resides in structures that are a mix of vulnerable and earthquake resistant construction. The predominant vulnerable building types are unreinforced brick masonry and informal (metal, timber, GI etc.) construction. Recent earthquakes in this area have caused secondary hazards such as tsunamis, landslides and liquefaction that might have contributed to losses.

https://watchers.news/2019/05/06/papua-new-guinea-earthquake-may-6-2019/ 

:: 5-6-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rare early May ARCTIC COLD BLAST engulfs Europe, bringing severe hail storms, heavy snowfall and gale-force winds

By Strange Sounds - May 6, 2019

Almost the whole of Europe has seen a brief return to a few days of winter-like weather because an Arctic wind blew south as the month of May came in. Temperatures dropped typically at least 10°C from one day to the next. The driving force, a centre of low pressure over Scandinavia, seems to be reluctant to move. Low-pressure centres often bring storms. Snow has fallen in the Netherlands, France, Germany and Switzerland. In Vijlen, the Netherlands. The last time there was snow in early May here was in 1979! Traditionally, Britons expect it to be cold and wet on a Bank Holiday Monday, so May 6, 2019, lived up to expectations, with temperatures in the UK a full 15 degrees Celsius below last year’s record-high figures. Temperatures from May 3rd to 7th have been and will be much lower than normal for this time of the year. There exists a high risk for severe damaging morning frosts across many parts of east, central, western Europe and the Balkan peninsula through Sunday to Wednesday! Again, they have lit up the wineyards in France: The extreme weather chaos should take a break after tomorrow! Be ready and get prepared for the next one! The seem to become the new normal!

http://strangesounds.org/2019/05/europe-arctic-cold-blast-snow-hail-winds-video-pictures-may2019.html

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 5-6-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MULTI-FRONTED COMBAT EXPECTED AS B-52'S LAUNCH FROM UK STAGING AREA TO MIDDLE EAST AND USS ABRAHAM LINCOLN AIRCRAFT CARRIER STRIKE GROUP EXPEDITED TO REGION

World News Desk 06 May 2019

Beginning suddenly and without warning last Friday, HAMAS began missile barrages from the Gaza Strip into Israel. After almost 1,000 missiles, a Cease-Fire is now in place; but a much bigger and more dangerous situation is developing as you read this . . . Headlines on TV News and in newspapers Sunday indicated the US was expediting one of its Aircraft Carrier Strike Groups - the USS Abraham Lincoln -- to the Middle East. What none of those media outlets is reporting, but I can report, is that along with the USS Abraham Lincoln is a B-52 Bomber Group deployed from a staging area in the United Kingdom this morning, "to send an unmistakable message to Iran." Intelligence information developed by various electronic, signals, and covert means, reveals this round of trouble in Israel is far from over. There is intel of potential trouble ahead. This all seems to be tied in to current Iranian actions. There is a very big concern with Iran right now as you have all likely seen on the news. The talk is of "multi-fronted combat." When the Intelligence Community (IC) speaks of multi fronted combat, they mean Gaza, the Golan Heights, West Bank, Lebanon -- PLUS, the Persian Gulf (particularly the Strait of Hormuz), the Red Sea, inside Syria and potentially elsewhere. According to "chatter" intercepted via SIGINT circuits, there is growing evidence that Hezbollah is successfully being pulled into a coming future conflict with Israel. Thus, what we see right now with a Ceasefire between Israel and HAMAS, is just a "lull." The main event is yet to come - and VERY soon. I am able to tell you what is being planned, but I cannot do so publicly . . . . Israel is NOT the "main event." The main event is direct military confrontation between Iran and numerous other nations, over ongoing economic sanctions, and over NEW sanctions to be announced tomorrow. Iranian missiles are LIKELY to rain down on US military bases all over the Middle East and as far away as in Europe! This main event will begin in the strait of Hormuz - which Iran was CAUGHT preparing to blockade -- THIS PAST WEEKEND! Below is COVERT INTEL from my former colleagues in the Intelligence Community. As most of you know, I worked with the FBI for fifteen years, from 1993-2008. My final five years with the Joint Terrorism Task Force (JTTF) where I was designated a "Fully Operational" national security asset, and granted "Extra-Territorial Operating Authority" by the Office of Intelligence at FBI Headquarters in Washington, DC. That meant I could be sent overseas to take care of matters involving national security, terrorism and foreign counter intelligence. When I was tasked to foreign operations, my activities were coordinated with our own CIA but I did NOT work for the CIA. In my travels, I met, worked with, and got to know a number of people in the Intelligence Community around the world. Some of them work with their country's version of their own CIA. Others work with their military intelligence. Others worked in Law Enforcement. I maintain contact with many of those folks to this very day. As such, I get information the general public does not. When it will not endanger lives or American Interests, I share some of what I am told with my subscribers; folks who support this site with $1 a week, billed Quarterly ($13) HERE or with $5 billed Monthly, HERE. Subscribers make this web site possible and so they get information the general public does not. The information below is for Subscribers only because it comes from sources that are . . . . sensitive . . . . and it involves information gathering techniques that are . . . . best not revealed. Subscribers can Login to read the content below. If you are not a subscriber, you can sign up at the links above and gain instant access.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/multi-fronted-combat-expected-as-b-52-s-launch-from-uk-staging-area-to-middle-east-and-uss-abraham-lincoln-aircraft-

carrier-strike-group-expedited-to-region 

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

:: 5--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recently, an Unprecedented “Malicious Cyber Event” Disrupted Grid Operations in the US

By Dagny Taggart

A “cyber event” interrupted grid operations in parts of the western United States in early March, but the hack was just disclosed to the public a few days ago. The attack marked a somber milestone for the US power sector: the unnamed utility company is the first to report a malicious event that disrupted grid operations. “According to a cryptic report posted by the Department of According to a cryptic report posted by the Department of Energy, the March 5 incident lasted from 9 a.m. until nearly 7 p.m. but didn’t lead to a power outage, based on a brief summary of the electric disturbance report filed by the victim utility,” E&E News reported on April 30. Authorities don’t know the source of the cyber event. The hack itself occurred two months ago, on March 5, when a “denial-of-service” attack disabled Cisco Adaptive Security Appliance devices ringing power grid control systems in Utah, Wyoming and California, according to multiple sources and a vague summary of a Department of Energy filing. There were no blackouts, no harm to power generation and evidently very little effect on the Western transmission grid, according to multiple sources and officials. The most direct impact was likely a temporary loss of visibility to certain parts of the utility’s supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) system, though all major transmission operators in the regions affected denied having been hit by the denial-of-service attack. (source) In an interview with NPR, E&E News’s Blake Sobczak, who was the first to report on the issue, explained the event in more detail: There was a disruption, but it did not lead to any blackouts or really, as far as we know, any halt in the flow of electricity there. What likely happened here was what’s called a loss of visibility. There was a denial-of-service attack against some part of the utilities network infrastructure, and that basically led operators to not be able to see what was going on in the grid. So it’s sort of like driving with blinders on. As long as nothing crazy happens, you should be fine, but it certainly constitutes a disruption and a reportable event here to the Department of Energy. It does pose a hazard, and that’s why the Department of Energy actually requires utilities to report if they experience a cyberattack within one hour of the event itself. And so this is really the first time that we’ve seen a utility tell regulators at the DOE, at the Department of Energy, hey, hackers disrupted some part of our operations. And in this case, again, it appears that that was related to visibility as to what was happening on the grid there. (source) The attack was a relatively basic DOS event, according to officials. This raises concerns about what might happen if a more sophisticated hacker chose to launch a far more powerful attack. Sobczak explains what a DOS (denial of service) incident is: Denial-of-service, or DOS, cyberattacks overwhelm target networks with bogus traffic, making it difficult for victim computers to operate normally. Distributed-denial-of-service (DDOS) attacks harness the power of hacked “botnets” of computers to throw at hackers’ targets, while rarer telephony-denial-of-service (TDOS) events seek to block incoming and outgoing calls. Denial-of-service attacks frequently target internet-facing devices or services — one record-setting DDOS interrupted access to popular sites like Twitter and Grubhub in fall 2016. In order for a DOS to have triggered an electric disturbance alert, it likely would have hit something more significant, but still externally facing, industry sources speculated: perhaps firewalls or routers on the boundary of a grid network. While a cyberattack on such equipment wouldn’t disrupt the flow of electricity, it could force operators to pause or redirect certain activities at affected facilities to allow for an investigation. (source) Even more concerning is the fact that the DOS perpetrator(s) took advantage of a known software vulnerability that required a previously published patch to fix, according to a DOE official. “In other words, with a patch in hand, it wouldn’t have been difficult for power companies to identify and update any computer systems potentially at risk. DOE didn’t clarify which equipment — whether routers, work stations or even phones — were affected by the denial of service.” Sobczak explains. Utility companies are required to notify DOE within one hour of any successful cyber attack on their systems. If they fail to file an OE-417 electric disturbance report, they can be fined up to $2,500 per day. However, DOE has never issued civil or criminal penalties related to the form. The form is supposed to include an overview of the incident, whether it be a hurricane-related outage or a physical attack on the facility. A second, more closely guarded portion of the form contains a detailed summary of actions taken to resolve the incident and “preliminary results from any investigations,” per DOE guidelines, E&E News reports. There are several reasons authorities hide these events from the public. In today’s update, Sobczak elaborates on the significance of the attack and the surrounding secrecy: No U.S. electrical utility is known to have experienced any disruptive cyberattack in the past, a surprising fact given that utilities routinely find themselves in the crosshairs of the world’s most sophisticated hackers and can face millions of more run-of-the-mill hacking attempts every day. (Energywire, July 20, 2018). Fears that a bona fide cyberattack would be blown out of proportion among the general public have fueled a culture of secrecy around anything filed under “cyber” in the electricity sector. At the most recent GridEx security exercise in 2017, utilities practiced how word would get out about a blitz of simulated cyber and physical attacks. The exercise modeled how misinformation about the incident could spread quickly over social media. “The grid runs everything. Forget how robust it is. How many other critical infrastructure sectors rely on electricity?” said John Hultquist, director of intelligence analysis at cybersecurity firm FireEye Inc. “It’s the best way to cause cascading effects across society — the public knows that. They don’t know anything about how hard that would be.” (source) Even though the March 5 attack didn’t cause customer outages or impact the reliability of the grid, and there’s no evidence it was part of a coordinated attack, the event is highly concerning. To date, the best known successful grid attack occurred in 2015 and again in 2016 when hackers allegedly linked to the Russian government targeted portions of Ukraine’s energy grid with a DOS attack and cut off electricity for several hours to tens of thousands of people. That cyber attack was the first known to have caused a blackout anywhere in the world.  A significant grid attack in the US would cause widespread problems. If that kind of outage happened here, it would cause millions of dollars in damage and serious disruption of life as we know it. Lives could be lost as well – particularly if hospitals and other healthcare facilities were impacted, and if the outage was prolonged. A 2015 report by the University of Cambridge Centre for Risk Studies estimated a major grid attack in the United States could cost up to $1 trillion in the most severe circumstances.  The March 5 DOS attack on U.S. Cisco equipment isn’t known to have involved any hostile takeover of operational networks. “It’s possible the hacker or hackers, in that case, didn’t even realize they were interfering with power grid equipment, sources said, perhaps having found the Cisco firewalls exposed online via specialized internet search tools,” Sobczak explains. Some experts say the US power grid has already been hacked, as Daisy Luther reported in 2017: A report by internet security experts, Symantec, says that a hacking group called Dragonfly 2.0 has gained access to 20 power company networks. The American power grid has been hacked, but for some reason, the culprits restrained themselves from taking down the power like they did in Ukraine recently. The targets were in the United States, Turkey, and Switzerland. According to Symantec, the hackers did gain access to the interface they would need to control the power equipment, with which they could cause a widespread blackout. Eric Chien, a Symantec security analyst, told Wired: “There’s a difference between being a step away from conducting sabotage and actually being in a position to conduct sabotage … being able to flip the switch on power generation. We’re now talking about on-the-ground technical evidence this could happen in the US, and there’s nothing left standing in the way except the motivation of some actor out in the world.” (source) While we were all focused on the natural disasters like wildfires and hurricanes looming over us, this report went all but unnoticed by the mainstream and alternative media alike. Our grid has been hacked. Symantec’s report refuses to disclose which power plants were compromised, but there seems to be no doubt the hackers were able to gain access to operational control of them. And while this has been going on for a few years now, they’re getting bolder and nearly have the pieces in place to widespread sabotage our power grid. (source) Sobczak’s May 6 report concludes with some troubling information (emphasis mine): The Department of Energy and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission are both restructuring rules for utilities to report grid cyberattacks to regulators. FERC commissioners, frustrated by years of radio silence from utilities despite a stream of warnings about growing cyberthreats, moved last year to broaden the definition of what constitutes a reportable incident. The March 5 event is listed publicly because it cleared a certain bar of severity, said Sam Feinburg, executive director of Helena, which is working on a “Shield Project” to boost U.S. grid defenses. “There are undoubtedly many more such events that don’t breach that bar and therefore don’t become public knowledge.” Feinburg said such events, even when carried out by unsophisticated hackers, don’t get enough attention. “[Grid] infrastructure is getting more complicated, and because of that, it’s getting harder and harder to defend each part of it,” he said. “The ability to conduct these attacks is only being distributed across a wider and wider set of folks.” “It does not take a sophisticated attacker to deal damage to critical electrical infrastructure, and that’s scary,” Feinburg said. (source) Experts say more needs to be done to protect the grid. “The U.S. electrical grid is highly complex with some 3,300 utility companies that work together to deliver power through 200,000 miles of high-voltage transmission lines. The nation also has 55,000 electrical substations and 5.5 million miles of distribution lines that power millions of homes and businesses,” a report last year states. In 2017, grid cybersecurity expert Robert M. Lee, CEO of industrial cybersecurity firm Dragos, Inc., told Scientific American that the scary side of grid vulnerability is twofold: One, our adversaries are getting much more aggressive. They’re learning a lot about our industrial systems, not just from a computer technology standpoint but from an industrial engineering standpoint, thinking about how to disrupt or maybe even destroy equipment. That’s where you start reaching some particularly alarming scenarios. The second thing is, a lot of that ability to return to manual operation, the rugged nature of our infrastructure—a lot of that’s changing. Because of business reasons, because of lack of people to man the jobs, we’re starting to see more and more computer-based systems. We’re starting to see more common operating platforms. And this facilitates a scale for adversaries that they couldn’t previously get. (source) When asked to clarify what he meant by adversaries getting more aggressive, Lee explained: The key events are things like the Ukraine attack in 2015–2016, [in which a cyberattack brought down portions of the Ukrainian power grid], as well as two different campaigns in 2013–2014, BlackEnergy2 and Havex, [two malware programs that were deployed against energy sector companies]. Basically, far-reaching espionage on industrial facilities one year; the next year getting into industrial environments; and then culmination in attacks in 2015–2016. That’s aggressive in itself. For my own firm, what we’re seeing in the [overall] activity in the space is it’s growing. Over the last decade, I have seen adversary activity increase in some measure, and then around 2013–2014 just start spiking. (source) It is up to each of us to prepare for a grid-down event. On May 2, President Trump signed an executive order aimed at filling the deficit of cybersecurity professionals in the federal workforce, including specialists with knowledge of cyber-physical systems like power grids and gas pipelines. “The Nation is experiencing a shortage of cybersecurity talent and capability, and innovative approaches are required to improve access to training that maximizes individuals’ cybersecurity knowledge, skills, and abilities,” the EO states. Last month, Trump signed an EMP awareness EO called Executive Order on Coordinating National Resilience to Electromagnetic Pulses as a first step toward learning more about how an EMP would affect us and how to protect critical infrastructure. However, how effective the government’s new efforts will be is yet to be seen. Recently, preparedness author Michael Mabee warned that the federal government has no plan for a long-term power outage and that the lack of preparedness could lead to tragic consequences: In the U.S. we are literally on life support, plugged into the electric grid. If somebody unplugs us, everything necessary to sustain life stops: food, water, fuel, transportation, medical care, communications, financial – everything. The grid is vulnerable to numerous threats. The U.S. Senate said that in a long-term nation-wide blackout, millions of citizens could die. After a few weeks, we would die in droves from waterborne diseases, starvation, and societal collapse. What if the grid went down for longer than a few weeks? (source) Here are some resources that can help you prepare for the big one. Mabee has assembled a comprehensive website with information on the threats and actions we can take. The Blackout Book: This is a true quick-start guide to handling a power outage like a boss and it will be helpful to both beginners and those with a bit more experience. Click here to grab the book. You’ve Been Warned: Why You Need to Be Ready for Total Grid Failure Why Low-Tech Prepping Is a Better Option for a Long-Term Grid-Down Scenario Power Grid Could Buckle During Extreme Heat Wave: Here’s How to Keep Cool What do you think? Do you think more of these events occur but remain under the radar? Are you prepared for a long-term grid-down event? If so, what have you done to prepare? Please share your thoughts in the comments.

About the Author Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/recently-an-unprecedented-malicious-cyber-event-disrupted-grid-operations-in-the-us/ 

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. This area will be far more safe than other areas.  Stay out of Texas, that is not the state that you think that it is, that has the largest terrorist group in the United States, stay out of there, regardless if you plan fifteen ways to go and come, stay out of there, stay out of there. etc

:: 5-6-19 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Than 80 'High Risk' Afghan Pilots Trained By The Pentagon Are AWOL In America - What Could Possibly Go Wrong?

Flashback To September Of 2001 - Is Another Massive Attack Upon America In Play?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die May 6, 2019

Let's flashback really quickly to September of 2001. As CNN had reported in this September 14th, 2001 story saved at Archive following the horrific attacks on 9/11 that permanently launched the 'war on terror', several of the highjackers who took down the planes on that fateful day had been trained to fly at US flight schools, with the FBI for years under Louis Freeh and his successor, Robert Mueller (who took office on September 4th of 2001 by the way!) knowing all about 'terror pilot training' but doing nothing about it. Now let's fast forward back to May of 2019. We couldn't help but get a feeling of 'deja vu' just days ago when we read this story over at Stars And Stripes which reports that the Pentagon had quietly decided to end a program training Afghan Air Force pilots in the US after nearly half of the course attendees simply 'disappeared' into America according to a report by a DOD watchdog released this past week. With these Afghan fighter pilot disappearances coming at a time when the corrupted faction of the deep state is finally under investigation in America after their very real Soviet-style coup attempt against President Donald Trump failed miserably, we've long been warned that those who've likely carried out false flag after false flag in America would attempt to carry out one or two more gigantic ones in an attempt to get out of the mess that they're in and these missing Afghan fighter pilots potentially present them with just such an opportunity. Why would nearly half of the Afghan fighter pilots that the Pentagon was training simply 'disappear'? Maybe an even better question would be, why would the Pentagon still be providing pilot training to people who may not have America's best interests in minds? Didn't the Pentagon learn their lesson following 9/11? While Task and Purpose recently reported that those pilots that didn't go AWOL were shipped back to Afghanistan to complete their training, their story also reported these pilots were training on an AC-208, a Cessna that fires Hellfire missiles. Anyone else see a potential problem with this? (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) As Breitbart News reports in this new story about this debacle, 83 of the 152 Afghan pilots who went AWOL (out of a total of 320 who were in the program) are STILL missing and unaccounted for and the Pentagon watchdog agency deemed these missing pilots as 'high risk'. And while those missing pilots could have very well just disappeared into the US to begin new lives living here illegally, as Breitbart also reported, Taliban jihadists have infiltrated the Afghan security forces. Their story also offered this stunner that helps to explain why 'the wall' isn't being built: the United States has devoted over $83 billion of its $133 billion nation-building effort to developing and training the ANDSF. So once again, while we're spending hundreds of billions of dollars on the military expenses of other nations, America's southern border remains wide open like a hooker's legs while those who we're spending billions of dollars of taxpayer money to train simply disappear into the wild blue yonder. And quite interestingly, a google search for "Afghan Air Force pilot training program in US ends after nearly half go AWOL" finds stories from Fox News, the Air Force Times, Military.com, The Hill, Stars and Stripes, Breitbart, Task and Purpose and even the Daily Mail but nothing from the mainstream media here in America. If the MSM isn't reporting upon it, does that mean this story being reported upon by all of those military outlets is 'fake news'? Perhaps more importantly, why isn't the MSM reporting upon this story? As each of the top voted comments seen below from this Daily Mail story bluntly stated: "Imagine my shock. Train pilots who would love to rain death on our country, makes 0 sense." "Isn't that special! Haven't we learned anything yet?" "How long before we find these same people raining down in aircraft onto our buildings?" "Afghan "pilots" have been going AWOL FAR FAR longer than most people know. This isn't something that's been happening for the last 5 years or even 10 years, it's longer than that. I was in the service in Texas and we were briefed on this in 2007, by that time over 50 of them were AWOL and couldn't be located." Might tomorrow's Islamic jihadis, trained by our own government to kill, now be on the loose here in America? While we are very thankful that President Trump recently had a very productive talk with Russia president Vladimir Putin about a number of things, including Venezuela, the Ukraine and the Russian witch hunt, and while that talks hints of peace between our two nation's ahead, we've also long been warned: "For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape." And while some might ask "why would anyone want a nuclear apocalypse?", as the National Review had reported within this September of 2015 story, 'apocalyptic Islam' NEEDS just that to bring upon the planet their anti-Christ 'mahdi'. So if there really are radical Islamist holdovers from Barack Obama's government still within President Trump's administration or even 1 or 2 of these still missing pilots subscribe to that apocalyptic viewpoint, we have our answer to that question. So with the corrupted faction of the deep state potentially on the ropes, as Dr. Ron Paul warned within this Paul Joseph Watson story over at Infowars as is also heard in the 2nd video below, a false flag event could ignite a war in Venezuela that America might never be able to get out of without Russia/China getting involved too. Dr. Paul specifically warns of a possible assassination of Juan Guaido carried out by agents of the deep state but blamed upon Nicolas Maduro that launches Venezuela further into violence, possibly leading to a US invasion. And with possibly at least 83 Afghan fighter pilots trained by the Pentagon still AWOL and possibly still here in America with sinister intentions, we should keep our eyes and ears open for any 'event' involving a C-208 Cessna or hellfire missiles with many jihadis wanting nothing more than to strike a fatal blow to not only America but Western civilization. The first video below takes a look at some new news out of Venezuela where their President Nicolas Maduro has ordered the Venezuelan military to prepare to defend their nation from an invasion while in the 2nd and final video below, we hear about Dr. Ron Paul's warning of a potential false flag attack that potentially gets the US into a no-win war with Russia.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Missing_Afghan_Pilots_Deja_Vu.php 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

 :: 7-2-18 Business insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's police now have laser rifles that can 'set a whole person on fire' up to a kilometre away

Stephen Chen, SCMP.com Jul 2, 2018, 1:34 PM

China has developed a new portable laser weapon that can zap a target from nearly a kilometre away, according to researchers involved in the project. The ZKZM-500 laser assault rifle is classified as being “non-lethal” but produces an energy beam that cannot be seen by the naked eye but can pass through windows and cause the “instant carbonisation” of human skin and tissues. Ten years ago its capabilities would have been the preserve of sci-fi films, but one laser weapons scientist said the new device is able to “burn through clothes in a split second … If the fabric is flammable, the whole person will be set on fire”. “The pain will be beyond endurance,” according to the researcher who had took part in the development and field testing of a prototype at the Xian Institute of Optics and Precision Mechanics at the Chinese Academy of Sciences in Shaanxi province. The 15mm calibre weapon weighs three kilos (6.6lb), about the same as an AK-47, and has a range of 800 metres, or half a mile, and could be mounted on cars, boats and planes. It is now ready for mass production and the first units are likely to be given to anti-terrorism squads in the Chinese Armed Police. In the event of a hostage situation it could be used to fire through windows at targets and temporarily disable the kidnappers while other units move in to rescue their captives. It could also be used in covert military operations. The beam is powerful enough to burn through a gas tank and ignite the fuel storage facility in a military airport. Because the laser has been tuned to an invisible frequency, and it produces absolutely no sound, “nobody will know where the attack came from. It will look like an accident,” another researcher said. The scientists requested not to be named due to the sensitivity of the project.  Scientists in this field generally agree it would be inhumane to use more powerful weapons that could ‘carbonise’ a living person The rifles will be powered by a rechargeable lithium battery pack similar to those found in smartphones. It can fire more than 1,000 “shots”, each lasting no more than two seconds. The prototype was built by ZKZM Laser, a technology company owned by the institute in Xian. A company representative confirmed that the firm is now seeking a partner that has a weapons production license or a partner in the security or defense industry to start large-scale production at a cost of 100,000 yuan (US$15,000) a unit. Given their potential for misuse, the design and production of the devices will be tightly monitored and the only customers will be China’s military and police. A technical document containing basic information about the weapon was released last month on the Public Service Platform for National Civil-Military Integration, a website run by the central government to facilitate collaboration between the military and commercial sectors. Chengdu Hengan Police Equipment Manufacturing company, a major hardware supplier for Chinese law enforcement agencies, also released a laser “machine gun” last month. The weapon has a range of 500 metres and it can fire several hundred shots per charge, according to the company’s product brochure. Only a decade ago, such powerful laser weapons were something out of science fiction. In 2009 a US attempt to design a handheld laser gun resulted in something that “only works on nudists” because its beam was too weak to even penetrate a shirt. But in 2015 Beijing upped the ante with a two billion-yuan fund to develop compact, powerful laser devices – an unprecedented budget for the field and one that triggered concerns in the US and other Western nations. In recent years US forces operating in strategically important areas such as the Indian Ocean and the South China Sea have complained that they have been subjected to an increasing number of laser attacks from Chinese military bases or vessels that look like fishing boats. Last month, the US government lodged a formal complaint that a “weapons-grade” laser device fired from a Chinese naval base in Djibouti had left two military pilots with minor eye injuries. Wang Zhimin, associate researcher at the Research Centre for Laser Physics and Technology at the Chinese Academy of Sciences in Beijing, said technological improvements in recent years meant scientists were able to develop smaller and more powerful devices in the same way that mobile phone manufacturers had done. “This is no longer science fiction. They are already a fact of life,” he said. In the early days, due to technical limits, it was necessary to fire several beams and get them to converge on a target to cause any damage. They also needed a precise distance reading to have any chance of working. Furthermore, the only devices available were slow, bulky and heavy, had a short range and required enormous supplies of power. But the latest devices fire a single beam and can cause as much damage as large, truck-mounted laser cannons would have done. But these developments increase the risk that the weapons could more easily fall into the hands of criminals and terrorists who could exploit their destructive capacity, for instance by conducting arson attacks without being detected. Wang, who was not involved in the Xian project, warned that allowing these weapons to proliferate could be a threat to all countries. There are no specific international protocols in place to regulate the development or use of this type of laser weapon. The United Nations Protocol on Blinding Laser Weapons, initiated in 1980 and signed by over 100 nations, concentrates on earlier generation weapons and prohibits the use of those that could cause permanent loss of eyesight. The document on Chinese government website classifies the ZKZM-500 as a “non-lethal weapon”, meaning they are deemed less likely to kill a living target than something explicitly designed to do so, such as a gun. The lasers cannot kill a target with a single shot, but if fired at a person for long enough the weapons would start to burn a hole in their body, cutting through them like a surgical knife.  Researchers stress that scientists in this field generally agree it would be inhumane to use more powerful weapons that could “carbonise” a living person. Instead the document lays stress on the non-lethal applications of the technology. For instance it says law enforcement could counter “illegal protests” by setting fire to banners from a long distance. It also says protest leaders could be targeted by setting fire to their clothing or hair which, the document says, would mean they lose “the rhythms of their speech and powers of persuasion”. But one Beijing police officer said he would prefer to stick to more traditional crowd-control methods such as tear gas, rubber bullets or electrical stun guns, such as tasers. “The laser burn will leave a permanent scar,” he said. He said it would be a “horrid sight” that risked causing panic or transforming a peaceful protest into a riot.

https://www.businessinsider.com.au/chinas-police-now-have-laser-rifles-that-can-set-a-whole-person-on-fire-up-to-a-kilometre-away-2018-7 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 5-6-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Senior Israeli official:  Significant info about Iran attack preparations came from Mossad

Source notes info obtained by Mossad was transferred to US and formed basis for decision to bolster forces, including aircraft carrier.

Mordechai Sones, 06/05/19 21:11

A significant portion of the information about Iran's preparations for a terror attack against a US target or its Gulf allies was achieved by Israeli intelligence, especially the Mossad, senior Israeli officials told News 13. The senior Israeli officials noted the information obtained by the Mossad and other Israeli intelligence agencies was transferred to the Americans and was part of the basis for the American decision to reinforce their forces, sending another aircraft carrier to the Gulf. The senior officials said the issue of warning about a possible Iranian attack came up two weeks ago in talks with the Americans, including during recent talks held with a delegation led by National Security Advisor Meir Ben-Shabat in the White House with an American delegation led by US National Security Advisor John Bolton. The senior officials noted that at this stage it is not a focused warning, but it is clear that the target of the expected Iranian attack is not Israeli, but an American target or one belonging to one of the US's Gulf allies. A senior Israeli official further told News 13, "It's unclear to us yet what the Iranians will try to do and exactly who will do it, but it is clear to us that the temperature by the Iranians is rising due to the heavy American pressure on them."

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/262779 

:: 5-6-19 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As ceasefire goes into effect, Netanyahu says Gaza campaign not over

PM says Israel hit terror groups ‘with great force,’ is readying for next round of fighting; Hamas: Conflict ‘will not end until we regain our rights’

By TOI staff and Raoul Wootliff 6 May 2019, 12:42 pm

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Monday commented on reports of an Egyptian-brokered ceasefire deal in Gaza, after two days of fighting in which four Israelis were killed, saying that Israel was readying for further confrontations with terrorist groups in the coastal enclave. “Over the past two days, we have hit Hamas and Islamic Jihad with great force, attacking over 350 targets and terrorist leaders and activists, and destroying terrorist infrastructure,” Netanyahu said in a statement. “The campaign is not over and requires patience and judgment. We are preparing to continue,” the prime minister added. “The goal was and remains to ensure the peace and security of the residents of the south. I send condolences to the families and wish a speedy recovery for the wounded.” A spokesperson for Hamas similarly said, in response to the prime minister’s statement, that although the recent flareup in violence had come to an end, the wider conflict would continue. “The resistance managed to deter the IDF,” said Sami Abu Zuhri, according to the Kan public broadcaster, referring to the Gaza terror groups. “Our message is that this round is over, but the conflict will not end until we regain our rights.” The ceasefire between Israel and the Gaza terror groups went into effect at 4:30 a.m. Monday, according to the Hamas and Islamic Jihad terror groups, ending two days of intense fighting that saw more than 600 rockets fired at Israel and four Israeli civilians killed. Over two days, in response to the rocket fire, the Israeli military conducted hundreds of strikes from the air and land, including one highly unusual targeted killing of a terrorist operative who the IDF said funneled money from Iran to terror groups in the Strip. Palestinian medical officials reported 29 dead since Friday, including at least 11 terrorists, The Times of Israel confirmed. The Israeli government refused to confirm the reported truce, apparently so as to avoid publicly acknowledging its negotiations with terrorist groups. However, the military announced that, as of 7 a.m., it was lifting all security restrictions that had been in place in the south during the fighting, and that schools would be allowed to open, indicating that a ceasefire had indeed been reached. The ceasefire was criticized Monday morning by opposition parties, as well as by one senior member of the prime minister’s Likud party. MK Gideon Sa’ar, a political rival of the prime minister, said the terms of the agreement hold little to no benefit for Israel and will not prevent future violence. “The circumstances in which the ceasefire was reached are very lacking for Israel,” Sa’ar posted on Twitter, in a rare implicit criticism of Netanyahu from within his own party. Blue and White leader Benny Gantz, a former IDF chief of staff, laid the blame for the rocket onslaught from the Gaza Strip over the past two days at the government’s door. “Nearly 700 projectiles were launched at Israeli territory, four were killed and many are wounded,” Gantz said in a statement. “All of this is the result of losing our deterrence, and it’s ending with another surrender to blackmail from Hamas and other terrorist groups.” “All the government has done is, once again, led us to the next confrontation,” he charged.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/as-ceasefire-goes-into-effect-netanyahu-says-gaza-campaign-not-over/ 

:: 5-6-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nature crisis: Humans 'threaten 1m species with extinction'

By Matt McGrath Environment correspondent, Paris 6 May 2019

On land, in the seas, in the sky, the devastating impact of humans on nature is laid bare in a compelling UN report. One million animal and plant species are now threatened with extinction. Nature everywhere is declining at a speed never previously seen and our need for ever more food and energy are the main drivers. These trends can be halted, the study says, but it will take "transformative change" in every aspect of how humans interact with nature.

Five things we've learned from nature crisis study

Nature's emergency in five graphics

The teens saving Madagascar's wildlife

What would a world without humans be like?

From the bees that pollinate our crops, to the forests that hold back flood waters, the report reveals how humans are ravaging the very ecosystems that support their societies. Three years in the making, this global assessment of nature draws on 15,000 reference materials, and has been compiled by the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES). It runs to 1,800 pages. The brief, 40-page "summary for policymakers", published today at a meeting in Paris, is perhaps the most powerful indictment of how humans have treated their only home. It says that while the Earth has always suffered from the actions of humans through history, over the past 50 years, these scratches have become deep scars. The world's population has doubled since 1970, the global economy has grown four-fold, while international trade has increased 10 times over. To feed, clothe and give energy to this burgeoning world, forests have been cleared at astonishing rates, especially in tropical areas. Between 1980 and 2000, 100 million hectares of tropical forest were lost, mainly from cattle ranching in South America and palm oil plantations in South East Asia. Faring worse than forests are wetlands, with only 13% of those present in 1700 still in existence in the year 2000. Our cities have expanded rapidly, with urban areas doubling since 1992. All this human activity is killing species in greater numbers than ever before. According to the global assessment, an average of around 25% of animals and plants are now threatened. Global trends in insect populations are not known but rapid declines in some locations have also been well documented. All this suggests around a million species now face extinction within decades, a rate of destruction tens to hundreds of times higher than the average over the past 10 million years. "We have documented a really unprecedented decline in biodiversity and nature, this is completely different than anything we've seen in human history in terms of the rate of decline and the scale of the threat," said Dr Kate Brauman, from the University of Minnesota and a co-ordinating lead author of the assessment. "When we laid it all out together I was just shocked to see how extreme the declines are in terms of species and in terms of the contributions that nature is providing to people." The assessment also finds that soils are being degraded as never before. This has reduced the productivity of 23% of the land surface of the Earth. Our insatiable appetites are producing a mountain of waste. Plastic pollution has increased ten-fold since 1980. Every year we dump 300-400 million tonnes of heavy metals, solvents, toxic sludge and other wastes into the waters of the world. The report's authors say there are a number of direct drivers of which land use change is the primary one.  This essentially means the replacement of grassland with intensive crops, or replacing ancient woodland with a plantation forest, or the clearing of forests to grow crops. This is happening in many parts of the world, especially in the tropics. Since 1980, more than half of the increase in agriculture has been at the expense of intact forests. It's a similar story at sea. Only 3% of the world's oceans were described as free from human pressure in 2014. Fish are being exploited as never before, with 33% of fish stocks harvested at unsustainable levels in 2015. Live coral cover on reefs has nearly halved over the past 150 years. Pushing all this forward, though, are increased demands for food from a growing global population and specifically our growing appetite for meat and fish. "Land use now appears as the major driver of the biodiversity collapse, with 70% of agriculture related to meat production," said Yann Laurans from IDDRI, the French policy research institute. "It is time to reconsider the share of industrial meat and dairy in our diet." The other key factors are the hunting and the direct exploitation of animals, climate change, pollution and invasive species. The report finds that many of these factors work together to make matters worse. At the report's launch, Kai Chan, a co-ordinating lead author from the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, said: "No previous assessment has considered at this scale the simultaneous challenge of protecting nature, maintaining water, feeding the planet, supplying energy, while mitigating climate change... this is the most exhaustive report to have ever done that." The decline in numbers Species extinction risk: Approximately 25% of species are already threatened with extinction in most animal and plant groups studied. Natural ecosystems: Natural ecosystems have declined by 47% on average, relative to their earliest estimated states. Biomass and species abundance: The global biomass of wild mammals has fallen by 82%. Indicators of vertebrate abundance have declined rapidly since 1970. Nature for indigenous people: 72% of indicators developed by local communities show ongoing deterioration of elements of nature important to them.  What does the future hold? It all depends on what we do. The authors looked at a number of scenarios for the future, including business-as-usual, but also examining options that were more based on sustainable practices. In almost all cases, the negative trends for nature will continue to 2050 and beyond. The only ones that didn't continue towards ecological disaster involved what the scientists term "transformative change". What does transformative change actually mean? The study doesn't tell governments what to do, but gives them some pretty strong hints. One big idea is to steer the world away from the "limited paradigm of economic growth". They suggest moving away from GDP as a key measure of economic wealth and instead adopting more holistic approaches that would capture quality of life and long-term effects. They argue that our traditional notion of a "good quality of life" has involved increasing consumption on every level. This has to change. Threat to food as biodiversity declines To keep carbon emissions down, look underfoot Dogs 'becoming major threat' to wildlife Insect decline may see 'plague of pests' Similarly, there must be change when it comes to financial incentives that damage biodiversity. "Crucially, governments must end the destructive subsidies, including for fossil fuels and industrial fishing and agriculture," said Andrew Norton, director of the International Institute for Environment and Development. "These drive the plundering of the land and ocean at the expense of a clean, healthy and diverse environment on which billions of women, children and men depend now and in the future." The amount of land and sea that is under protection needs to increase rapidly, with observers saying that a third of our lands need to be preserved. "We need to secure half of the planet by 2050 with an interim target of 30% by 2030," said Jonathan Baillie, from the National Geographic Society. "Then we must restore nature and drive innovation. Only then will we leave future generations a healthy and sustainable planet." Is this worse than climate change? Climate change is a crucial underlying factor that's helping to drive destruction around the world. Greenhouse gas emissions have doubled since 1980 and temperatures have gone up 0.7C as a result. This is having a big impact on some species, restricting their ranges and making extinction more likely. The global assessment finds that if temperatures go up by 2C, then 5% of species are at risk of climate-driven extinction, rising to 16% if the world warms by 4.3C. "Of the prioritised list of proximate drivers of biodiversity decline, climate change is only number three," said Prof John Spicer from the University of Plymouth. "Climate change is certainly one of the greatest threats that face humankind in the near future - so what does that tell us about the first and second, changes in land/sea use, and direct exploitation? The current situation is desperate and has been for some time." The report's authors hope that their assessment becomes as critical to the argument about biodiversity loss as the IPCC report on 1.5C has done to the debate over climate change.

What can I do? The idea of transformative action is not just confined to governments or local authorities. Individuals can certainly make a difference. "We know that the way people eat today is often unhealthy for them and for the planet," said Dr Kate Brauman, one of the report's authors. "We can become healthier as individuals by eating more diverse diets, with more vegetables, and we can also make the planet healthier by growing that food in more sustainable ways." As well as consumer and lifestyle choices, other authors believe people can make a difference through politics. "It might be more important for society to invest more in renewables than coal," said Dr Rinku Roy Chowdhury, from Clark University in Worcester, Massachusetts. "So how do you that? Through individual behaviour, through the polling booth. "Rather than just conserving energy by turning my lights off, some other less obvious means might be through political action." Follow Matt on Twitter.

https://www.bbc.com/news/science-environment-48169783 

:: 5-6-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Disturbing video shows young Muslim children at a Philadelphia Islamic center singing about 'chopping off heads', martyrdom and 'defending Palestine with our bodies'

Muslim American Society Islamic Center in Philadelphia posted controversial video to its Facebook page last month

Video shows group of children singing and chanting about 'martyrs' who 'attained Paradise'

They also sing about 'chopping off heads' while 'sacrificing our souls'

The children were wearing Islamic headdress and Palestinian nationalist symbols while vowing to 'liberate Al-Aqsa Mosque'

Al-Aqsa, the third-holiest site in Islam, is located in Jerusalem's Old City, which is controlled by Israel

MAS, a nationwide organization, said it will investigate the 'unintended mistake' and that the 'person in charge' of the event was 'dismissed'

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and Reuters Published: 14:09 EDT, 5 May 2019 | Updated: 03:19 EDT, 6 May 2019

Shocking video has emerged showing a group of young Muslim children in Philadelphia singing of ‘chopping off heads’ so as to ‘liberate Al-Aqsa Mosque’ while ‘defending Palestine with our bodies.’ The clip, which was first uploaded to Facebook by the Muslim American Society Islamic Center in Philadelphia last month, shows a group of children wearing Islamic headdress adorned with Palestinian symbols and colors. A translation of the video was provided by the Middle East Media Research Institute. The Muslim American Society issued a statement on Saturday vowing to investigate the ‘unintended mistake and an oversight’. The organization also said that the ‘person in charge’ of this specific event has been ‘dismissed.’ ‘Those who accept humiliation - what is the point in their existence?’ a child narrator in the film says. ‘Those who reject oppression are the ones who assert their existence, and they eliminate the injustice from the land of the Arabs.’ At this point, the other children join in and begin singing: ‘Rebels! Rebels! Rebels! ‘Glorious steeds call us and lead us onto paths leading to the Al-Aqsa Mosque. ‘The blood of martyrs protects us. Paradise needs real men! ‘The land of the Prophet Muhammad's Night Journey is calling us. Our Palestine must return to us. ‘Oh Saladdin, your men are among us – shame will be washed away!’ Another girl seen in the clip chants: 'Our martyrs sacrificed their lives without hesitation. ‘They attained Paradise, and the scent of musk emanates from their bodies. ‘They compete with one another to reach Paradise. ‘Will Jerusalem be their capital city, or will it be a hotbed for cowards?’ Another girl adds: ‘We will defend the land of divine guidance (Palestine) with our bodies, and we will sacrifice our souls without hesitation. ‘We will chop off their heads, and we will liberate the sorrowful and exalted Al-Aqsa Mosque. ‘We will lead the army of Allah fulfilling His promise, and we will subject them to eternal torture.’ The Muslim American Society released a statement saying that the songs were not ‘properly vetted.’ ‘While we celebrate the coming together of different cultures and languages, not all songs were properly vetted,’ the group said. ‘This was an unintended mistake and an oversight in which the center and the students are remorseful. MAS will conduct an internal investigation to ensure this does not occur again.’ MAS is a nationwide organization that boasts more than 50 chapters throughout the country, according to its website. ‘As a faith-based organization dedicated to moving people to strive for God-consciousness and a just and virtuous society, we affirm our long-standing position on our shared values of humanity. ‘We stand resolutely in our condemnation of hate, bigotry, Islamophobia, xenophobia, racism, anti-Semitism and all the illnesses of hate that plague our society.’ MAS said that it owns the property which is leased by a school, which staged the event. The group said that the school ‘will form a local commission to aid in sensitivity training and proper oversight for future programs,’ according to the Philadelphia Inquirer. The term ‘martyr’ has been used by Islamists to describe those who carry out suicide bombings and other terrorist attacks against civilians. The ‘attainment of Paradise’ is a term that references the supposed ‘reward’ that ‘martyrs’ - or ‘shahids’ - receive upon sacrificing themselves for Islam. Islamic extremists promise that anyone who becomes a ‘martyr’ for the cause is rewarded with 72 female virgins in heaven. Palestinian suicide bombings against Israelis were a frequent occurrence during the 1990s and 2000s. Organizations like Hamas and Islamic Jihad sent suicide bombers into the heart of Israeli cities, killing hundreds and maiming thousands.

The Al-Aqsa Mosque, which is considered the third holiest site in Islam, is located in Jerusalem’s Old City. It was built centuries ago on top of the Temple Mount, which is the holiest site in Judaism. The 'Night Journey' is a reference to the belief in Islam that the Prophet Muhammad ascended to heaven on a winged mule from the Al-Aqsa Mosque. The political status of the mosque and adjacent holy sites in the Old City is one of the sensitive issues of the Israel-Palestine dispute. Israel captured control of the Old City as well as the West Bank and Gaza Strip in the 1967 Six-Day War. Palestinians insist that East Jerusalem should be the capital of a future independent state, while Israel has vowed to maintain sovereignty over the entire city. Saladdin is revered in Islamic history for his role in leading the military defeat of the Crusaders in the Levant during the 12th century. The Anti-Defamation League, a leading Jewish organization, released a statement calling the video ‘extremely disturbing.’ ‘Children should not be indoctrinated to hate,’ the ADL said. ‘These young people should never have been asked to make speeches and dance and lip-sync to songs that glorify violence against Jews and the State of Israel. ‘The conflict between Israelis and Palestinians is deeply complex and painful on all sides, and the only chance for a peaceful future is to teach our children to pursue peace.’ Rockets and missiles from Gaza killed three civilians in Israel while Israeli strikes killed 12 Palestinians, most of them militants, in surging cross-border fighting on Sunday, according to Gazan officials and the Israeli military. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said he ordered the military to continue 'massive strikes' against Gaza’s ruling Hamas group and Islamic Jihad, in the most serious border clashes since a spate of fighting in November. Israel’s military said more than 600 rockets and other projectiles - over 150 of them intercepted by its Iron Dome anti-missile system - have been fired at southern Israeli cities and villages since Friday. It said it attacked more than 260 targets belonging to Gaza militant groups. Gaza officials said Israeli air strikes and artillery fire killed 20 people including eight civilians since Friday. A rocket that hit a house in Ashkelon on Sunday killed a 58-year-old man, police said.

He was the first such Israeli civilian fatality since the seven-week-long Gaza war in 2014.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6994509/Muslim-children-Philadelphia-school-sing-chopping-heads-army-Allah.html

:: 4-30-19 CCN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Stock Brokerage E*Trade Strokes Excitement with Rumored Ether, Bitcoin Trading

Tedra DeSue 30/04/2019 Bitcoin Trading, Crypto, News

By CCN.com: E*Trade Financial Corp. is waking when it comes to the importance of allowing its customers the ability to trade cryptos. It’s readying to allow them to trade Bitcoin and Ethereum, Bloomberg reports. While banks and others have shunned cryptos, E*Trade’s willingness to allow customers to trade them is significant. It’s another step in the mass adoption of cryptos, which have been plagued by criticism. Entrance Would Do Wonders For Cryptos Bloomberg spoke to anonymous sources about E*Trade’s plans. Allowing crypto trading would make E*Trade one of the largest securities brokerages to provide the service, according to Bloomberg. E*Trade would join the well-established exchange Coinbase. There is also Robinhood. Robinhood is a commission-free stock trading app that began allowing for crypto trading last year. Details about when E*Trade’s service would launch, or the fee structure, were not noted. No matter, news of the plans was naturally greeted positively by crypto enthusiasts. Richard Dennis, the founder and senior cryptography advisor of temtum, weighed in about mass adoption.

Home Bitcoin Trading

US Stock Brokerage E*Trade Strokes Excitement with Rumored Ether, Bitcoin Trading

E*Trade, Bitcoin, Ether

Major US online stock broker E*Trade is set to foray into cryptocurrencies with bitcoin and ether trading. | Source: Shutterstock

US Stock Brokerage E*Trade Strokes Excitement with Rumored Ether, Bitcoin Trading

Tedra DeSue 30/04/2019 Bitcoin Trading, Crypto, News

By CCN.com: E*Trade Financial Corp. is waking when it comes to the importance of allowing its customers the ability to trade cryptos. It’s readying to allow them to trade Bitcoin and Ethereum, Bloomberg reports. While banks and others have shunned cryptos, E*Trade’s willingness to allow customers to trade them is significant. It’s another step in the mass adoption of cryptos, which have been plagued by criticism. Entrance Would Do Wonders For Cryptos Bloomberg spoke to anonymous sources about E*Trade’s plans. Allowing crypto trading would make E*Trade one of the largest securities brokerages to provide the service, according to Bloomberg. E*Trade would join the well-established exchange Coinbase. There is also Robinhood. Robinhood is a commission-free stock trading app that began allowing for crypto trading last year. Details about when E*Trade’s service would launch, or the fee structure, were not noted. No matter, news of the plans was naturally greeted positively by crypto enthusiasts. Richard Dennis, the founder and senior cryptography advisor of temtum, weighed in about mass adoption. “Seeing E*Trade introduce cryptocurrency trading would bring some much needed trust at what could be perceived as a time of volatile sentiment towards crypto exchanges. Exchange adoption will offer alternative on ramps, widen audiences and diversify investor demographics, while hopefully increasing money flow into the market, but they won’t solve what consumers need to use crypto.” Crypto players also took to Twitter to voice their happiness about the possible launch. Financial giant eTrade now entering the crypto market, looking to offer Bitcoin and Ethereum pairs. They join the long and growing list of huge financial institutions and companies getting into cryptocurrency. $BTC $ETH Crytpo enthusiast with the handle ‘Digital Asset Investor’ was extremely excited, saying he’d nailed E*Trade’s entry for a long time. E*Trade’s plans prompted Digital Asset Investor teased Charles Schwab. Perfect Timing Cryptos received somewhat of a blow last week over Bitfinex and Tether. On Thursday, New York Attorney General Letitia James obtained a court order to shut down the pair. The New York attorney general alleges that Bitfinex – historically one of the largest Bitcoin exchanges – doesn’t have access to some $850 million Tether tokens and that it’s probably guilty of fraud as a result, CCN reported. In a move that seems to be going further than any purported fraud, the AG has also demanded that Tether turn over documents that some traders may be uncomfortable with her having in possession. This includes complete records on people who hold Tether and are believed to reside in New York. To have this positive news about E*Trade follow is welcomed. Dennis said: “Last weeks’ news involving Bitfinex and Tether for example has increased fear within even hardened crypto investors and potentially affected market sentiment once more as the industry seemed to be moving forward with new hope.” Still More Work To Do Adoption of cryptocurrencies and what’s required for ‘mass adoption’ is expansive, Dennis points out. It goes much further than even the most trusted exchange platforms, like Coinbase and Robinhood, who have both “done extremely well and defining who they are and who they want to trade.” Unfortunately E*Trade crypto trading will not equate to, and will not lead to, the common goal of greater adoption of cryptocurrencies. Issues related to speed, security, scalability, and resource consumption must still be addressed. Then we’ll see the market shift to crypto being used rather than traded or stored – as long as they combined with defined, achievable routes to market, Dennis said.

If you can buy it, trade it, invest in it, or sell it, I write about it. For more than 20 years, I've covered all things finance. I threw myself into covering the crypto space with the keen understanding that it would be an industry disruptor. I'm in constant search for the real Satoshi Nakamoto!

https://www.ccn.com/etrade-crypto-trading-excitement-bitcoin-ether

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 4-29-19 InfoWars Europe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over Two Million Prepaid Debit Cards Given to Migrants - Official

Dan Lyman April 29, 2019

More than two million prepaid debit cards worth over $1.6 billion have been distributed to migrants by international governing bodies and organizations, according to a top Hungarian official. In November, 2018, Infowars Europe helped bring to light revelations that migrants were using preloaded MasterCard debit cards bearing insignias of the EU and UN to pay for goods and services along their journeys. “Over two million people have received anonymous migrant cards, and the equivalent of 500 billion forints (1.55 billion euros) has been spent in this manner,” said György Bakondi, Chief Security Advisor to the Prime Minister, during an interview on Hungarian television, MTI reports. “This solution, which has not been thought through and is unlawful, and other efforts on the part of the European Union to legalize illegal migration - such as the migrant visa and the establishment of legal channels for immigration, represent a security risk with healthcare, economic and cultural consequences for Hungarian and European citizens,” he continued. Bakondi expressed his administration’s belief that the E.U. has no intention of slowing illegal migration, but instead is working to facilitate it. “Hungary, however, does not agree with this,” Bakondi asserted. “Hungary’s opinion is that the problem must not be brought into Europe, but that instead, assistance must be provided to enable problems to be solved on site.” The latest revelations regarding the debit card scheme come after Hungarian authorities arrested a suspected Syria terrorist in possession of one of the cards in question. "The Hungarian government had warned that these anonymous, prepaid debit cards posed a security risk," wrote Zoltan Kovacs, Secretary of State for International Communication and Relations. "After initial denials, the Commission finally admitted that the United Nations and the European Union have been distributing these cards to migrants who have reached the territory of the E.U. Some 64,000 debit cards were distributed to migrants in January alone." "Reports say that he received a monthly payment of 500 EUR on his debit card. That’s well over today’s gross minimum wage in Hungary." Hungarian officials subsequently demanded an "urgent answer" from the E.U. regarding how many other potential terrorists may have received the cards. A tidal wave of illegal immigration has now crippled America's southern border.

https://europe.infowars.com/over-two-million-prepaid-debit-cards-have-been-issued-to-migrants-official/ 

[ :: 3-11-09 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Even now, saith your Father, they plot for a one world banking system, a one world government, a one world controlled by one man, etc..

:: 4-29-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Look Inside the Scheme to Eliminate Cash, Impose Negative Interest

April 29, 2019 By Clint Siegner

Central bankers and politicians love inflation, but they need “bag holders” to have faith in the value of the fiat currency IOUs they hold. The trick is to avoid suddenly destroying the ephemeral confidence in currencies by printing too much too fast. Central bankers may also need to limit the options inflation wary citizens have for escaping. They are both shifty and innovative when it comes to making sure the ill effects of perpetually devaluing currency are primarily borne by the citizenry. Lying and trying to hide what they are doing to the currency has been tradition with politicians since Roman times. Nero began quietly reducing the silver content of the Denarius around 60 A.D. Today central bankers and governments don’t have to bother with altering physical coins. Every currency can be quietly devalued electronically. The financial central planners try to calm the herd with rigged inflation statistics designed to show the money losing purchasing power far more slowly than it actually is. They use “hedonic adjustments,” “geometric weighting,” and many other ploys to arrive at a politically palatable inflation rate. Or, even more clever, they convince investors the best way to evaluate the strength of the money is simply to compare it with other fiat currencies. That is how the U.S. dollar has earned its reputation for “strength” in recent years. Headlines in the financial press broadcast the DXY index is rising. The dollar buys more euros and yen, which matters to practically no one except tourists. Meanwhile, it buys far less of stuff that does matter — food, housing, and most everything people need to live. Another trick is for politicians and central bankers to simply print money under the guise of economic imperative. The 2008 bank bailouts, the Fed program to buy toxic mortgage securities at par value from banks and the trillions printed to buy U.S. Treasury debt all fit in this category. The “inflationistas” running our monetary system aren’t done innovating either. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) recently published an article on how to implement “negative interest rates.” Officials want banks to be able to charge depositors for holding funds in checking or savings accounts.

The problem, as they see it, is that many depositors probably won’t be willing to pay bankers for holding their money. They would withdraw deposits and put cash under the mattress instead. The IMF officials lament: When cash is available, however, cutting rates significantly into negative territory becomes impossible. Cash has the same purchasing power as bank deposits, but at zero nominal interest. Moreover, it can be obtained in unlimited quantities in exchange for bank money. Therefore, instead of paying negative interest, one can simply hold cash at zero interest. Cash is a free option on zero interest, and acts as an interest rate floor. The solution to this “problem,” they say, is moving to a cashless society. And there is a deliberate scheme to do so. The first step is to take away the ability for people to make cash withdrawals. The IMF officials exhibit no shame, casually suggesting the freedom for untold millions of people around the globe to save be eliminated. If savers don’t spend what they have, officials will make them pay. The bureaucrats who authored the IMF blog aren’t the first to propose abolishing physical cash. Bankers and politicians have been waging the War on Cash for years now. This wish to implement negative interest rates is just one more on a list of reasons these central planners hate cash. To them, ordinary people are sheep to be herded. Anyone who wishes to avoid being shorn should hold real assets outside of the banking system. Clint Siegner is a Director at Money Metals Exchange, a precious metals dealer recently named “Best in the USA” by an independent global ratings group. A graduate of Linfield College in Oregon, Siegner puts his experience in business management along with his passion for personal liberty, limited government, and honest money into the development of Money Metals’ brand and reach. This includes writing extensively on the bullion markets and their intersection with policy and world affairs.

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/04/a-look-inside-the-scheme-to-eliminate-cash-impose-negative-interest.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 4-23-19 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The designer baby debate could start a war

By Jamie Metzl April 23, 2019 Author of "Hacking Darwin: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Humanity"

The genetics revolution that will transform our health care, the way we make babies, the nature of the babies we make, and ultimately our evolutionary trajectory as a species has already begun. Just like parents in many places will need to make tough choices about whether, if at all, to genetically engineer their children, states will be forced to make monumental collective decisions on these issues with potentially fateful consequences. Imagine you are the leader of a society that has chosen to opt out of the genetic arms race by banning embryo selection and the genetic alteration of human sperm, eggs, and embryos. Because your country is progressive enough to make a collective decision like this, parents desiring these services are free to go elsewhere to get what they want. But preventing the genetic alteration of your population by definition requires both restricting genetic enhancement at home and enhanced people or expectant mothers carrying genetically altered embryos from entering your country. To protect the genetic integrity of your populations and keep genetically enhanced people out, you would need to perform genetic tests on all people entering the country. But there would likely be no way of knowing whether a person had been genetically enhanced without knowledge of their genetic baseline—­their genome prior to any changes. For those few people for whom genetic information from the moment a few days after their conception is available, their former and current genetics could be compared. Everyone not able to provide baseline genetic information might be banned from entering the country or threatened with long jail terms for procreating with a citizen of it. To prevent women from going abroad to have genetically engineered embryos implanted, pregnancy tests would need to be performed on all women of fertile age coming into your country. Prenatal blood tests would then need to be performed on the pregnant women to try to guess if the embryos had been manipulated in some way. Even with a list of the most fashionable genetic alterations, this would be all but impossible. To be effective, these types of blood and prenatal tests would probably need to be accompanied by a polygraph asking pregnant women if they are carrying a genetically enhanced embryo. If someone already in the country was identified as enhanced, what penalties could possibly be meted out? Even if enhanced people were stripped of their citizenship and exiled for giving birth to a genetically enhanced person, their children would also need to be imprisoned, banned from procreating, or exiled. Enforcing any of this would require building the oversight machinery of the most totalitarian, intrusive, abusive, and downright odious police state with the ability to track peoples’ movements and continually monitor their biology and that of their children. The consequences of opting out of genetic enhancement But let’s say your country has done all this and become a preserve of non-genetically enhanced people. We’ve already seen why different states will adopt advanced genetic engineering technologies at different rates based on the significant historical, cultural, and structural differences between them. Imagine you are assessing your country’s options in a world where your country has opted out but other countries are moving forward with human genetic enhancement. Here are your general choices: Option 1: You recognize that your country has made a moral decision based on your collective values and accept facing the consequences, even if this means your country will gradually lose its competitive advantage and future generations will be less healthy, live shorter lives, and have fewer superstars of various sorts. You sit tight in your belief you’ve made the right choice. With schadenfreude in your heart, you hope your national decision will give you a competitive advantage if and when human genetic enhancement proves to be less beneficial and more dangerous than initially believed. Because your country has taken such a strong and principled stand on human genetic engineering, you feel duty­bound to protect this ban against encroachment. You are a progressive in your heart but recognize you’ll need some trappings of a police state to maintain your country’s genetic purity. How is it, you ask yourself late at night, that an idealist like you is starting to adopt the language of Nazism? Option 2: You try to hold the line and support your national decision but feel the pressure growing. Many of your most talented people are leaving the country to get the genetic enhancement services they want. Your un-enhanced aspiring Olympic athletes and advanced coders are becoming community organizers, yogis, and nurses instead, pursuing careers that don’t require competition with their enhanced counterparts. Parents are having second thoughts about your ban as they hear about kids in other countries who are immune to genetic diseases, doing better on IQ tests, and achieving all sorts of seemingly superhuman feats. Your military is worried your future soldiers will be at a disadvantage compared to their genetically enhanced adversaries. The leaders of your national space program tell you that your un-enhanced astronauts will, unlike their enhanced counterparts from other countries, not be able to withstand the radiation exposure and bone density loss of extended space travel. Opting out is seeming less appealing an option. You need a face-saving alternative. You call for a national referendum. After a heated debate, you cast your vote to opt in. Option 3: You see the benefits of genetic enhancement, but your citizens still believe meddling with the human genome and rewriting biology is a form of hubris likely to end badly. As a matter of principle, you recognize that societies, like people, are diverse and don’t begrudge the many other choices different societies make in all sorts of areas. But this is different. If other societies genetically enhance their populations and yours doesn’t, you may not just be at a competitive disadvantage in the future. You may not be able to protect your population from the very thing they have so adamantly opposed. Just like genetically modified crops spread into adjacent fields and gene-drived mosquitoes spread across national boundaries, there will be really no way to protect your population from inheriting what you see as unnatural genetic modifications unless other countries can be prevented from allowing the most egregious modifications. Your only option is not just for your country to opt out but to define, promote, and seek to enforce limits on genetic enhancement for all countries to follow. You ask your top advisers how you can make this happen. First on their list is trying to use your national powers of persuasion to convince people and countries around the world that the downsides of human genetic enhancement outweigh the benefits. But what are the chances of your being able to convince the whole world to buy into your pessimism, particularly when other societies are enthusiastically racing forward into the genetics age? Second, you can try to build an alliance of like-minded states to collectively pressure other countries to limit genetic enhancement. Getting an enforceable global treaty to limit genetic enhancement is an appealing option, but it’s difficult to do. Most global leaders agree that human-induced climate change is threatening the livability of our planet, but we’ve not been able to get an enforceable global treaty to turn things around. Could a global effort limiting a technology many people and other states support be more effective than the high-­profile efforts to limit climate change? Third, you identify the enhancing countries you are most concerned about and, if you have the power and influence to do it, try to stop them to set an example. One Central Asian country in particular has become a hub for highly aggressive genetic alterations of pre-implanted embryos designed to create superhuman capabilities. Parents are sending their frozen eggs and sperm, or skin grafts and blood samples from which these sex cells are being generated, to this country for embryo selection, embryo mating, and genetic enhancement. (This is not unthinkable. A 2014 New York Times article described a Chinese parent who sought to have six children born from US-­based surrogates to then choose the “pick of the litter” and put the others up for adoption.) For the Central Asian country, building this industry is seen as a moral imperative, a great business opportunity, and a strategic boon. You ask them nicely to stop. They refuse. Perhaps you try getting a group of countries to impose travel, economic, or other sanctions on the offending country. If none of these approaches work, are you willing to use military force to stop the genetic alteration of the human species? It’s certainly one option on the list. Over the course of the 20th century, an estimated 170 countries were invaded by others for a whole host of reasons, ranging from outright theft to ideological differences to pre-emption of a wide range of perceived threats. Is it so outlandish to believe that countries in the future might resort to military force to prevent other countries from altering the shared genetic code of humanity? Many countries have been invaded for far less. Military force would be an option if advanced genetic enhancement were only being carried out in a relatively weak country or even in international waters or space. But what happens if a powerful country like China takes the lead in deploying advanced genetic and other technology to enhance the capabilities of its populations while another country, say the United States, has entirely opted out for political and other reasons? Would the United States and China be willing to use as much force over the potential transformation of our species as they are now threatening over a few contested reefs in the middle of the South China Sea?  If all of these types of competitive pressures on the personal, communal, and national levels were rare in our human experience, an argument could be made that they could be avoided in the context of the genetics revolution. But because competition has been at the very core of our evolutionary process for almost 4 billion years, the overwhelming odds are that these same drivers will push us, unevenly but collectively, into our brave new world of increasingly sophisticated human genetic engineering.  Both the competitive pressures pushing human genetic engineering forward and the potential conflict scenarios this competition is likely to spark are very real. If we do nothing to apply our best values to influence how the genetic revolution plays out, we will place ourselves on a path to conflict. Avoiding worst-case scenarios will require our species to come together as never before. That’s why we need to take some very practical first steps now. Every individual needs to educate themselves on the revolutionary technologies transforming the world around and within us and join national and global conversations about how these technologies can be most responsibly applied. Government leaders need to stop wasting so much time on nonsense and begin focusing far more on facing the critical challenges of the future. We need to develop global norms that can lead to standards and dynamic international protocols designed to encourage the most beneficial applications of these technologies and prevent the worst abuses. Figuring out how to deploy genetic technologies in ways that enhance our dignity and respect for each other will require us to draw on the best of our humanist values and double down on our embrace of, respect for, and investment in our diversity, equality, and common humanity. While the genetic engineering technologies are new, the values and philosophies we will need to use them wisely are often very old. Deploying our best values at this transitional moment for our species demands that we all understand what is happening now, what is coming, what’s at stake, and the role we each must play in building a technologically enhanced future that works for all of us. It will be a difficult, painful, and conflict-ridden process, but we have no alternative. We all need to participate. We don’t have a moment to lose in getting started. This is an edited excerpt from Hacking Darwin: Genetic Engineering and the Future of Humanity, which is out now.

https://qz.com/1601572/the-designer-baby-debate-could-start-a-war/ 

:: 4--19 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Court Ruling Confirms Merck’s Gardasil HPV Vaccine Kills People – Did Anyone Even Notice?

The infamous human papilloma virus (HPV) vaccine by Gardasil is in use around the world for both girls and boys, even though an American court has ruled beyond the shadow of a doubt that the vaccine can kill people. The Tarsell family lost their 21-year-old daughter when she died shortly after getting this vaccine, and because of their determination to hold the vaccine maker accountable, they have proven that this vaccine is dangerous and needs to be removed from the schedule of vaccines. No family should ever have to go through such an ordeal, but for the sake of justice for Christina Tarsell, the Tarsell family won an incredibly important judgement. Her story is told in brief, here: "Hi. My name is Christina Richelle Tarsell, but people call me Chris. I celebrated my 21st birthday in November 2007; I did not live to see my 22nd. Suddenly and inexplicably, I died in bed in June 2008. An autopsy report said that the cause of my death was undetermined. My family wanted to know what happened to me and, led by attorney Mark Sadaka, they pursued an extensive investigation. World-class experts in immunology, Dr. Yehuda Shoenfeld and cardiology and electrophysiology, Dr. Michael Eldar determined that I died from an arrhythmia induced by an autoimmune response to the HPV vaccine Gardasil which I had received only days before my death. Incredibly, by law, vaccine manufacturers like Merck cannot be held liable for injuries and deaths caused by their vaccines. The only recourse my family had was to file a claim against the Secretary of Health and Human Services to hold them accountable. After 8 long years, the government finally conceded that we met our burden of proof that Gardasil caused my death. This is a precedent setting case. I am deeply grateful to everyone who, guided by truth and a higher consciousness, would not let my death be dismissed as a “coincidence.” Here are the links to the ruling by Judge Coster Williams and the revised ruling by the Special Master." Confirmed by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), the final ruling serves as a warning that Merck’s Gardasil vaccine can cause autoimmune problems which may cause sudden debilitation and/or death. The final ruling has been confirmed by the Department of Health and Human Services: Merck’s Gardasil vaccine causes autoimmune problems that cause sudden debilitation and/or death. This ruling supports claims that the vaccine is just too dangerous to risk, and to date we know of at least 271 young women who’ve died after getting the vaccine, and over 57,520 reports of adverse reactions to the vaccine. Their case was first taken up by the Vaccine Court, which is a system designed to compensate families for damages done by vaccines, all the while helping to avoid public scrutiny and awareness of the hidden dangers of vaccines. Vaccine makers pay an excise tax to this system for every vaccine they sell. This money (cost of doing business) is used to pay out damages to select families who can medically prove they were damaged by a vaccine. This system protects vaccine makers from being sued in a true court of law, ensuring that vaccines will continue to be manufactured for the “good of all.” [Source] The judge in the case, Judge Williams awarded a victory to the Tarsells: Petitioner’s motion for review is GRANTED. The Special Master’s decision denying compensation is VACATED, and the case is REMANDED to the Special Master for further proceedings consistent with this decision… And in clarifying the ruling, Special Master Christian J. Morgan noted: The Court’s Opinion and Order required additional consideration consistent with the legal principles articulated by the Court for analyzing the evidence in this tragic case about a woman, Christina Tarsell, who died much too young. Under the approach dictated by the Court, Ms. Tarsell is entitled to compensation. The parties should anticipate that a separate order regarding damages will issue shortly. Pursuant to Vaccine Rule 28.1(a), the Clerk’s Office is instructed to notify the Court of this ruling. This ruling should be major public news and people should know that this vaccine is causing so much injury, harm and even death.

http://humansarefree.com/2019/04/court-ruling-confirms-mercks-gardasil.html 

:: 4--19 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Mass Sterilization”: Kenyan Doctors Find Anti-fertility Agent in UN Tetanus Vaccine

According to LifeSiteNews, a Catholic publication, the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association is charging UNICEF and WHO with sterilizing millions of girls and women under cover of an anti-tetanus vaccination program sponsored by the Kenyan government. The Kenyan government denies there is anything wrong with the vaccine, and says it is perfectly safe. The Kenya Catholic Doctors Association, however, saw evidence to the contrary, and had six different samples of the tetanus vaccine from various locations around Kenya sent to an independent laboratory in South Africa for testing. The results confirmed their worst fears: all six samples tested positive for the HCG antigen. The HCG antigen is used in anti-fertility vaccines, but was found present in tetanus vaccines targeted to young girls and women of childbearing age. Dr. Ngare, spokesman for the Kenya Catholic Doctors Association, stated in a bulletin released November 4: “This proved right our worst fears; that this WHO campaign is not about eradicating neonatal tetanus but a well-coordinated forceful population control mass sterilization exercise using a proven fertility regulating vaccine. This evidence was presented to the Ministry of Health before the third round of immunization but was ignored.” (Source) Top Kenyan Politician: Tetanus Vaccine Covertly Used for the Sterilization of 500,000 Women & Children Dr. Ngare brought up several points about the mass tetanus vaccination program in Kenya that caused the Catholic doctors to become suspicious: Dr. Ngare told LifeSiteNews that several things alerted doctors in the Church’s far-flung medical system of 54 hospitals, 83 health centres, and 17 medical and nursing schools to the possibility the anti-tetanus campaign was secretly an anti-fertility campaign. Why, they ask does it involve an unprecedented five shots (or “jabs” as they are known, in Kenya) over more than two years and why is it applied only to women of childbearing years, and why is it being conducted without the usual fanfare of government publicity?Usually we give a series three shots over two to three years, we give it anyone who comes into the clinic with an open wound, men, women or children.” said Dr. Ngare. But it is the five vaccination regime that is most alarming. “The only time tetanus vaccine has been given in five doses is when it is used as a carrier in fertility regulating vaccines laced with the pregnancy hormone, Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (HCG) developed by WHO in 1992.” (Source) UNICEF: A History of Taking Advantage of Disasters to Mass Vaccinate It should be noted that UNICEF and WHO distribute these vaccines for free, and that there are financial incentives for the Kenyan government to participate in these programs. When funds from the UN are not enough to purchase yearly allotments of vaccines, an organization started and funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, provides extra funding for many of these vaccination programs in poor countries. Also, there was no outbreak of tetanus in Kenya, only the perceived “threat” of tetanus due to local flood conditions. These local disasters are a common reason UNICEF goes into poorer countries with free vaccines to begin mass vaccination programs. Health Impact News reported last year that UNICEF began a similar mass vaccination program with 500,000 doses of live oral polio vaccine in the Philippines after a Super Typhoon devastated Tacolban and surrounding areas. This was in spite of the fact there were no reported cases of polio in the Philippines since 1993, and people who have had the live polio vaccine can “shed” the virus into sewage systems, thereby causing the actual disease it is supposed to be preventing. A very similar mass vaccination with the live oral polio vaccine occurred among Syrian refugees in 2013, when 1.7 million doses of polio vaccine were purchased by UNICEF, in spite of the fact that no cases of polio had been seen since 1999. After the mass vaccination program started, cases of polio began to reappear in Syria. It seems quite apparent that UNICEF and WHO use these local disasters to mass vaccinate people, mainly children and young women. Massive education and propaganda efforts are also necessary to convince the local populations that they need these vaccines. Here is a video UNICEF produced for the tetanus vaccine in Kenya. Notice how they use school teachers and local doctors to do the educating, even though the vaccines are produced by western countries:

http://humansarefree.com/2019/04/mass-sterilization-kenyan-doctors-find.html 

:: 4-30-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Under the Cover of the Measles Panic, the CDC Is Mobilizing for a Fake Ebola Pandemic

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 30, 2019 - 11:09.

Something is seriously wrong in LA. People and institutions were unduly isolated when the "reported" cases of measles totaled less than 20. When I was kid, you caught measles, stayed home for 14 days and returned to school. Nobody died! Now the mainstream media would have you believe that everyone will die. Of course when I was a kid, we took 9 vaccinations. Today, there are 77 and according to the CDC and mainstream media, they are all equally safe. Something to Really Worry About Meanwhile, there are three individuals who "escaped" confinement who have tested for ebola. I have had three people in three different alphabet soup agencies tell me that the release was a black-op and it was unwarranted. In the following contextual information, a DEA official showed me a non-classified communication which stated the following: Cartel personnel under surveillance are involved in illegal transport of cocaine and methamphetamines labeled as legal, recreational marijuana under the corporate name xxxx xxxxxxx. The destination is believed to be E. Oakland. Do not interdict at this point. Attached to this short cryptic memo came the warning the 3 Ebola detainees had escaped confinement in McAllen, TX. This fact is confirmed by at least two other federal law enforcement agencies. These are weaponized humans. If the cartels do not have them at this point, they will be looking for them. On the federal government side of things, agents I spoke with are frustrated because there is not an active set of search parameters and protocols enacted to locate these people. Some agents believe that this is the beginning of human suicide bombers. However, they will not have bombs attached to their bodies, they will be infected with Ebola. The Deep State controllers who control the extent of federal investigations are not concerned about finding these individuals, but the cartels are. As one federal agent told me last night "the 20 Congoloese detainees that we caught and confined, represented the ones that we caught....we have an untold amount of people crossing our border who are unscreened and represent a clear and present danger to the country." Weaponized Measles?  According to one federal source, we are looking at several "new" strains of measles. Some appear to be vaccination resistant. In the past, measles deaths were extremely rare. Today, that may no longer be the case. This raises the possibility that some strains of the measles are actually a bioweapon. Why would this be thrust upon the American people? When I asked my sources for an opinion, they universally said this is preparation for something bigger that is coming our way. In other words, under the guise of preparing for the measles, which will not panic the nation, the CDC is mobilizing a response, under the guise of treating and containing measles when they actually preparing for something like Ebola. In conclusion, Ebola is likely the end destination because as I have pointed out, Ebola is "owned by the CDC as they possess the patent. Do not forget, the CDC, just like the Federal Reserve, is not part of the Federal government. They operate with statutory powers granted to them by the Federal government. They are first, and foremost, a money-making corporation. We have seen this before, where a the powers-that-be will make money on our demise. The video, located at the end of the article, makes it clear why people should not trust the CDC with regard to the measles outbreak, there is something seriously wrong. It is my contention that this is the calm before the storm and the storm will hit after a maximum number of people are vaccinated and enough money has changed hands, then we will fact a manufactured pandemic in which a minority of Ebola cases will be used to confine many Americans, thus destabilizing the country. Conclusion It is Steve Quayle's contention that before America is attacked, it must be significantly weakened from within. I completely agree and I think we are looking at the potential that even that will usher in the weakness. The other even is the Oroville Dam and we could be a week away from the day of reckoning in this area as well. These events will not likely be slow-developing. The agents I talk with believe that the events could come quickly as the gestation period for Ebola is placed at a maximum of 20 days. In short, many signs point to the fact that the unwarranted and exaggerated measles scare is a cover for the mobilization to deal with Ebola. This is very much an "end times" event. For documentation of many of the claims made in this publication, please refer to the following: All Signs Point to UN Imposed Medical Martial Law Coming to the Southern Border Revelations From Insider Sources Reveal How Close America Is to Simultaneous Civil War and World War III (Part 2)

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/under-cover-measles-panic-cdc-mobilizing-fake-ebola-pandemic 

:: 4-29-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive breach exposes data from 80 MILLION U.S. households - and security experts say hackers could also have access to your name, age and location information

Exposed database includes information of more than half of U.S. households

Sensitive data stored ranges from names and address to ages and location info

It's unclear who owns the database or why these households are being targeted

By Annie Palmer For Dailymail.com Published: 15:21 EDT, 29 April 2019 | Updated: 15:37 EDT, 29 April 2019

Researchers have discovered a worrisome security breach that exposes the data of more than half of U.S. households. Experts from vpnMentor, a site that analyzes virtual private network services, discovered an exposed database storing the details of some 80 million American households, or up to 65 percent of households nationwide. The database, hosted on a Microsoft cloud server, includes sensitive information like names, addresses, locations, gender, age, income, home type and marital status, among other data. Credit card and social security numbers were not listed in the database. Researchers Ran Locar and Noam Rotem said it's unclear who owns the 24-gigabyte database. 'Unlike previous leaks we've discovered, this time, we have no idea who this database belongs to,' the researchers said. 'It's hosted on a cloud server, which means the IP address associated with it is not necessarily connected to its owner.' Locar and Rotem warned that this information could help hackers gain access to related accounts, such as email addresses, by using full names included in the database. The database is still online and isn't password protected. 'This isn’t the first time a huge database has been breached,' the researchers explained. 'However, we believe that it is the first time a breach of this size has included peoples' names, addresses, and income. 'This open database is a goldmine for identity thieves and other attackers,' they added. Researchers have verified the the accuracy of some of the information in the database, according to CNET. They discovered the exposed information using tools that identify unsecured databases. It's unclear what the purpose of the database is, other than that the majority of users' swept up in it are above the age of 40. Microsoft declined to comment on the database, but since it's only a host of the data, it can only reach out to the customer. VpnMentor is now calling on the public to help it identify the owner of the database.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6973451/Massive-breach-exposes-data-80-MILLION-U-S-households.html 

:: 4--19 The Animal Rescue Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rescue, reunite, re-home, and rehabilitate Our Nation's Retired Military and Police Dogs.

Dogs have been used all over the world in military action dating back hundreds of years. The United States Military first started large scale use of Military Working Dogs (MWD) during World War I, and they have played a pivotal role in U.S. military strategy since. Right now there are thousands of MWD's on the front lines around the world protecting our soldiers. A lesser known canine hero - Contract Working Dogs (CWD) - also fight alongside our United States Service men and women. Unlike MWD's, The Department of Defense does not own CWD's. Instead, private companies that enter into working contracts with the Department of Defense own them. Just like the MWD's, these canines train, deploy and fight with their fellow soldiers, often saving their lives. Police K9's also do this great work here at home, keeping our streets and citizens safe. Currently, when MWD's retire in a non-combat zone overseas, they are considered "pets not vets" and are not provided with a ride back to the United States, nor are they provided medical benefits. Contract Working Dogs face even more challenges. Many are left in kennels overseas for months before getting a much-needed ride home. Once they are back in the United States, they often require medical care before being adopted into loving homes or being reunited with the handler with whom they deployed. Many come home with serious cases of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder and need time to decompress and rehabilitate before being placed in permanent homes. Many Police Departments do not have retirement programs in place for their K9's and often need assistance with placing dogs once they retire along with a need for continued care. GreaterGood.org is working with dedicated organizations that specialize in the rescue of these retired heroes. We are working to bring as many Military Working Dogs, Contract Working Dogs, and Police K9's home in order to either reunite them with the handlers with whom they worked with or adopt them into loving homes. Grants awarded to partners help to make these rescues possible by paying for veterinary care, boarding, transportation costs and training. With your help, we can carry out our mission to leave no MWD, CWD, K9 behind! They protect us - now you can help protect them. Just $25 pays for a day of safe boarding for Military and Police Dogs. 100% of your Gift That Gives More™ donation will go as a charitable gift to GreaterGood.org. GreaterGood stores pay the credit card transaction fee, so every cent of your donation goes to charity.

https://store.theanimalrescuesite.greatergood.com/products/70860-care-for-our-nations-retired-military-and-police-dogs 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4-29-19 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“An Estimated 150-200 Million Pigs” Have Been Hit By A Global Plague Of Biblical Proportions

April 29, 2019 by Michael Snyder

African Swine Fever is the greatest threat to global food production that we have seen since World War II ended. As you will see below, the disease has now spread “to every province in mainland China”, and it has now infected “an estimated 150-200 million pigs”. To put that number in perspective, that is more pigs than the entire U.S. pork industry produces in an entire year. In other words, the equivalent of the entire U.S. pork industry has just been wiped out. On top of that, African Swine Fever has also spread to Cambodia, Tibet, Romania, South Africa and Vietnam. The losses are staggering, and this crisis continues to get worse with each passing week. Earlier today I came across a Canadian news article entitled “Why bacon could get a lot more expensive”, and in that article a Canadian expert claimed that there are “tens of millions of pigs who have disappeared” in China… “The meat of choice in China is pig and disease has been devastating for them,” Friendship said. “They have lost a lot of pigs and they will be doing lots of culling.” He noted that although official figures from China suggest the outbreak’s effect have been minimal, experts estimate that “we’re dealing with tens of millions of pigs who have disappeared.” Friendship estimated the decrease in pigs is roughly the equivalent of what Canada and the U.S. produce combined. And this lack has created a vacuum. That claim is consistent with the information that I put into an article about this crisis a few weeks ago, but I decided to go hunting for some even newer numbers. So eventually I ended up over at PorkBusiness.com, and according to them African Swine Fever “is now affecting an estimated 150-200 million pigs” in China…

Production losses from African swine fever (ASF) have eclipsed initial estimates, Rabobank said on Thursday. In 2019, Rabobank expects Chinese pork production losses of 25% to 35%, creating new challenges and opportunities for animal protein exporters. “African Swine Fever has spread to every province in mainland China and is now affecting an estimated 150-200 million pigs,” said Christine McCracken, RaboResearch animal protein analyst. “The expected 30% loss in pork production is unprecedented. These losses cannot easily be replaced by other proteins like chicken, duck and seafood, nor will larger pork imports be able to fully offset the loss.” When I use the term “plague”, I am not using it lightly. I have never heard of a single disease wiping out this many farm animals before.

Have you? We are potentially talking about an absolutely crippling blow to the global food supply. And pork prices are already starting to skyrocket. The following comes from the same Canadian article that I mentioned earlier… At the beginning of 2019, Canadian farmers earned $150 for every pig shipped to market but now they’re making between $220 to $225, he said. Since first being detected on a small hog farm in northern China last August, African Swine Fever has spread like wildfire, but so far it hasn’t reached the United States. And U.S. farmers are doing all that they can to keep that from happening, because African Swine Fever can have a mortality rate “as high as 100% within 2-10 days”…

ASF is a highly contagious viral disease that causes death in domestic and wild pigs of all ages. Symptoms include high fever, decreased appetite and weakness, red, blotchy skin or skin lesions; diarrhea and vomiting; and coughing and difficulty in breathing. Mortality rate is as high as 100% within 2-10 days. Even if a pig survives African Swine Fever, it is often culled anyway to help prevent the spread of the disease. There is no vaccine, and there is no cure. And even if this outbreak was ended immediately, it would likely take the Chinese pork industry many years to recover. The following comes from CNN… “China normally accounts for 49% of global pork consumption, while consuming 28% of the world’s meat supply,” said Arlan Suderman, chief commodities economist at INTL FCStone. “As such, this is a big problem for China, and we expect it to be a five to seven year problem before production can be restored.” Of course this outbreak is not likely to end any time soon. In fact, all of the experts expect African Swine Fever to continue to spread. So pork prices will continue to skyrocket, and prices for chicken and beef will also rise aggressively as many consumers shift to alternatives to pork. Unfortunately most people still don’t seem to understand what we are facing. In this country, most Americans are partying instead of preparing, and that is a huge mistake. And the mainstream media certainly is not helping. Millions upon millions of pigs really are dying all over the globe, and yet there is barely a peep about this crisis on our major news networks. We’ll see what happens. Hopefully this outbreak will subside and things will return to normal. But so far that hasn’t happened, and African Swine Fever just continues to spread. If it starts spreading in North America too, there is going to be a lot of panic and the mainstream media will be forced to start paying a lot of attention to this story. Over the coming months, supplies of pork are going to get tighter and tighter, and prices are going to shoot higher and higher. We have never faced a crisis quite like this, and nobody is quite sure what is going to happen next.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/an-estimated-150-200-million-pigs-have-been-hit-by-a-global-plague-of-biblical-proportions 

:: 4-30-19 Sky Watch Tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why The Liberal Media And Left-Leaning Politicians Won’t Show Sympathy For Torched Churches, Murdered Christians

April 30, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

Following the reaction to the fire at Notre Dame, there were the responses of Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton to the ruthless massacres of Christians celebrating Easter across Sri Lanka, resulting in the deaths of 321 men, women, and children and the injury of hundreds more. While condemnations of the recent atrocities at mosques in New Zealand by a white supremacist killer were specific in naming the ideology that sparked the murders and the faith that made the victims a target, Obama and Clinton responded to the bombing of Christians by Islamist terrorists by referring to an attack on “Easter worshippers,” prompting nearly universal mockery and demands that they actually call the victims what they were: Christians, butchered in their churches because they were Christians. (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/30/why-the-liberal-media-and-left-leaning-politicians-wont-show-sympathy-for-torched-churches-murdered-christians/ 

:: 4-30-19 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pentagon assigns 320 troops to babysit illegal immigrants

By Staff Writer - April 30, 2019

DoD personnel will now assist in driving high-capacity CBP vehicles to transport migrants and free up border patrol agents.

(INTELLIHUB) — A Homeland Security request to supply 320 personnel to babysit illegal immigrants has been approved by acting Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan, a move which officials say will free up more U.S. Customs and Border Patrol Agents to better do their jobs on the border. Personnel will be deployed through the end of September at a cost of $7.4 million. “DoD personnel will assist in driving high-capacity CBP vehicles to transport migrants; providing administrative support, including providing heating, meal distribution and monitoring the welfare of individuals in CBP custody; and attorney support to ICE,” according to a statement issued by Shanahan.

https://www.intellihub.com/pentagon-assigns-320-troops-to-babysit-illegal-immigrants/ 

:: 4-30-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

All Things Will Be Revealed-Steve Quayle-CSS-Hr 2 Part 2

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 30, 2019 - 11:54.

When I interview someone, I mute the mic when I am not speaking. This is because we are inundated with externally imposed noises (breathing, dishes, heavy breathing, cross-talk, etc.) I have employed a consultant and we are changing platforms for the pre-records. The system is internal. Despite the interferences, this interview is riveting. Steve links current world events and the threats to America, to Biblical Prophecy. Are these the end times? Very possibly.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/all-things-will-be-revealed-steve-quayle-css-hr-2-part-2 

:: 4-29-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Study: Islamists Responsible For 91 Per Cent of Terror Deaths of Europeans Since 2000

Over 1700 people killed by Muslim extremists

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - April 29, 2019

A recently released study found that Islamists were responsible for 91 per cent of all terror-related deaths of European citizens since 2000. The study, called the Black and White Book of Terrorism in Europe, is a project spearheaded by Spanish MEP and president of the Foundation for Victims of Terrorism, Maité Pagazaurtundua. According to the data gathered, which was reported on by left-leaning French newspaper Le Figaro, 753 people were killed in terror attacks across Europe from 2000 to 2018. The figures also include a further 1115 European victims who were killed abroad by jihadists.  91 per cent of these victims were killed by Muslim extremists, with just 14 victims being killed by right-wing extremists and 13 by left-wing extremists, as well as one killed by an animal rights extremist. “The vast majority (1,703 people, 91.1%) were victims of “jihadist terrorism”, with nearly 20% of suicide bombings,” reports Le Figaro. A report released back in 2017 by Europol, the law enforcement agency of the European Union, which defines the figures differently, found that leftists carried out 27 times more terror attacks than right-wingers in 2016. Either way you slice it, Islamic terrorism clearly remains the biggest threat and dwarfs that of any other religious or political belief system.

https://www.infowars.com/study-islamists-responsible-for-91-per-cent-of-terror-deaths-of-europeans-since-2000/ 

:: 4-30-19 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Danish Politician Predicts Sweden Will 'Fail' and 'Become an Arab Country' Denmark's Marie Krarup says Swedish immigration policy as 'lax and weak' 

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 30th April 2019 @ 12.00pm

Danish politician Marie Krarup has blasted her nation's neighboring Sweden over its immigration policies during a recent interview. Speaking to Swedish news magazine Fokus, Krarup, from the Danish People’s Party (DPP), slammed Sweden's attitude toward mass-migration as "dangerous." Krarup went as far as to predict that Sweden's open-border policy will "fail" and cause the Scandinavian country to "become an Arab Middle Eastern country."When Sweden fails and stops being Swedish, it will affect the rest of us too,” she told Fokus. Krarup describes the Swedish immigration policy as “lax and weak.” Sweden “does not understand how dangerous mass migration is,” according to the Danish member of Parliament. Krarup says she sees her country's Nordic neighbor as a deterring example. “When Sweden fails and stops being Swedish, it affects us as well, and we can’t keep the passport union between our countries,” she warns. “We have a lot in common with the Swedes, and we are close, but when they de facto become an Arab Middle Eastern county, we will no longer have that much in common.” Fokus also explains that the DPP and Krarup don’t want migrants to learn Danish or to secure work. Instead, she says, they should be returned to their home countries as soon as possible. " If you are granted asylum you will receive a temporary residence permit, then you reside in Denmark until you are sent home,” she says. "And you should be prepared to be sent home at any time" She concludes by telling the magazine that her colleagues were shocked when they visited the Swedish city of Malmö and witnessed the ghettos and the criminality there with their own eyes. Denmark's parliamentary elections will be held no later than June 17 this year. As Neon Nettle previously reported, in March, the Swedish Government revealed it will be opening up country's doors and offering asylum to an estimated 11 million of China's persecuted Uyghur Muslims, potentially doubling Sweden's population. Swedish Migration Board decided to allow Chinese Islamic Uyghurs, or Uighurs, to claim asylum in Sweden by easing up the regulations to guarantee entry. The board ruled that all persecuted Muslims would be welcome, Swedish broadcaster Sveriges Radio reported, despite the number of potential asylum seekers being larger than Sweden's current population, which is estimated to be about 10.2 million people.

READ MORE: https://neonnettle.com/news/7295-danish-politician-predicts-sweden-will-fail-and-become-an-arab-country- 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 4-30-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Where Will You Be And What Will You Do When The Nukes Begin To Fly? Countries With Bomb Shelters For Their People Will Win

- 'When A Fight Is Inevitable, You Hit First' - Vladimir Putin

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 30, 2019

Days ago on April 25th, we reported on ANP that Russia had unveiled to the world their new 'doomsday weapons' with the launching of Belgorod, officially now the world's longest submarine, a sub which will carry up to eight individual nuclear-armed POSEIDON 'apocalypse torpedoes'. Those AI-powered drone subs will each be capable of launching a nuclear attack against Russian enemies that would cause up to a 1,600' high tsunami along their shorelines, weapons which have appropriately been nicknamed 'city killers'. (Though this February 2019 story at Business Insider called them 'continent killers'.) And while this NY Post story on the launch reports this doomsday monster won't officially enter service until the year 2020, the Washington Post reports that Russian President Vladimir Putin has said tests of the these doomsday weapons have already been successful. The Post story also reports that all of Russia's new nuclear weapons that have been unveiled, including their unstoppable SATAN 2 hypersonic nuclear missiles, have effectively rendered the US's missile defense systems as useless. With even a United States Air Force General and a US Senator also admitting that there is nothing that the US can now do to stop a Russian nuclear attack upon America, will cooler heads finally prevail in this new 'cold war' that we are in with Russia or will America, like The Nation writer Stephen F. Cohen has warned, 'sleepwalk into Armageddon'? In the cult 1988 movie 'Miracle Mile', a man out late at night answers a phone booth pay phone (remember those?) and on the other end of the line, a man (clearly scared out of his mind & who believes he is talking to his father) tells him that nuclear war had begun and nuclear bombs would be raining down upon his city within 70 minutes. Before the end of the phone call, we hear other voices on the other end followed by sudden gunfire as the 'whistleblower' is mowed down, apparently by his own fellow soldiers who then get on the phone and tell the guy on the other end to forget everything that he had just heard. As Vice's Motherboard had reported of 'Miracle Mile' within this May of 2017 story which Steve Quayle linked to on his website on Sunday, "This Cult 80s Film About the Nuclear Apocalypse Is Still Relevant, and That Sucks Steve de Jarnatt’s ‘Miracle Mile’ offers a grim look at the world hours before nuclear apocalypse, kicked off by a pre-emptive strike by the US." Imagine for a moment if you will that you are the person on the pay phone getting the bizarre message that a nuclear attack upon America was sure to come as seen in the video directly below from 'Miracle Mile'. What would you do if suddenly you learned that the world would soon be coming to an end? At the very bottom of this story we have embedded Cresson P. Kearney's "Nuclear War Survival Skills" and in the final section of our story, we'll be taking a look at nuclear war preparation. As this previously mentioned Business Insider story had reported of Russia's new doomsday weapons, Poseidon's real purpose will be as a "third-strike vengeance weapon", meaning if Russia attacks the US or a NATO member, and NATO and/or responds, Russia "would flip the switch on a hidden nuke that would lay waste to an entire US seaboard." As we had reported within our April 25th ANP story, such a strike upon the East Coast of America could leave the entirety of it a barren nuclear wasteland for hundreds if not thousands of years with Cobalt-60 scattered across a huge area ensuring "every living creature would be killed". Potentially delivering a tsunami up to 1/3 of a mile high, practically the entire East coast for hundreds of miles inland would be completely deluged by a tsunami of that magnitude. Of important note, the 2017 population of the US East coast stood at over 118 million. With one or two strategically placed Poseidon strikes upon the US East coast potentially wiping out 118 million within moments followed by potentially tens of millions more as the nuclear power plants all across the Eastern half of America completely melt down, does anybody really need MORE reasons why World War 3 against Russia should be avoided? Two interesting notes. All of this is going on at a time when NASA and emergency planners are training to tackle an impending asteroid strike upon the planet Earth, a strike which could also unleash a devastating tsunami should it strike any body of water around the planet, and as of right now, the world's highest tsunami ever to hit the planet at 1,720' tall actually hit Lituya Bay in Alaska on the night of July 9th of 1958 according to this entry over at Geology.com following an earthquake and gigantic landslide. As Business Insider had reported in this July of 2017 story, should a nuclear bomb or even a dirty bomb go off in America in a location that is relatively close to you, one of the most important things one needs to do is to shield themselves from the radiation by preparing to hunker down for at least 24 to 48 hours and maybe more. While most Americans don't have a nuclear fallout shelter, very dense and thick materials, like many feet of dirt or inches of lead, can reliably stop the gamma radiation emitted by fallout. Back in 2017, Realtor.com ran this story titled "How to Build A Fallout Shelter In Your Home (On a Budget to Boot!)" so we're going to take an extended look at their story. Where to go in the event of a nuclear blast The key to staying safe during a nuclear attack is to place material capable of blocking gamma rays between you and the blast. If you live in a home with an underground basement, you're in luck—at least 3 feet of solid packed earth offers sufficient protection. If you're living in a home with no basement, all is not lost. Lead and concrete are also listed among the best options to block the gamma rays of a nuclear blast, says Robert Richardson, author of The Ultimate Situational Survival Guide. "While an underground shelter is going to provide more protection, even a concrete office building can act as an emergency fallout shelter," Richardson says. So if your house is made of wood and your neighbor's is sturdy concrete, you may be best off heading next door. In addition to the type of building you shelter in, where you hunker down inside can make a huge difference. Richardson says that in case of a nuclear blast, you're better off choosing an interior room in your home, as low down as possible. "The bottom center portion of a building will provide the most protection from gamma rays, since the upper floors of the building and the exterior rooms will act as a shield," Richardson says. Basically, "the more material you can place between yourself and the rays, the better protected you will be. How to build a fallout shelter Once you've found the best place in your vicinity to go in the event of a bomb scare, there's more you can do to fortify this area. "Sandbags, bricks, containers filled with water, or any heavy materials that you can find can be used to protect against a nuclear blast," Richardson notes. Just place these items against your walls—particularly the windows where radiation can still sneak through, or on the floors above wherever you are. Mattresses can be leaned up against windows, as well as stacked books, furniture, bags of clothes, and anything else with some heft. From there, it's time to stock up! The greatest risk of fallout occurs during the first two to three weeks following a nuclear blast, Richardson says, so if you're intent on hiding out in a shelter for that time, get enough food and water to last. It might not be comfy, but we're talking about survival here. As their story also mentions, it'd be foolish to attempt to escape a nuclear blast by driving away in a car or other vehicle. "Your ability to know where the fallout's gonna go, and outrun it, are — well, it's very unlikely, because it would be carried by high-altitude winds often booking along at 100 miles per hour." Other 'must-have's' in the event of a nuclear bomb exploding in America according to this Business Insider story and this story over at the Simple Prepper include: A battery powered radio. A Radiation protection kit.  Long term clean water supply. Iodine tablets. Personal radiation detector. Emergency disaster kit.  EMP Proof bag. And while the Russian government has built tons of nuclear bomb shelters for their citizens, here in the US, the only government built bomb shelters will house the Congress critters and the 'deep state' showing that even should the US make it through to the other side should the worst case scenario unfold here, most of those remaining will be the ones that got us into this mess in the first place.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Where_Will_You_Be_When_The_Nukes_Begin_To_Fly.php 

:: 4-29-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police Officer Tells Of MS-13 War Zone In Texas

Copy Link Download 13‚040 views

The Alex Jones Show Published on Apr 29, 2019

"Tom" from Texas called in to give a boots on the ground update of the growing scourge of MS-13 violence now being committed on the U.S. side of the border. Alex breaks down how Texas has always been ground zero for fighting globalist tyranny. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ovceHGBUz  _g 

https://www.infowars.com/watch/?video=5cc764487b0380001756c878 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 4-29-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Campus Lecturer Tim Wise: Christians Should Be ‘Locked Up’

By Tom Ciccotta 29 Apr 2019

Anti-racism activist Tim Wise, who is scheduled to speak at an upcoming diversity conference at Harvard University, once argued that Christians should be locked up. Wise is scheduled to give the keynote address at the upcoming “Decade of Dialogue” event at Harvard University. The College Fix pointed out this week the irony in Wise, a straight white man, giving the keynote address at a conference on diversity. But it is perhaps more significant to note that Wise has made several disparaging remarks about Christians in his career as an activist and writer. In a tweet from 2017, Wise called Christians “Jeezoids.” In 2012, he tweeted that “people who believe in a God of hell/ damnation deserve to be mocked viciously and run out of public square.” https://twitter.com/timjacobwise/status/272866927318298624  In a Facebook post in 2015, Tim Wise argued that Christians should be locked up for basing their morality on a “fairy tale.” The post was written in reference to comments Michele Bachmann had made against the legalization of gay marriage. If you are basing your morality on a fairy tale written thousands of years ago, you deserve to be locked up…detained for your utter inability to deal with reality…NO, we are not obligated to indulge your irrationality in the name of your religious freedom…but we will provide you a very comfortable room, against which walls you may hurl yourself hourly if your choose. Knock yourself out….seriously, knock yourself out, completely, for weeks at a time…I’m sorta kidding but not by much. Wise has spoken on over 600 college campuses about racial issues such as white privilege. Stay tuned to Breitbart News for more updates on this story.

https://www.breitbart.com/tech/2019/04/29/campus-lecturer-tim-wise-christians-should-be-locked-up/ 

:: 4-29-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Waking Nightmare We All Live In Now - The Lunacy We Are Watching All Around Us Could Not Be Imagined A Decade Ago

April 29, 2019 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

If someone told you just ten years ago that liberal politicians like Virginia Governor Ralph Northam would openly promote infanticide and the media would barely bat an eyelash over it, would you have believed it? Would you have believed that the "Men's Health" magazine would be encouraging heterosexual men to let their female partners "peg" them using a strap-on dildo and even suggest the best "pegging positions?" Would you have believed that a black college professor would openly declare "whiteness is terrorism?" Would you have believed that in America, a nation that has fought globally against communism and socialism, one political party actually wants to turn the U.S. into one of those failed communist/socialist nations? These are just a few of the news stories today at various websites that describe the "Waking Nightmare" we all live in now. INFANTICIDE, KILLING A LIVING BABY, IS EXECUTION The media is howling and gaslighting their audiences today over remarks made by President Trump at his Wisconsin rally on Sunday, in reference to prior remarks made by Virginia's Democrat Governor Ralph Northam when speaking about proposal to allow abortion up to the minute of birth, and Northam's assertion on a public radio show, that "The infant would be delivered. The infant would be kept comfortable. The infant would be resuscitated if that's what the mother & the family desired. And then a discussion would ensue between the physicians and the mother," as to what would be done with the child. You can hear Northam's comment at the one minute 28 second mark in the video below. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) At the Wisconsin rally the President described that as an "execution," and the media is going nuts claiming he is lying. The President told attendees "The baby is born. The mother meets with the doctor. They take care of the baby. They wrap the baby beautifully, and then the doctor and the mother determine whether or not they will execute the baby. I don’t think so." Yet what is killing a baby that survived an abortion, is living, breathing and alive, supposed to be called? I personally think calling it an execution is spot-on and I am very glad President Trump brought it back up, since the media downplayed Northam's remarks when he made them, then rushed to cover his highschool yearbook where an image in blackface was found. Imagine that, the media was more offended by a blackface image, gave it far more coverage than a sitting democrat governor promoting infanticide aka execution of an infant. They did that because they did not want their viewers/readers to understand how radically extreme the Democrat party has become, and they are incensed now because president Trump reminded them of the scandal that the media tried so hard to bury. Moving along now before I go off on a tangent over liberals' desire to kill babies, even right up until the point of birth as some states have already passed bills to allow. MEN'S HEALTH MAGAZINE TELLS MEN TO GET 'PEGGED' BY FEMALES WITH STRAP-ONS It is not bad enough that men are under daily attack by feminists, or being pushed to wear dresses, skirts and make-up, and being called "toxic" for their masculinity...no, now we see the Men's Health Magazine telling their 4.52 million followers "It's time for your partner to strap on that strap-on," while promoting an article titled "Love Butt Stuff? Here Are the 4 Best Pegging Positions to Try Tonight." Within the article, which is not satire, the writer says "So you want to get pegged. Makes sense! Pegging is when your partner wears a strap-on and enters you from behind. Yes, it’s super hot, but it also stimulates your prostate, which is packed with nerve endings—hello, best orgasm ever." The article also has a section on "pegging gear you need to get started, which includes a dildo, lubrication and a harness. I truly just don't know where to begin here. Look, what people do behind their bedroom doors is of no interest to me, that is between them, their partners and in the end, God, but this is the the world's largest men's magazine brand with 35 edition, in 59 countries, and the best selling men's magazine on American newstands, and they average over 118 million page views a month to their website, according to Wiki. This was brought to light to us at ANP via Prison Planet, where writer and videographer Paul Joseph Watson begins his piece by stating "Every day we stray further from God’s light," and he concludes at the end of the article with "We truly do live in hell." We'll leave it there, quite sure that ANP readers will have plenty to add in the comments about this. COLLEGE PROFESSOR: 'WHITENESS IS TERRORISM' Via Campus Reform we see that a Trinity College professor of Sociology, Johnny Eric Williams, a man that had previously advocated for "white genocide," is now back in the news for tweeting "Whiteness is terrorism," then following that up by saying "all self-identified white people (no exceptions) are invested in and collude with systematic white racism/white supremacy." As Campus Reform previously reported, Williams was placed on leave in 2017 after posting on Facebook that whites were "inhuman a**holes" and suggesting that first responders to the congressional baseball shooting should have "#LetThemF*ckingDie." This is not just one black racist professor, although knowing this is the type of people they have teaching the nation's college students is concerning in and of itself, but as a USA Today article from October 2018 highlights, it has become "fashionable" for liberals to attack whites, specifically white males. As you’ve probably noticed, bashing straight white men, especially of the conservative kind, is very fashionable these days. You seemingly can’t escape it — you switch on cable TV, or "The View", read The Washington Post or The New York Times, and see liberal pundits verbally attack white men for this or that. It’s become often enough that it is seemingly now normal to just casually attack a broad group of the country’s citizens. And sometimes race is inserted gratuitously even when it isn’t an issue, like during the Brett Kavanaugh hearings: the Republican senators on the Judiciary Committee were attacked as old white men. Besides, there is the strangeness in the spectacle of certain white people calling out certain other white people on their whiteness. Ironically the writer of the USA Today column, Saritha Prabhu, wrote that before she went on to attack...yes, a white man, president Trump with the old worn out media lie that Trump "came down that escalator and attacked Mexican migrants as rapists and criminals." Ummm... no he didn't, despite the fact that all the liberal media headlined that he did, and it was only those that actual read the articles that saw he said "When Mexico sends its people, they’re not sending their best. They’re not sending you. They’re not sending you. They’re sending people that have lots of problems, and they’re bringing those problems with us. They’re bringing drugs. They’re bringing crime. They’re rapists. And some, I assume, are good people." The headlines at the time conveniently skipped that last part because they know the majority of their readers skim headlines and believe the misleading ones without bothering to look for the entire quotes, in context. That is how the media created the "Trump is racist" lie, which they then used to label all Trump supporters and conservatives as racists. The point here is that people born white are under constant attack by liberals, especially if they are white men, which is also very ironic since the two candidates leading the polls for the Democrat presidential contenders are both older white men, Joe Biden and Bernie Sanders. LIBERALS WANT A SOCIALIST AMERICA Last but not least for this article is the mad dash by the democrat party to socialism, from "free stuff for all," to the New Green Deal, Medicare for All, removing all the walls and fences from the U.S. borders, wanting to abolish the electoral college, and free college and mass student-loan debt forgiveness, proposals, one continues to try to push further than the other. House everyone for free, (Just not in thier neighborhoods!) feed everyone for free, free healthcare, free this and free that, they quite literally want to turn America in Venezuela or Cuba. Which brings me to the headline of this piece with a dire warning from a Cuban man "Guillermo" via an email sent to Canada Free Press writer Judi McLeod, who headlined her piece with "The Waking Nightmare Lying In Wait For 2020" as he warns what awaits Americans if we vote socialist-democrat in 2020. In Cuba, where I saw Fidel’s revolution as a boy, the European ruling class made their exit, leaving all assets behind, to the exact types now running in 2020. The economy fully collapsed, the peso became Monopoly money—in weeks, not years. “Going back to visit mother’s dying cousin, a black sheep in the family, he confessed, along with others, that we should not have all evacuated, creating a “brain drain”, but stayed and allowed the Marxist magic to work things out. “This Marxist poison will kills us all…we have to be brutal in our debates, we are far too diplomatic…the facts are, Cuba/Venezuela, the two most attractive countries in South America, became pathetic welfare cases, surviving off capitalist tourist dollars.. if we collapse, they will not even have that…the retired KGB dream of taking their crooked dollars, to play golf in Florida. But 2020 will end any future in that game. He is right, that would be a nightmare, as others that have escaped socialist regimes have warned yet the left continues to march towards socialism. BOTTOM LINE While I had another few items highlighted, this piece is becoming to long, but there are enough examples to make the point as to the level of crazy that has infected the liberal/socialist portion of America. Yes, granted the night would be worse if Americans allow a socialist-democrat to win the presidency in 2020, but what the stories above show us, is that we are already living in the "waking nightmare," and the level of crazy is increasing day by day, headline by headline.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Waking_Nightmare_We_Now_Live_In.php 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-29-19 The Mercury News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

4.3 earthquake rattles Northern California  Monday quake centered near Willits

By Bay Area News Group |

PUBLISHED: April 29, 2019 at 5:52 am | UPDATED: April 29, 2019 at 5:53 am

A magnitude-4.3 earthquake was recorded early Monday in Mendocino County, the U.S. Geological Survey said. The quake struck at 12:16 a.m. Its epicenter was 8 miles southeast of Willits. Almost 400 people responded within five hours to the USGS Did You Feel It? site. The 230 of those within 10 miles of the epicenter — in communities including Willits, Potter Valley and Redwood Valley — described the shaking as light. No injuries were reported. Reports also came from Ukiah, Fort Bragg and Mendocino.  It was the strongest quake in the contiguous United States in the past seven days. In the Bay Area, a 3.4 quake was recorded early Saturday near Concord.

https://www.mercurynews.com/2019/04/29/4-3-earthquake-rattles-northern-california/

:: 4-19-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Living The Impossible

By Hal Lindsey

Someone recently reminded me of something I said in a sermon many years ago. “The Christian life is not a difficult life to live. The Christian life is an impossible life to live.” At first, those words are disturbing. We’re like the disciples. After the rich, young ruler turned away from Christ, the Lord said something that disturbed and astonished them. “Truly I say to you, it is hard for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven. And again I say to you, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle, than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God.” (Matthew 19:23-24 NASB) Through the centuries people have tried to explain this verse away. A popular theory says that the “eye of the needle” was a place in the wall of Jerusalem that a camel could enter only by kneeling. That explanation didn’t start until the fifteenth century, and there is no evidence for such a hole in the wall. Jesus meant what he said. He was talking about a real camel going through the tiny eye of a real needle. What a stunning thing to say! The Bible says, “And when the disciples heard this, they were very astonished and said, ‘Then who can be saved?’” (Matthew 19:25) This saying of Jesus astonishes people still. Some use it to condemn the rich. But that’s a problem. If you’re reading this on your phone or your computer, you’re probably rich by the standards of this world. Do you have a car? Most of the world doesn’t. Do you live in an air-conditioned home? Most of earth’s population doesn’t. Do you need to get rid of all comforts and give away your money in order to go to heaven? Is that what Jesus is teaching? No. That misses His point entirely. He’s not saying that to get to heaven you need to be poor. He’s saying that to get to heaven, you need a miracle! When the disciples asked, “Who can be saved?” Jesus looked at them and said, “With men this is impossible, but with God all things are possible.” (Matthew 19:26) Human beings cannot save themselves! You can psych yourself up and determine to give it the old college try. But you will fail. You can weep and say you’re sorry, but you will fail again. With men it is impossible. BUT WITH GOD ALL THINGS ARE POSSIBLE! You can’t do it yourself. You need a miracle. Romans 3:23 doesn’t just say, “For all have sinned.” It goes on to say, “…and fall short of the glory of God.” God’s standard of righteousness is Himself. Do you fall short of His glory? We all do. Who is as righteous as God? Only God. And Jesus is God the Son. In His life here, He lived out the perfect righteousness of God. Then, He took our sins on Himself, died for those sins, then rose again to defeat death. But He didn’t just remove our sins and take them on Himself. That’s only half the picture. He also gave us His righteousness. The righteousness of God is available right now to whoever will accept it. 2 Corinthians 5:21 says, “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.” And that’s why we call the Gospel, “Good News!” Have a wonderful holy week and a glorious Resurrection Sunday!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-19-2019/ 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 4-19-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Darkness Falls

by Hal Lindsey

A shadow descends over our world. Spiritual in origin, this deepening darkness attacks human minds and thought. It diminishes, then destroys the ability to see things for what they are. Put simply, it inhibits people from thinking straight. We see the process described in the 1st chapter of Romans, beginning at verse 18. The words are both historic and prophetic. Romans 1 does not contain a phrase identifying it as a “last days” scripture. Nevertheless, as we will see, it has great prophetic significance.  Verses 20 thru 22 show that even pagan people understand basic truths about God, and are responsible for what they know. “…so that they are without excuse. For even though they knew God, they did not honor Him as God, or give thanks; but they became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools.” Verse 24 says, “God gave them over in the lusts of their hearts to impurity.” In this judgment, God allows human beings to receive in themselves the things they want. He gives them the very evil for which they lust — along with the deadly consequences. The next verse is especially fascinating given the times in which we live. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator.” [Romans 1:25] The Greek word translated “creature” — “ktisis” — can also be translated “creation.” Creation-worship at first sounds ancient and pagan. But it’s going on right now. Exalting the creation above the Creator has become the catalyst for massive changes in how the world will soon be governed, taxed, and policed. The environmental movement has begun to rule the world because creation-worship isn’t just ancient and pagan. It is also modern… and still pagan. Romans 1:26-27 has become controversial because of what it says about homosexuality. Many who call themselves Christian are now trying to discredit all the teachings of the Apostle Paul because of what he wrote in these two verses. Under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, Paul depicted homosexuality as toxic for individuals, but also as a sign of deep moral decay on a societal level. Romans 1:28 says, “And just as they did not see fit to acknowledge God any longer, God gave them over to a depraved mind.” A “depraved mind” is a mind so perverted it can no longer think in its own best interest. At this hour, many prominent and intelligent people are pushing agendas that amount to societal suicide. That is the depth of darkness now falling on the world. Civilizations rise.… Moral decay erodes their strength.… And then they fall. Romans 1 explains the phenomenon that has been going on for thousands of years. But it is also specific to the end times, and here’s why. In Matthew 24:37, Jesus said, “For the coming of the Son of Man will be just like the days of Noah.” Scripture depicts the times approaching the return of Jesus as a period when moral decay spreads among all peoples — just as in Noah’s day. Romans 1 explains the reasons and consequences of moral breakdown. Since we know that such a breakdown will become global in the end times, we can look to the 1st chapter of Romans for a picture of the entire world as it nears the end of the age. Here’s what happens. Depravity of mind spreads as more and more people fail to acknowledge God. Spiritual darkness invades human thinking at all levels. To those in that state, the obvious becomes obscure. Morality is the lens through which we see the world. As that lens grows cloudier and filthier, humanity ceases to see the road signs left for us by the God who loves us — signs essential for secure and meaningful lives. Sadly, this darkness is also spreading within the Church. When they continually compromise with sin, professing believers in Jesus become confused and turned around. Some just want to be liked. Others have been deeply influenced by the entertainment and educational industries. For whatever reasons, there are some from all major Christian denominations who are falling under the mind-shroud of the world’s darkness. But we have the answer! Jesus said, “You shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free.” [John 8:32] From those words, we can infer that slavery and bondage await all who reject the ultimate truth. And the ultimate truth is Jesus Himself. In John 14:6, He said, “I am… the truth.” Psalms 119:130 says, “The entrance of Your words gives light; It gives understanding to the simple.” [NKJV] Psalm 19:7 says that God’s word takes the simple and makes them wise. Psalms 107:20 says, “He sent his word, and healed them.” That refers to mental as well as spiritual and physical healing. In John 8:12, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world; he who follows Me shall not walk in the darkness, but shall have the light of life.” The world desperately needs Jesus and the revelation of Him found in the Bible. In times of darkness, the answer is light. And Jesus is the light.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-29-2015/ 

:: 4-29-19 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rosenstein Resigns in Letter to Trump

Monday, 29 April 2019 05:29 PM

Read Newsmax: Rosenstein Resigns in Letter to Trump | Newsmax.com

Urgent: Do you approve of Pres. Trump? Vote Here in Poll

Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein submitted his resignation Monday, ending a nearly two-year run defined by his appointment of a special counsel to investigate connections between President Donald Trump's campaign and Russia. His last day will be May 11. Rosenstein's departure had been expected since the confirmation of William Barr as attorney general. The White House nominated a replacement for the department's No. 2 slot weeks ago. Rosenstein intended to leave around mid-March but stayed on for the completion of special counsel Robert Mueller's Russia investigation. Mueller last month submitted his report to the Justice Department, and Rosenstein was part of a small group of department officials who reviewed the document and helped shape its public release. After Mueller didn't reach a conclusion on whether Trump had obstructed the investigation, Barr and Rosenstein stepped in and determined the evidence wasn't enough to support such an allegation. Rosenstein appointed Mueller in May 2017 following the recusal of then-Attorney General Jeff Sessions and oversaw much of his work. His exit leaves the department without the official most closely aligned with the probe as officials grapple with public and congressional scrutiny of the special counsel's findings and the department's handling of the report. He not only supervised Mueller's work for much of the last two years, but also defended the investigation against attacks from congressional Republicans and Trump, who has blasted it as a "witch hunt." In so doing, Rosenstein sometimes found himself at odds with Trump but was nonetheless spared the brunt of anger directed at Sessions, whose recusal infuriated the president, leading to his forced resignation last November. The deputy attorney general position is a hugely significant job, responsible for overseeing the daily operations of the Justice Department and the work of United States attorneys across the country.

Read Newsmax: Rosenstein Resigns in Letter to Trump | Newsmax.com

Urgent: Do you approve of Pres. Trump? Vote Here in Poll

https://www.newsmax.com/headline/rosenstein-resign-trump/2019/04/29/id/913804/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings etc

:: 4-29-19 KTLA TV 5 LosAngels :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Thwarted ‘Chilling’ Terror Plot in Long Beach; Army Vet Planned Attack in Revenge for NZ Mosque Shootings: DOJ

Posted 11:18 AM, April 29, 2019, by Marissa Wenzke, Courtney Friel and Mary Beth McDade, Updated at 11:29PM, April 29, 2019

A U.S. Army vet in Reseda has been charged with plotting a terrorist attack on a white supremacist rally in Long Beach as revenge for the mosque shootings in New Zealand after FBI officials stopped the planned attack through an undercover sting, authorities said Monday. Mark Steven Domingo, a 26-year-old former soldier who served four months in Afghanistan and recently converted to Islam, was arrested Friday after receiving what he believed was a live bomb from an undercover officer posing as his co-conspirator, the U.S. Department of Justice said in a news release. He met the officer last month in a private online messaging group where he called for violence on American soil, later discussing killing Jews walking to synagogue, law enforcement officials and a military facility with the officer, prosecutors said. According to federal authorities, the pair met multiple times in recent weeks and went over details of the planned attack, from the Long Beach park where it would take place to the nails that would be used for shrapnel. “Domingo said he specifically bought three-inch nails because they would be long enough to penetrate the human body and puncture internal organs,” the affidavit states.  The rally in Long Beach that Domingo was allegedly targeting was expected to be a gathering of white supremacists but police said they ultimately decided not to show up. Video shows a group of counterprotesters arrived to the location instead, with some seen holding signs such as "Be Best, Not Racist." Authorities said there was a serious chance Domingo could have carried out what prosecutors have described as a “chilling” terror plot. “That’s the risk,” said Ryan Young, the FBI special agent in charge of the case. “In some of these violent chatrooms, they find a lot of like-minded individuals.” “This is a case that keeps us up at night,” Young said. Domingo appeared in court Monday afternoon and his family issued a statement to KTLA asking for privacy and saying they have ill relatives requiring their full attention. "We do not know what is going on at this point. We are surprised by all of these events in regard with Mark," the statement reads. "I hope you will respect our privacy in this matter, as we are distressed by all of this and don't need all of this added attention." The suspect's younger brother also spoke to reporters outside the family home in Reseda, explaining Domingo had converted to Sunni Islam sometime late last year or as recently as earlier this year. "Like anybody else, I don’t want to assume a thing when someone joins a new religion. If anything, I thought it was a good thing. I thought maybe my brother finally found some sort of guidance in this world," James Domingo said of his brother. But, according to federal prosecutors, the older Domingo descended into what they have described as a "rapid radicalization" in support of jihad rather than just religious conversion. James Domingo declined to say whether he believed his brother was guilty, only saying he would "wait for the trial." According to Young, Domingo was also planning a “backup” attack at another location only described as a “similar rally” in Huntington Beach. Meanwhile, U.S. District Attorney Nick Hanna said Domingo also mentioned trying to target crowds at the Santa Monica Pier or killing one of his neighbors as "a prelude to a much larger attack." But FBI officials said the public was not in danger and there was no credible threat in the two months Domingo was allegedly plotting. Last week, Domingo purchased several hundred nails to be used as shrapnel for a bomb, giving them to the undercover officer and sending another message Thursday saying the terror plot would proceed, according to the affidavit. On Friday, he received multiple inert devices he believed to be weapons of mass destruction from the undercover officer, prosecutors allege. He inspected the devices and then went to the park where the attack was planned to surveil the location. Authorities took him into custody shortly after. As a U.S. infantryman with combat experience, Domingo was initially assigned to Fort Campbell in Kentucky before being deployed to Afghanistan from September 2012 to January 2013, authorities said. He first came to the attention of authorities last month when FBI officials spotted his writings in a private message group calling for an attack on American soil and supporting violent jihad. On March 3, 2019, he wrote: “america needs another vegas event tbh something to kick off civil unrest….,” according to federal authorities. His writings allegedly continued: “its not about winning the civil war its about weakening America giving them a taste of the terror they gladly spread all over the world.” After the March 15 mosque attacks in New Zealand left 50 people dead, Domingo wrote: “there were mosque shootings in new Zealand [sad emoji] … there must be retribution,” according to prosecutors. Upon seeing that last post, an undercover FBI official started a private online conversation with Domingo, authorities said, in which they discussed their anger about the mosque attacks. Another undercover operative in the same messaging group then also contacted Domingo on March 16. According to federal prosecutors, Domingo went on to say he’s been keeping an AK-47 style rifle near his bed in the wake of the mosque shootings. Authorities said he has three firearms legally registered in his name, including that gun and two other rifles. Domingo later suggested he and the undercover operative meet in person and they attended a prayer service on March 18 –an interaction that was audio recorded, according to federal authorities. It was then that Domingo allegedly discussed attacking Jews, police officers, a military facility and churches, the affidavit states. But federal prosecutors and FBI officials said the terror plot planned for Sunday actually came into shape later during an April 19 meeting. Domingo allegedly showed up to meet the undercover operative while armed with an AK-47-style rifle “to show you that I’m serious,” according to the criminal complaint. He allegedly referred to the Boston massacre during the meeting and asked for someone who could construct an IED that would cause 50 casualties. Authorities are continuing an investigation into Domingo, including a probe of his social media accounts, and have called for the public's help in providing any possible tips. “This investigation successfully disrupted a very real threat posed by a trained combat soldier who repeatedly stated he wanted to cause the maximum number of casualties,” Hanna said in a statement from the DOJ.

https://ktla.com/2019/04/29/authorities-disrupt-alleged-terror-plot-in-southern-california/ 

:: 4-29-19 CEO News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hope for Parkinson’s disease sufferers: scientists restore movement to patients

Professor Mandar Jog of Western University told BBC News that the impact of his new treatment for those immobilised by Parkinson's disease was "beyond his wildest dreams".

By Daniel Herborn Posted on April 24, 2019

Canadian scientists have developed a technique of applying electrical stimulation via a device inserted into the spine of Parkinson’s sufferers that have difficulty walking. The results have been hugely promising. To date, there has been no treatment for Parkinson’s patients that have lost the ability to walk. Many sufferers use wheelchairs because of the condition or become restricted to their homes. Some of the Parkinson’s patients had not walked “with any confidence” for years before the new treatment Professor Mandar Jog, who developed the new treatment at London, Ontario, said many of the patients in his program “have not walked with any confidence for several years” and many had suffered the disease for 15 years or more. “For them to go from being homebound, with the risk of falling, to being able to go on trips to the mall and have vacations is remarkable for me to see.” The Professor believes that the disease tampers with the body’s ability to send signals back to the brain, a process that plays out every time a person walks. He and his colleagues have developed an implant which can bolster that signal for Parkinson’s patients. He has found that those with the implant are able to walk even when the implant has been turned off. This has led him to believe that the electrical stimulus applied to the spinal cord reignites the signal loop between the legs and the brain that becomes damaged in those with Parkinson’s. “This is a completely different rehabilitation therapy,” he said. The treatment involves a dorsal epidural implant, meaning it does not puncture the spine. Instead, it sits on top of the dura, the outermost membrane which wraps around the brain and spinal cord. “It’s given me more confidence”: patients overjoyed to walk freely again 66-year-old Gail Jardine is one of Jog’s patients. She was ‘freezing’ and falling down multiple times a day before receiving the implant. Her condition meant she could no longer hike through the Ontario countryside, something she loved to do. Since getting the implant, she says she hasn’t had any falls. “I can walk a lot better,” she said. “It’s given me more confidence and I’m looking forward to taking more walks with (her husband) Stan and maybe even (hiking) on my own,” she told the BBC. Jog also reported that one patient in his program was able to take a trip to the East Coast after receiving the treatment. He had basically been confined to his house the previous six years and found the improvement overwhelming. “His wife was literally crying when she told us he went from their cottage and walked up and down the beach, on his own,” Jog told Medscape. Scans of patients in the program have showed the areas of the brain that control the body’s movement have been restored since they have had the implant attached. Last year, Jog and two colleagues, Olivia Samotus and Andrew Parrent, published an article in Movement Disorders outlining their progress to date. This pilot study demonstrated the safety and significant therapeutic outcome of spinal cord stimulation in advanced (Parkinson’s disease) patients, and thus a larger and longer clinical study will be conducted to replicate these results,” they wrote. Jog hopes that eventually patients will be able to program the system and adjust the settings as necessary at home.

https://news.theceomagazine.com/news/parkinsons-disease-new-breakthrough/ 

[ :: 1-16-19  pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. There are three nations right now prepared and ready to go to war and all three of them have openly told you, America stop doing what you are doing or else. Wake up, etc 

:: 4-25-19 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NUKE KID ON THE BLOCK Leaked pics of China’s ‘secret 11,509mph HYPERSONIC rocket’ capable of beating US missile defences

Images of the top secret Jia Geng No 1 rocket have emerged on Chinese media and will rock Donald Trump's defence chiefs at the Pentagon

By Jon Lockett 25th April 2019, 12:42 am Updated: 25th April 2019, 1:42 am

CHILLING photos have been leaked onto the internet which some fear show China's top secret 11,509mph hypersonic rocket system aimed at dodging US defences. Images of the impressive Jia Geng No 1 rocket have emerged on Chinese media and could rock Donald Trump's defence chiefs at the Pentagon. The pictures are said to show a prototype missile measuring 8.7 meters (28.5 feet) from tip to tail and weighing in at nearly four tonnes. It appears equipped with supersonic combustion ramjets - or scramjets - which suck in air at supersonic speeds leading to a much higher velocity. Scramjets can theoretically reach a maximum speed of up to Mach 15 - which is more than 15,000 mph. The leaked reports claim the rocket can fly at an altitude of 15 miles. It's also claimed the rocket was “successfully launched” at “a desert area in Northwestern China," reports Popular Mechanics.  However, there are some conflicting posts which claim the rocket is actually a research project and even one which claims it is a harmless civilian system. The images have emerged as China, Russia and the US are locked in an arms race to field the first hypersonic weapons ahead of future conflicts.  While many long range land attack missiles travels at subsonic speeds and attempt to fly below radar, hypersonic weapons would attempt to beat enemy defences using pure speed. The news comes after we reported how China could unleash the world's most powerful naval gun that fires missiles at seven times the speed of sound in just six years. The hypersonic railgun, which is said to be capable of striking targets 124 miles away, was successfully tested last year, according to Chinese media. And now sources with direct knowledge of a US intelligence report told CNBC that the space-age weapon will be ready for war by 2025. If the reports are correct, Beijing will have beaten the world in developing the superweapon. The pictures are said to show a monster 'missile' measuring 8.7 meters China could also unleash a deadly hypersonic railgun in just six years, intelligence insiders claim

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/8933644/leaked-china-secret-hypersonic-nuke/ 

:: 4-24-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Navy is finally taking UFOs seriously: New guidelines will make it easier for sailors to report sightings amid fears the unidentified flying objects could be 'advanced Russian technology'

The US Navy is updating protocol for how pilots and other personal report encounters with ‘unidentified aircraft’

Rather than disregard sightings, the service hopes to collect and analyse the mysterious encounters – as well as destigmatizing them

However, the Navy’s new policy does not mean they believe their sailors have actually encountered actual alien spacecraft

But rather they believe the reported sightings shouldn’t be instantly dismissed and are worthy of further investigation

Ex- Pentagon official Luis Elizondo, who headed up the specialist department, thught his office was too nonchalant in their investigations of UFOs

‘What happens in five year if it turns out these are extremely advanced Russian aircraft?’ he asked

By Luke Kenton For Dailymail.com Published: 16:08 EDT, 24 April 2019 | Updated: 21:20 EDT, 24 April 2019

The US Navy is making it easier for sailors to report UFO sightings amid fears that the mysterious unidentified flying objects could actually be 'extremely advanced Russian aircraft.' After years of dismissing UFOs, the new guidelines are being introduced in response of a series of unexplained sightings of unrecognized and ‘highly advanced’ aircraft encroaching on Navy facilities and strike force formations, the department says. There have been a number of reports of unauthorized and/or unidentified aircraft entering various military-controlled ranges and designated air space in recent years,’ a spokesperson for the Navy said to Politico. ‘For safety and security concerns, the Navy and the [U.S. Air Force] takes these reports very seriously and investigates each and every report.’ As a result, the Navy has pledged to update and reform their current policies for how reports of ‘suspected incursions’ are made to the correct authorities. ‘A new message to the fleet that will detail the steps for reporting is in draft,’ the spokesperson added. Former Pentagon official Luis Elizondo, who headed up the specialist department, revealed after his retirement that he thought the office was too nonchalant in their investigations of the unidentified aircraft. ‘If you are in a busy airport and see something you are supposed to say something,’ Elizondo told Politico. ‘With our own military members it is kind of the opposite: “If you do see something, don't say something.”’ He added that many of the specialist crafts sighted were said not to have flags on their tails – or any tail at all – asking, ‘What happens in five year if it turns out these are extremely advanced Russian aircraft?’ However, the Navy’s new policy does not mean they believe their sailors have actually encountered alien spacecraft, but rather they believe the reported sightings shouldn’t be instantly dismissed and are worthy of further investigation. ‘Right now, we have situation in which UFOs… are treated as anomalies to be ignored rather than anomalies to be explored,’ Chris Mellon, a former Pentagon official told the news outlet. ‘We have systems that exclude that information and dump it.’ Mello suggests establishing a more formal means of reporting ‘unidentified flying objects’ - or ‘unidentified aerial phenomena’ as the military now calls it - would help to enact a ‘sea change’ in intelligence gathering. ‘In a lot of cases [military personnel] don’t know what to do with that information — like satellite data or a radar that sees something going Mach 3. They will dump [the data] because that is not a traditional aircraft or missile,’ he added. Following increased Congressional criticism for paying such little attention to ‘UAF’ reports, in 2017 the Pentagon created a new branch to the Defense Intelligence Agency, dedicated to studying the field. The office spent around $25 million on a number of studies, and say they debrief several members of congress on their findings. The department declined, however, to identify who specifically.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6955963/US-Navy-reveals-new-guidelines-make-easier-sailors-report-UFO-sightings.html 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 4-25-19 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHINA HOLDS THE GOLD AND WILL MAKE THE RULES

April 25, 2019 by Egon von Greyerz

Gold is the ultimate insurance against a bankrupt financial system, a corrupt political system and a rotten monetary system. But official propaganda, combined with people’s greed, mean that virtually nobody understands the necessity of insuring against these risks. Also, investors are convinced that stocks always go up and therefore that the 147x growth in the Dow since the end of WWII will continue unabated. Few understand that exponential growth in stocks is totally dependent on an equally exponential expansion of money printing and credit, including share buybacks. But it isn’t enough to acquire insurance in the form of gold, it is also critical to insure the insurance. Most people who hold insurance in the form of cash, jewellery or gold, will hold it in a safe at home, in a bank safe or alternatively hide it. DON’T HOLD VALUABLES AT HOME All these methods are unsafe and therefore unsatisfactory. You should never hold more valuables at home than you are prepared to lose. Burglars today will not break into your house when you are away if they suspect you hold an important amount of valuables. Much easier to go to your house when you are home. Then they can threaten to kill your wife or children if you don’t tell them where your valuables are hidden. Many people believe they are clever by having two safes, one easily found with some minor items and money and then a well hidden one where most of the valuables are. Professional burglars are aware of this and will therefore threaten you until the second safe is revealed. And even if you have a very safe hiding place, remember that most people can’t keep a secret. There was a survey in the UK Daily Mail a few years ago asking how long a woman+ could keep a secret…… The answer was 23 minutes! The survey did not include men but the result would probably have been similar. So please don’t keep any major valuables at home. Another problem is that most insurers wouldn’t insure major amounts of cash or valuables at home. And if they do, the premium would be very high. BREAK-IN AT BANK IN BASEL – BANK NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR LOSSES Many people believe that bank safe deposit boxes are safe. In our view this is not the case. Firstly there are regular break-ins. Last year, it happened to a major Swiss Bank, Raiffeisen in Basel. Burglars broke into the vault and opened 20 boxes without leaving a trace. Gold, coins, jewellery and cash were taken. The bank’s policy in these cases is very clear. They are not responsible for the contents of the box. Very often the contents is not declared for Swiss wealth tax purposes. Therefore, there is no inventory. Also, the contents is almost never insured. Insurance companies normally don’t insure the contents of a safe since it can’t be verified. The Bank would only pay out against a receipt of the content which nobody had. Bank Raiffeisen’s official line is: ”The insurance of the safe content is the responsibility of the customer. This is industry standard”. So there we have it. If you keep valuables in a bank safe deposit box, it is at your own risk! HATTON GARDEN ROBBERY Also many private safe deposit companies have poor security. In 2015 there was a famous robbery at the Hatton Garden Safe Deposit Company in London. Hatton Garden is a well known jewellery district in central London. The elderly professional burglars managed to break into the building during a holiday weekend, disable the alarm and access the vault by abseiling down a lift shaft. Finally they drilled through the vault door. They emptied 60-70 boxes and may have taken as much as £35 million of valuables. They were later caught. A film called King of Thieves, starring Michael Caine was made of the robbery. Also this time, most of the jewellery stolen was uninsured. US GOVERNMENT ALSO BREAKS INTO SAFE DEPOSIT BOXES But it isn’t just normal criminals breaking into safe deposit boxes. The US government is known for opening and confiscating contents of safe deposit boxes. All they need is a court order. And when the next banking crisis comes, the content of a bank safe deposit box could easily be part of a bail-in procedure. I would not recommend to use bank safe deposit boxes in any country, not even in Switzerland. In principle, the valuables in a bank safe deposit box does not belong to the bank. But in bail-in situations, the rules might change. Also in case of a systemic collapse of the financial system or a longer bank holiday, bank customers might not get access to their box for a very long time, even several years. KEEP PRECIOUS METALS IN PRIVATE VAULT WITH INSURANCE Precious metals, like gold and silver, should be kept in the safest private vaults, in a safe jurisdiction like Switzerland or Singapore and outside the banking system. Insurance from a top insurer is critical. The insurance must also cover staff theft which is not always the case. Remember that in a bank safe deposit box, there is no insurance and as explained above, the bank takes no responsibility for the stolen merchandise. NO WESTERN CENTRAL BANKS ARE BUYING GOLD There has been a lot of publicity about central banks having bought substantial amounts of gold in 2018, in total 651 tonnes which is the highest in 50 years. This is typical lazy reporters just picking up propaganda news releases. Journalism is no longer a skilled profession. There are no proper journalists who analyse events and draw intelligent conclusions. All they do is to read a press statement, copy it and print it in the news paper, or report it on television. In relation to this gold story about central banks, it is not that they bought gold which is the real news. The important point is who bought the gold. Let’s see, did the USA buy, or the UK or Germany or any other major Western state. No of course not. The Central banks that bought gold are the ones which understand that the Western world’s political and financial system is on the verge of going under. This is why Russia bought 274t, Turkey 51t, Kazakhstan 50t, India 40t, Mongolia 22t and Iraq 7t. There were a couple of Eastern European countries which bought gold like Poland 26t and Hungary which increased its reserves ten-fold to 32t. Both Hungary and Poland are vociferous critics of the EU who clearly realise that the ECB and the Euro are unlikely to survive. But these two countries will certainly need to buy a lot more gold to protect against the risks they can see coming. RUSSIA UNDERSTANDS GOLD Russia understands that the Western financial system is bankrupt and is continuing to buy major amounts of gold at the same time that they have sold all their US treasury bonds. Since the beginning of the great Financial Crisis in 2006, Russia has bought almost 1,800 tonnes. This is officially more than any other Central Bank. (See China below) Hungary stated as the reason for the 10x increase in gold reserves: “Gold’s role as a hedge against future structural changes in the international financial system, as well as its lack of counterparty risk.” Viktor Orban, the Hungarian Prime Minister, is one of the few statesmen who dares to openly criticise the EU and the Brussels Elite. He can clearly see the writing on the wall. DOES CHINA HOLD 30,000 TONNES? China announced a mere 10t increase in their gold reserves. China is frugal with news regarding their official gold reserves which are 1,852 tonnes. China is the world’s largest producer with 400t in 2018. None of the Chinese production leaves the country and it is probably safe to assume that the whole domestic production is absorbed by the state, although it is not in the official reserve figures. Together with major historical reserves that China has built up, their total gold holdings are probably in excess of 30,000 tonnes. Alasdair Macleod for example has estimated that China accumulated 25,000t between 1983 and 2002 and they probably had important reserves before 1983. US OFFICIAL 8,100T GOLD IS PROBABLY GONE AND MOST OF IT IS IN CHINA Compare that to the US which officially holds 8,100t. But most of that is probably either leased out or covertly sold. China has probably bought a major part of the US gold via the LBMA in London. So when China one day announces its real gold holdings of say in excess of 30,000t and possibly also backs the Renminbi with gold, the dollar will disappear into a black hole as the US will not be able to prove that they have anywhere near their declared 8,100t.

Remember the Golden Rule: Whoever holds the gold makes the rules!

https://goldswitzerland.com/china-holds-the-gold-and-will-make-the-rules/ 

:: 4-24-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rush Limbaugh: Hillary Clinton ‘Needs To Be Indicted and She Needs To Be In Jail’

‘Unelected people came close to pulling off what is a coup,’ he says

Infowars.com - April 24, 2019

Conservative talk show host Rush Limbaugh tore into Democrat presidential loser Hillary Clinton, saying she is the person who colluded with Russia, not President Trump. “Hillary Clinton is who tried to rig a presidential election…Hillary Clinton and her pals in the Obama Department of Justice and the FBI, they are the ones who colluded with the Russians. They colluded to produce this entirely bogus Steele Dossier,” Limbaugh said Monday on Fox News. “Talk about irony,” he continued. “For Hillary Clinton to be talking about impeaching Donald Trump, Hillary Clinton needs to be investigated, she needs to be indicted and she needs to be in jail [with] many of her co-conspirators in this whole sordid affair.” Limbaugh went on to say that Clinton’s attempts to overthrow Trump using the debunked Steele Dossier compiled with Russian intelligence amounted to the real collusion. “Unelected people came close to pulling off what is a coup,” said the Republican host. “Who’s working with Russians? Steele, Hillary’s guy! They are working with the Russians…the dossier traces right back to Hillary and her campaign in the DNC.” Limbaugh’s comments come after Clinton said that Trump would have been indicted for collusion if he wasn’t the president. “I think there is enough there that any other person who had engaged in those acts would certainly have been indicted,” Clinton said Monday during the Time 100 conference.

https://www.infowars.com/rush-limbaugh-hillary-clinton-needs-to-be-indicted-and-she-needs-to-be-in-jail/ 

:: 4-25-19 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Visits Coach Dave Daubenmire, No Joke

Apr 25, 2019 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

Equal Justice Under The Law?

I was visited by the FBI a couple of weeks ago. No joke. They actually showed up at my house to do a “threat assessment.” It seems that someone reported me to them. One of the agents began reviewing my daily show and they decided they needed to pay me a visit. They wanted to be sure that I wasn’t “inciting violence.” Let that sink in for a minute. A former high school football coach who has never committed or advocated violence against anyone draws the attention of the same agency that ignores the obvious crimes of Hillary Clinton and their own FBI bosses. Threat assessment. I AM a threat. I am a threat to Devil and all of his minions. My buddy tells me that when I am taking flack I must be over the target. Just for the record, I do everything I can to NOT encourage violence. When was the last time you saw me out on the streets throwing rocks and setting fires? I guess I am making someone in the deep swamp nervous. In case you wondered, the FBI and the deep state are the law breakers. I am a law keeper. Our godless government employees are who are in violation of the law. God’s law. They think GOVERNMENT is god. I say JESUS is God. They don’t like the competition. Anyone with half a brain…and I admit that number is getting smaller and smaller…knows that we have an unequal justice system. The rich and the powerful have one set of laws and the rest of the peons live by another set. If you have watched any of the travesties of the Mueller report unfold you clearly understand my point. Hillary Clinton did everything that they accused President Trump of yet she sits as a free woman at 15 Old House Lane in Chappaqua, NY. I visited Hillary and Bill’s home this week. I am convinced that the FBI showed up at my door because somebody wanted me to “cool my jets.” I assume it was supposed to scare me. It didn’t. It simply confirmed what I had known all along. Free speech applies to everyone that the “government” decides to grant it to. Facebook, Twitter, and Youtube are all part of the government speech police. There is really no freedom in America anymore. They just tell us that there is. So I decided to go to Hillary’s and demand that the FBI indict her. Heck, even James Comey, when he was exonerating her a few years ago, admitted that she had violated the law. But the two-tiered “justice” system protects the criminals who are part of the Devil’s team. It is only the God fearing, patriotic American’s that they bring the hammer down on. They visit my house because I fight for freedom…but they protect the felonious Hillary Clinton…actually guarding her from “terrorists” like me. I want to protect and defend unborn babies while Hillary wants to kill them. Yet I require a threat assessment while Hillary continues to undermine America right out of her fancy digs in Chappaqua. Her illegal server was in her home. Her home is a crime scene. This double-standard system of justice must end. We must demand that it stop. JUDGEMENT AND JUSTICE are two pillars upon which this nation was built. The 14th Amendment declares it this wayEQUAL PROTECTION UNDER THE LAW. No one is above the law, they tell us. But that is not true. There is a system for them and a totally different system for us. Try destroying evidence and see if the FBI looks the other way for you. Hillary did…and they did. Our nation cannot long survive such egregious malfeasance of our system of justice. No one is above the law. And that means Bill and Hillary Clinton. In fact, more is required of them. Our Constitution speaks of HIGH CRIMES and that has nothing to do with the severity of the crime but rather of the POSITION of the one who commits it. Crimes committed by those in HIGH positions deserve the most severe justice. They are protectors of the Republic. When the leaders are corrupt, the nation will crumble. Look at what those at the highest levels of our intelligence agencies have done? Our system of justice is broken…assassinated actually; Destroyed by those who think that their actions are above the law and by those who protect their malfeasance. That is why I went to the Clinton’s home. Bill and Hillary were public employees. They actually worked for me. In what other business, other than governmental crime, can the employees give orders to and receive protection from, those who pay their salaries? America is upside down. As I told the policemen who temporarily detained me at 15 Old House Lane, I didn’t come to do violence, I came to prevent it. America is a powder keg and it is time “We The People” demand our employees do their job. The first duty of government listed in the Preamble to the Constitution is “establish justice.” Justice is not being served in America…it is being exploited. Here is the video of my journey to the home of the Clinton’s. Please take time to watch and share it. Only “We The People” can restore justice to America. But we are going to have to DEMAND it. Those in power will not give it up without a fight. “Aren’t you afraid the Clinton’s will come after you, Coach Dave,” my friends ask. “Yes I am,” I tell them. “That is a heck of a note as well, isn’t it? An employer asking one of his employees to do his job and enforce the law in regards to another of my employees who has violated the law. And for that, I should fear for my life?” That should tell us all that we need to know. The manner in which “We The People” respond to this felonious action by a trusted leader will determine whether or not the Republic will survive. Where are the Patriots? Where are the Oath Keepers? I’d say it is time to come out of hiding and take our complaints to the streets. With all of the squawking we hear today about “equality” isn’t time we demanded EQUAL JUSTICE UNDER THE LAW? Don’t our rights matter? What we do at this time will determine the future of our grandchildren. They eyes of history are watching. Indict Hillary Clinton.

https://newswithviews.com/fbi-visits-coach-dave-daubenmire-no-joke/ 

:: 4--19 Rumor Mill News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanks to reader Kyle:

************************

Chief of Staff Mick Mulvaney revealed at The National Catholic Prayer Breakfast Tuesday that President Trump point blank asks leaders what they are doing to protect persecuted Christians in their countries. Mulvaney, who was a special guest speaker at the breakfast as a Catholic leader, noted that during the past two and a half years President Donald Trump has spent a great deal of time on the mistreatment of Christians and other religious minorities internationally. Mulvaney referenced the first-ever Ministerial State Department attended by 600 people from around the world as well as President Trump’s role in the release of Pastor Brunson from his two-year imprisonment in Turkey.

Home >> Trump Administration >> The One Question Trump Asks World Leaders

The One Question Trump Asks World Leaders

Posted by: Ben Whedon in Trump Administration, US News, White House Watch April 23, 2019 

Subscribe: CDN Daily Briefing http://dailycaller.com/ 

Chief of Staff Mick Mulvaney revealed at The National Catholic Prayer Breakfast Tuesday that President Trump point blank asks leaders what they are doing to protect persecuted Christians in their countries. Mulvaney, who was a special guest speaker at the breakfast as a Catholic leader, noted that during the past two and a half years President Donald Trump has spent a great deal of time on the mistreatment of Christians and other religious minorities internationally. Mulvaney referenced the first-ever Ministerial State Department attended by 600 people from around the world as well as President Trump’s role in the release of Pastor Brunson from his two-year imprisonment in Turkey. “What you don’t know about is what goes on behind closed doors,” Mulvaney said. “I very rarely talk about my private meetings with the president, the stuff that goes on what goes on outside the private eye, but I can assure you that I have been sitting with him in the Oval Office, in the cabinet room, with leaders around the world, where he will look at them and say ‘Now, you’re not doing enough to take care of the Christians in your country,’ or, ‘Thank you for helping Christians in your country.’” “I won’t lie to you, that’s pretty powerful stuff,” Mulvaney said, “to be a leader of a foreign nation sitting in the Oval Office with the president of the United States and have him say, ‘Look, I need you to do more to help religious minorities.’” Mulvaney said that to be present during these meetings and to be part of such discussion has been invigorating. “It hasn’t been articulated in the Oval Office in way too long,” the Chief of Staff said. Content created by The Daily Caller News Foundation is available without charge to any eligible news publisher that can provide a large audience.

http://www.rumormillnews.com/cgi-bin/forum.cgi?noframes;read=122140 

:: 4--19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Evangelical preacher and fervent Trump backer Franklin Graham tells Mayor Pete Buttigieg to 'repent' for being gay after the 2020 Democratic hopeful said 'God has no political party'

Franklin Graham is the son of the late evangelical preacher Billy Graham

Graham took to Twitter on Wednesday, saying Pete Buttigieg should 'repent'

Buttigieg, the Democrat mayor of South Bend, Indiana, is running for president

On Monday, Buttigieg said during a town hall that 'God has no political party'

Graham has supported President Trump despite allegations of adultery

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and Reuters Published: 20:48 EDT, 24 April 2019 | Updated: 22:08 EDT, 24 April 2019

Evangelical Christian leader Franklin Graham said on Wednesday that Democratic presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg should ‘repent’ for the 'sin' of being gay. ‘Presidential candidate & South Bend Mayor Pete Buttigieg is right - God doesn’t have a political party,’ the son of the late evangelical preacher Billy Graham tweeted. ‘But God does have commandments, laws & standards He gives us to live by. ‘God doesn’t change. ‘His Word is the same yesterday, today & forever. ‘Mayor Buttigieg says he’s a gay Christian. ‘As a Christian I believe the Bible which defines homosexuality as sin, something to be repentant of, not something to be flaunted, praised or politicized. ‘The Bible says marriage is between a man & a woman—not two men, not two women. ‘The core of the Christian faith is believing and following Jesus Christ, who God sent to be the Savior of the world - to save us from sin, to save us from hell, to save us from eternal damnation.’ Graham is a controversial figure, particularly over his support for President Trump. When asked about allegations that Trump had an affair with porn star Stormy Daniels and then paid her hush money to keep quiet about it, he said last year: ‘President Trump I don’t think has admitted to having an affair with this person. ‘And so this is just a news story, and I don’t even know if it’s accurate.’ Graham told NBC News: 'We certainly don't hold him up as the pastor of this nation and he is not. ‘But I appreciate the fact that the president does have a concern for Christian values, he does have a concern to protect Christians whether it's here at home or around the world and I appreciate the fact that he protects religious liberty and freedom.’ Graham was reacting to Buttigieg’s remarks from a CNN town hall event on Monday in which he spoke about his religious views as well as his sexual orientation. ‘It can be challenging to be a person of faith who's also part of the LGBTQ community and yet, to me, the core of faith is regard for one another,’ Buttigieg said. ‘And part of God's love is experienced, according to my faith tradition, is in the way that we support one another and, in particular, support the least among us.’ Buttigieg was asked during the town hall how he planned to unite Christians who are liberal, conservative, and moderate. He said his devotion to faith is expressed through his humility and his concern for the weaker segments of society. ‘Frankly, it couldn't be more radically different than what I see certainly in this White House, where there is a lot of chest-thumping and self-aggrandizing, not to mention abusive behavior, but also political agenda that seems to always be revolving around that idea that somehow it's too easy for poor people in this country,’ he said. ‘It's just so different from what I get when I read Scripture. ‘I get that one of the things about Scripture is different people see different things in it,’ he said. ‘But, at the very least we should be able to establish that God does not have a political party.’ Buttigieg has emerged from obscurity to become a serious candidate for the Democratic nomination in the early stages of the race. A new Reuters/Ipsos public opinion poll shows that while Buttigieg is well liked by Democrats, he still has a ways to go to catch up to frontrunners Joe Biden and Bernie Sanders. According to the poll, 24 percent would vote for Biden over 19 other declared and potential candidates. Another 15 percent said they would support Sanders, who ran a competitive campaign for the Democratic nomination in 2016.  No other candidate received more than 7 percent of public support, and 21 percent said they ‘don’t know’ which candidate they would back in a primary. Sixty-three percent of all Americans say they have a “favorable” impression of Biden, including 88 percent of Democrats, 59 percent of independents and 39 percent of Republicans. In comparison, 58 percent of Americans said they have a favorable view of Sanders and Buttigieg, whose upstart campaign has out-raised some of his more established rivals this year.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6957179/Evangelical-preacher-Franklin-Graham-says-Mayor-Pete-Buttigieg-repent-gay.html 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

:: 4-24-19 Metro :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia to arm gigantic new submarine with Poseidon ‘nuclear doomsday torpedoes’

author image Jasper Hamill Wednesday 24 Apr 2019 2:36 pm

Russia is preparing to unleash a terrifying new nuclear doomsday weapon for the first time. President Vladimir Putin has just overseen the launch of a huge new submarine called the Belgorod, where it was announced the vessel will be capable of carrying the Poseidon ‘strategic underwater drone’. This weapon of mass destruction is capable of swamping coastal cities or military targets in a radioactive tsunami towering up to 90 metres high. Putin watched by video link as Ship Commander Captain First Rank Anton Alyokhin smashed a bottle of champagne against the submarine’s hull to celebrate its launch, state-owned media agency TASS reported. The Belgorod is 184 meters, the longest sub ever built, and is the first of a fleet which will be armed with up to six Poseidons each. It’s expected to be in operation with the navy by the end of 2020. If such a weapon had been invented here in the west, it might have earned a name like Nukey McNukeFace if a public vote to decide its name been called. In Putin’s Russia, such a poll was held, the people spoke and it was decided the killer torpedo was to be named after Poseidon, Greek god of the sea. The weapon of mass submersion has been described as Putin’s ‘doomsday machine’ and was announced by the man himself in a speech in Moscow last year.  Some reports have claimed it will carry a warhead capable of exploding with the force of 200 megatons of TNT – making it four times as powerful as the Tsar Bomba, a Russian nuke which detonated in the biggest explosion ever sparked by humanity. This will cause a gigantic wave and ‘wash away all life’ up to one mile from the shore. It will also leave vast amounts of highly radioactive water, rendering the entire area uninhabitable. This doomsday weapon is inspired by the experimental Soviet T-15 nuclear torpedo, which was dreamed up by the nuclear physicist Andrei Sakharov but never put into active service. If the T-15 had been built and unleashed it would also have been able to produce a wave strong enough to wash a city like London or New York off the map and turn surrounding areas into an irradiated death zone. In February, Russia released a video and said it showed the Poseidon being tested. ‘Today it can be said that as early as this spring the launch will be made of the first atomic submarine as a carrier for this unmanned system,’ Putin said during a speech after the test video reveal. Posiedon is feared to have a cobalt coating which could spread over thousands of square miles and make it uninhabitable for decades after the blast. ‘It’s an insane weapon in the sense that it’s probably as indiscriminate and lethal as you can make a nuclear weapon,’ Hans Kristensen, director of the Nuclear Information Project within the Federation of American Scientists, told Business Insider.

https://metro.co.uk/2019/04/24/russia-arm-gigantic-new-submarine-poseidon-nuclear-doomsday-torpedoes-9304978/ 

:: 4-25-19 Alt-Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Next Stop On The War Train - Iran, Venezuela Or North Korea?

Thursday, 25 April 2019 03:58 Brandon Smith

If you learn one rule about how governments function today, it should be that political leaders are usually puppets and the real decision makers are almost never out in the open. The questions is, how does one know for certain that this is the case with a specific leader? His rhetoric might be compelling, he probably knows every buzzword to spark your interest, and he might even throw you some legislative scraps from the political table every once in a while to make you think that he's going to follow through on his campaign promises, but does he actually believe in the principles he originally championed? The litmus test for any US president is to examine the type of people he invites into his house. Who does he surround himself with? The cabinet is the president's constant companion and decision making team. The cabinet is looking over his shoulder and influencing everything he does. If you want to find who is pulling the strings of a president, this is a good place to start. Once you identify the major players in the cabinet, it's important to discern what they want. What goals are they trying to squeeze out of a first or second term in the White House? What is the geopolitical or social trend they are creating through their influence? This should not be hard to read... The problem with our current president, Donald Trump, is not that he is very different from previous presidents, but that he is very similar to them in many ways. While conservatives that voted for Trump did so most of all in the hopes that he would follow through on his promise to “drain the swamp”, he has instead been actively filling the swamp with ever more slimy and parasitic creatures. Whenever one leaves the cabinet, they are replaced with another equally ghoulish character from a roster of banking elites, think tank sociopaths and globalists. The Mueller Report has been a highly effective distraction for both leftists and conservatives when it comes to the true loyalties of Trump. So many Americans have been obsessed with the notion of whether or not the president is controlled by a foreign power they forgot to look for the real influencers right under the roof of the White House. . The notion that Trump could still function as some kind of freedom fighter while playing 10-dimensional chess with the elitists sitting comfortably within his own decision making team is an incredibly absurd fantasy, but some people in the liberty movement still cling to this idea. Cognitive dissonance strikes when reality conflicts with what we want to see in the world, and we choose our ideal version of events over that reality. One great danger is that a large number of conservatives will support Trump in actions that they would have once considered contrary to their principles because they want to believe he is something he is not. This includes the potential perpetuation of long running wars based on disinformation as well as the creation of new wars built on similar lies and with ulterior motives. The veil on the Trump Administration is being slowly pulled away, perhaps not coincidentally at the same time that the Mueller Report circus has hit a crescendo. Only two days before the report was released Trump vetoed the “War Powers Act” passed by Congress, which removes US support for Saudi Arabia's war in Yemen, a war that has gone utterly under-reported in the mainstream media even though death toll figures have recently been revised five times higher than originally indicated. Only one week after the Mueller Report, Trump has backed Libyan warlord Khalifa Haftar, who is now engaged in another under-reported and bloody siege in Tripoli in and attempt to assert dominance over the country. This is yet another event which is clearly being maneuvered by the elites in Trump's cabinet, while at the same time the media is insinuating that Trump is acting "unilaterally" against their input. Constitutionally, no president is supposed to have the power to unilaterally declare war on another country, or to involve the US in such wars covertly. Congress has quietly been ceding that authority over the past several decades. One would think that if Trump was a constitutionalist, one of his first actions would be to voluntarily return constitutional powers to the form they were original intended before they were manipulated by elitist controlled politicians. But Trump rarely even mentions the word “constitution” in public, so expecting him to defend it might be a stretch. The underlying suspicion in Trump's veto decision is that this is not just about Yemen, but about a war (or multiple wars) yet to be initiated. There are at least three major options on the table right now... Iran  Everyone knows a war with Iran is coming eventually. The CIA led coup to overthrown democratically elected Prime Minister Mohammad Mosaddegh (a nationalist) and install the Shah (Mohammed Reza Pahlevi) directly resulted in the Iranian revolution in 1979. Every US president and elitist cabinet since this event has tested the waters of public sentiment on a renewed conflict with Iran. So far they have not been able to find a rationale that the citizenry is willing to buy; either that, or they have simply been too busy perpetuating wars in other regions to get to Iran yet. However, under Donald Trump the elites have an opportunity, for now they have the option to launch wars without risking public blowback to their agenda. Confusing? Consider this – Trump has been painted as a conservative stalwart, a nationalist and populist extraordinaire that is vehemently anti-globalist (even though his cabinet is packed with elites and globalists). As a puppet president, Trump is a perfect weapon. The establishment can now launch wars without being forced to construct ANY elaborate rationale, and then they can simply blame the resulting disasters on “populism” and conservatives in general. Perhaps this is why tensions with Iran are now skyrocketing as the US reasserts stifling sanctions and declares the Iranian Revolutionary Guard a terrorist organization. The US is also set to end all waivers for Iranian oil exports and is threatening economic retaliation against countries that ignore sanctions. This is expected to cause gasoline prices to spike even higher in the near term. Iran has responded by declaring the US a state sponsor of terrorism, and is threatening to shut down the Strait of Hormuz, which is one of the most important avenues for oil shipping in the world. I would also note that many European nations are not on board with higher oil prices and are seeking ways to circumvent sanctions against Iran. The effort to foment war with Iran has been spearheaded primarily by former Director of the CIA and current Secretary of State, Mike Pompeo, along with CFR member John Bolton. They have insinuated that if Iran moves to block the Strait of Hormuz, war will result. Venezuela I have written extensively on the Venezuela situation in the past, including in my recent article 'Is Venezuela On The Verge Of Becoming Another Syria?' To summarize, Venezuela was already near collapse due to foolish socialist policies, but the elites have decided to help the South American country along with sanctions as well as the initiation of a coup using Juan Guaido as a frontman. Currently, Guaido has entered Venezuela under the protection of the US, and is openly fomenting revolution against Nicolas Madruro. The Venezuela conflict seems to be headed up by Trump's National Security Adviser John Bolton. Bolton has indicated numerous times that the military option is on the table for the region if Madruro refuses to step down and relinquish power, or if he dares to arrest Guaido. A Venezuela scenario interests me greatly for a number of reason, but primarily because it matches up perfectly with a scenario described in 'Operation Garden Plot', a secret continuity of government and martial law program exposed during the Iran/Contra Hearings in the 1980's. Garden Plot outlines that a crisis in South or Central America followed by mass migrations north to the US border would be a useful crisis and a valid excuse to trigger martial law measures in America, starting first on the border and then spreading from there. Isn't this the situation we are staring to see today on the border? A war in Venezuela, either through a coup or through direct US military action would amplify current unstable conditions to a maximum. North Korea It should come as no surprise to anyone that the “diplomatic negotiations” with North Korea have ended in shambles. Trump's highly publicized walk out during the last summit was even praised by the likes of Joe Biden. NK is now threatening to return to missile and nuclear tests and cut off future summits if the US does not back off of sanctions by the end of this year. The current state of devolving affairs with North Korea was highly predictable, though the amount of time it took for the farce to become widely evident was certainly longer than I expected. As I've been warning for months, there was never any intention on the part of the Trump Administration and its elitist handlers to secure a legitimate deal with North Korea, and the idea that NK would EVER denuke was ludicrous from the start. The kabuki theater was designed as a means to solidify Trump's base and lure the liberty movement into the neo-con fold. At the same time, it has staged the Trump Administration for an epic negotiations disaster in the near future. "So close, and you blew it...", the media pundits will say. North Korea is still engaging in summit negotiations, not with the US, but with Russia and Vladimir Putin. The result will likely be the exact opposite of what the mainstream media has been suggesting (i.e. renewed efforts to denuke). I suspect that this will only hasten North Korea's break from peace talks with the West, just as Turkey's negotiations with Putin have only hasted their departure from NATO. The question is, if NK begins missile and nuclear tests again at the end of this year, as they seem to be threatening to do, will this be used as an excuse for a war in the region? And, is this the next stage in the scripted globalist narrative in which Trump is a "bumbling populist villain" destined to lead the nation to economic and geopolitical ruin...? War As A Catalyst For Centralization The purpose behind regional and global conflicts should be obvious, but for some reason the motives seem to escape many people, perhaps because they are so easily caught up in false paradigms. Almost every war of the past century has been followed by further centralization of government power and the creation of globalist institutions which continually argue for the end of national sovereignty as THE SOLUTION to end all war. Considering the fact that all modern wars are banker engineered wars, I would suggest that forcibly and permanently removing organized sociopathic elites from positions of power and influence is the only long term solution for ending war. War is not just "a racket" as Smedley Butler decried; war is also a useful tool for molding mass psychology. However, I want to remind everyone that not all globalist schemes succeed; many of them fail spectacularly. The covert destabilization of Syria and the attempt to lure the American public into supporting a military invasion to remove president Bashar al-Assad from power was initiated over 7 years ago and has ended with dismal results for the establishment cabal. Not only did they fail to convince Americans that CIA trained Syrian insurgents were "heroic freedom fighters" (the same insurgents that eventually formed ISIS), they also failed to convince the public and US military members that going to war in the region to unseat Assad was a rational option. The only success in Syria, I suppose, is that no one in intelligence agencies or politics has yet been punished for their covert training, arming and funding of terrorist groups. The globalists are not omnipotent. They often misjudge and underestimate the public. Their extreme narcissism is one of their greatest weaknesses, and it is a weakness they can do nothing about; they are stuck with it and they are oblivious to it at the same time. The key to stopping new wars today rests in the hands of conservatives, for it will be in our name that the next wars will be launched. We must not allow this, let alone support it. Regardless of what part of the world the next regional conflagration emerges, regardless if it is led by the Trump Administration, it is up to us to say no, expose the agenda and shut the farce down, just as we monkey-wrenched elitist plans in Syria. It can be done. If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch. Learn more about it HERE. With global tensions spiking, thousands of Americans are moving their IRA or 401(k) into an IRA backed by physical gold. Now, thanks to a little-known IRS Tax Law, you can too. Learn how with a free info kit on gold from Birch Gold Group. It reveals how physical precious metals can protect your savings, and how to open a Gold IRA. Click here to get your free Info Kit on Gold.You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3734-next-stop-on-the-war-train-iran-venezuela-or-north-korea 

:: 4--19 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Business booming for Russia’s arms traders

Moscow has overtaken Britain and become the number two weapons producer and trader in the world

ByAlexander Kruglov

In a high-profile spat, Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan has acknowledged he is buying S-400 missile defense systems, a deal that has put Ankara on a collision course with Nato and Washington and complicated the country’s deal to buy F35 stealth jets from the United States. This Ankara-Washington stand-off over the sale of Russian missiles and Erdogan’s obvious commitment to go ahead with the deal make clear how Moscow’s aggressive arms trade is offering the Kremlin new opportunities to strengthen its position, influence and foothold the world over. Turkey is only one of the markets for Moscow’s arms traders. According to the latest annual report by The Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) for 2018, Russia has surpassed Britain as the number two arms producer and trader in the world, behind perennial number one, the US. Combined sales of Russia’s arms and military services rose 8.5% from a year earlier, reaching an unprecedented US$37.7 billion. Also, according to SIRPI, the largest arms-producing company in Russia, state-owned Almaz-Antey, for the first time entered the top 10 in the global arms sales ranking. ‘Arsenal of communism’ Russia’s leading export is energy, its second is weaponry. The USSR, as the “arsenal of communism,” was long a maker of classic weapons, from the T34 – the outstanding tank of World War II – and the Katyusha multiple rocket launcher to the Kalashnikov assault rifle and MIG and Sukhoi warplanes. Following the break-up of the USSR, Russia’s military budget shrank six-fold. Potentially catastrophically, arms makers lost many of their top customers – the Eastern European member states of the Warsaw Pact. That forced producers to refocus on global sales. Even so, old partnerships in other parts of the world endured. Russia’s manufacturers of effective and reliable arms have been given a powerful shot in the arm by President Vladimir Putin. The macho national leader’s injection blends industrial policy, R&D policy and foreign policy with personal testosterone. With Putin an arms fetishist himself – he has been filmed watching tanks going through their paces at proving grounds, firing pistols, visiting the Kalashnikov factory, interacting with fully geared-up special forces, even cruising in a jet fighter in full paraphernalia – Russian arms manufacturers benefit from a highly prominent global marketer like no other. The main focus is on Asia and the Middle East. Russia sells 43.1% of its weapons to Asia and more than 20% to the Middle East. Chinese market The top priority is China. While Chinese troops used Russian arms as early as the Korean War in the 1950s, the roots of current Moscow-Beijing cooperation in the sector date back to the turbulent early 1990s. China was Russia’s largest client between 1999 and 2006, accounting annually for 34% to 60% of Russia’s weapon exports, according to Russia’s Far East Institute. In 2015, after years of negotiations, Beijing-Moscow cooperation ramped up a level when Russia finally agreed to sell China some of its most advanced arms: 24 Sukhoi Su 35 combat aircraft and four S-400 SAM systems for approximately $7 billion within the next five years.  Then there’s Asia’s other rising demographic superpower, India, which acquires 62% of all its arms from Russia. Russia is providing a range of equipment, from tanks to fighter aircraft to frigates. India has now overtaken China as the largest buyer of Russian weapons in the world, having purchased more than $4 billion worth of arms in 2017, according to Russia’s Oriental Studies Institute. But the emerging Asian market for Russian hardware is Southeast Asia, where, from 2006 to 2015, military spending rose by an average of 57%, according to Aseantoday website. Arms for Asean As soon as Air Marshall Yuyu Sutisna was sworn in as Indonesia’s new Air Force Chief of Staff last year, he announced the purchase of 11 new SU-35s. And that’s just the beginning. The Russians are anticipating future great deals. Vietnam, Indonesia and Cambodia more than doubled their military purchases. Vietnam increased spending on arms seven-fold from 2006 to 2016. Now Hanoi is the eighth biggest arms importer globally. “All that is a response to national security threats of countries in the region,” explained Petr Brigin, a Vietnam expert at Vostochnaya Politika, a Moscow think tank. “Vietnam, for example, is spending heavily on naval weaponry – in response to China’s moves in the South China Sea. “In Thailand, dealing with an insurgency in the south of the country, there’s a strong demand for land-based arms – so the Royal Thai Armed Forces placed an order for new AK rifles.” Between 2000 and 2016, Vietnam imported more than 80% of its arms from Russia, rejuvenating an old partnership – the country deployed Warsaw Pact weapons in its struggle against the United States. The Vietnamese military, facing off against China in the South China Sea, recently purchased 12 SU-35 fighter-jets and boosted its navy with highly advanced Russian-Indian Brahmos cruise missiles and six diesel submarines. Myanmar and Laos bought between 60% and 80% of their weapons from Russia. Why buy Russian? Because not only are these weapons technologically advanced, they are cheaper and don’t require the political sign off that arms from Moscow’s main rival do. Human rights criteria must be met before the US Congress approves arms sales, but Russian weapons come with no such baggage. In 2016, the Philippines placed an order for 26,000 automatic rifles from the US. Those rifles never arrived, as Congress refused to approve the sale over suspicions that President Rodrigo Duterte might use the weapons against his own people in his war on drugs. As a result, Moscow stepped in and supplied the Philippines with 5,000 AK-74M rifles, one million items of ammunition and 20 trucks. “Selling weapons to Asian countries perfectly fits Putin’s foreign policy objectives,” said Alexei Sidorov, an independent Moscow-based analyst who specializes in Southeast Asia. “Putin is trading weaponry with rivals in the South China Sea,” he added, a reference to the fact that both Hanoi and Beijing were customers of Moscow’s armorers. “This gives Moscow more leverage and political influence in the region.” The Syrian showcase The ever-troubled, oil-rich Middle East is also high on Moscow’s agenda. It is a promising market – arms imports by Middle Eastern states rose 87% over the last four years, accounting for 35% of global arms imports, according to SIPRI. Russia has been trying to make inroads into the prosperous Gulf states, a market dominated for decades by US arms producers. More than half of all US weapons sold go to the Middle East. To win over new customers from the Gulf, Russian companies in recent years have boosted their presence at the major airshows and defense exhibitions in the Middle East, like IDEX in Abu Dhabi and the Dubai Airshow. In the region, Moscow deploys a special sales pitch. The Russian military has showcased the best it has to offer in its largely successful military intervention in Syria, a theater that has provided a proving ground for the weaponry. Between 60 and 200 weapons have been tested in Syria in real combat. These include the supersonic strategic bomber the Tu-160, the Su-34 fighter-jet and the first Russian stealth fighter, the Su-57. Older generation T-90 tanks and Ka-52 attack helicopters have also proven their worth. Egypt is traditionally a leading buyer of Russian arms. Moscow has actively sought to upgrade relations with Cairo, through subtle diplomacy and high-profile official visits – in 2015, Putin was the first major leader to meet with President Abdel-Fattah al-Sisi after he assumed office. During Putin’s second visit in 2017, several landmark agreements were signed. Nowadays, Cairo is the leading Russian arms buyer in Africa, with annual weapons purchases estimated at more than $1.3 billion, according to data from Moscow University’s Asian-African Institute. Long-range arms sales Moscow arms players also boast a strong foothold in Latin America. Many regional nations – particularly those aligned against the United States – are familiar with Soviet weapons from the Cold War days and are drawn by low price tags. Cuba, Peru, Venezuela and Nicaragua are at the top of the list for Russian arms sales companies. According to SIPRI, between 2000 and 2017, the Russian share of arms sales to Latin America was about 20%, on par with the US share. Nicaragua is central. Since 2000, Russia has supplied 100% of Nicaraguan weapons’ needs. Venezuela is also heavily dependent on Russian arms supplies, which make up about 69% of Venezuela’s arms purchases – aircraft, transport and combat helicopters, anti-tank missiles, anti-aircraft systems, rocket artillery and mortars. Russia also has a foothold in Brazil, where about 7% of arms sales are Russian. Since 2010, Russia has delivered Mi-35M combat helicopters and SA-24 portable surface-to-air missiles. Sometimes Russian arms sales are found in unexpected places. Recently, following the ouster of Sudanese dictator Al-Bashir, it was reported in Moscow press that Russia had been selling arms to the regime for more than 20 years.

https://www.asiatimes.com/2019/04/article/business-booming-for-russias-arms-traders/

:: 4-25-19 Justus Knight News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Welcome To NIGHTaMERICA! Are You Prepared To See What They Have Been Hiding From You?

By JustusAKnight on April 25, 2019 • ( 1 )

The End Is NOW! Welcome To NIGHTaMERICA: PROOF That China’s ORWELLIAN HELL Is Here!

Please watch the video below for the full story!

We are now NIGHTaMERICA! The Chinese Orwellian Hell System is here. We are not only meeting there horrific standards, we are preparing to surpass them. This is the video you’ve been looking for to explain all the steps being taken to control, destroy and kill the great Republic of America! You are about to see evidence of surveillance, proof of illness, drug addiction and many other United States Facts and Figures that you have never seen put together before, definitely never by the MSM. They do not want this information out, it outlines too clearly the hidden attack on our freedom, our Nation and US! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can; this broadcast truly deserves the awareness you help to assure it gets! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!!

God Speed and God Bless, Justus For More Information (references) See:

References Can Be Found At www.justusaknight.com  (please SUBSCRIBE while you’re there)

MeWe Link: mewe.com/i/justusknight USA.Life Link: www.usa.life/justusknight 

https://justusaknight.com/2019/04/25/the-end-is-now-welcome-to-nightamerica-heres-how-chinas-orwellian-hell-has-invaded-our-nation/ 

:: 4-25-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Revelations From Insider Sources Reveal How Close America Is to Simultaneous Civil War and World War III (Part One)

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Thursday, April 25, 2019 - 11:53.

Over the past several weeks, Alexandra Daley, Marilyn Rupar and myself have been exposing the new criminal business model that is growing exponentially in this country in which criminal elements and their political allies are overtaking American communities from the bottom up. This article is more direct as it will reveal that an external threat is underway to bring down this country. The approach is "death by a thousand cuts", and it has been very effective in the early stages. My previous articles are causing known sources and new sources to appear with intelligence information which confirms that both an internal and external threat are simultaneously underway. Over the past several days, I have had several communications with a long-time source from the DEA. Also, I have been in communication with an agent of a well-known alphabet soup agency who requested agency anonymity, for all the obvious reasons. Many do not like the use of anonymous sources. To these people, I would say that if we used your logic, witness protection list testimony would never be used and whistleblower journalists would never break cases, like the Watergate scandal, etc. However, if my refusal to put a bullseye on the back of two informants, who love America, bothers a reader, then I would suggest that person move on to the next source. By the way, I have read two articles in the last 24 hours, where similar information to what I am about ready to reveal, was talked about in cryptic terms. The following information will soon be out, people just need to decide if they want to receive the information early enough to act on it. New and Deadly Cartel Drones The source from the anonymous agency which we will call, AG for short, is most concerned about the new drones being flown by the cartels. Agents from the AG have personally seen the new drones, however, their Deep-State serving supervisors refuse to let them shoot these drones down. I digress, but along the same lines, I was told that “we know where the cartels are, we know where the child-sex factories are, we know where the meth labs are, we know what they are armed with, we could easily take them out, but some force inside of our organization refuses to let us do our jobs”. These are the Deep State holdovers from the Obama administration. The drones have super-hacking abilities, as long as there is wi-fi, they can fly by a court or a police station and lift all the files from computer data bases. For example, they can lift the names and addresses of all officers and agents. Soon, law enforcement will be compromised just like it is in Mexico, where arresting officers and potential witnesses in court, will be killed to prevent court testimony against cartel members. Further, the hacked databases could contain witness protection information as well. In addition, tactical plans, with operation names and coordinates could be obtained. The DEA agent told me that on at least two occasions, individuals attempting to cross the border have been caught with fake uniforms from various agency and law enforcement personnel that one would find on the border. The story reminded me of how, before the Battle of the Bulge in World War II, the Germans recruited highly competent soldiers who spoke English and had lived inside the United States. These soldiers were outfitted with Military Police Uniforms. They infiltrated American lines and cut communications, changed road signs and killed high ranking officers when the opportunity presented. The Battle of Bulge was nearly won by the Germans because the American high command was unable to communicate and their intelligence information was incomplete. Some historians believe that if the Germans had fully won the battle, the fortunes of war could have been reversed. The historical precedent is set and if these drones remain unchecked, the effect on American security could be devastating. The DEA agent also told me that these drones can fly by stealth and they have facial recognition capability. These drones could conceivably carry out MS-13 style assassinations. I asked the DEA agent this question and he responded that what he had revealed to me was not expressly classified. His answer to my question about assassination capabilities of these drones was met with “you will have to do a little digging Dave, because I will now answer that question”. In the previously mentioned area, the DEA agent provided complementary information. He stated that the new drones are also weaponized. He was not specific but said that the drone could carry highly lethal weapons and the casualty rates could enter the “tens of thousands”. The AG stated that as many as 300,000 people could be killed by one of these drones, He stated that the drone carries basic light infantry weaponry. However, it can also carry chemical and/or biological weapons. The example he used was anthrax dropped over densely populated area and the end result could be 300,000 deaths. Additionally, the drones can help paramilitary personnel enter the US without being detected because the tracking devices on the drones can hack into the GPS devices of any personnel from any agency, including the military, while operating on the border. Heavily Armed “Escorts” No doubt that many people reading this article have seen the motion-sensor videos (that disappear quickly from the internet) of heavily armed guards escorting what appears to be regular migrants (ie non cartel and terrorist) across the border. The videos are strange and deviate from past practice. To both agents, I raised the question of whether or not this a probing maneuver, risking low exposure and resources, in order to test out border defenses and response times as a prelude to invasion. Both agents are aware of this and their colleagues have reached the same conclusions. The indicators that America is being primed to be attacked, Red Dawn style, continue to grow. Conclusion In the second part of this series, I will be covering more Red Dawn indicators in which I cite real troop number estimates of foreign troops on our soil. Part II will reveal just how many nations are involved in the coming attempted takedown of the United States. And there is always the question of the loyalties of military and political leadership in the country. Many, as has been revealed since the dawn of the Trump presidency are loyal to the globalists, especially in military leadership positions. When Obama purged the military leadership to the tune of firing 400+ command level officers, the military became decidedly less patriotic. There is such division in the military, that when one has the facts, one can easily see how close to all-out civil war this is. And when the civil war breaks out, we will be attacked by the Russians, the Chinese an their Latin American allies. There are also new biological and chemical threats to large segments of the United States. Oh, and do any of you remember the article I once wrote in which I stated we were going to be attacked in a TET style offensive given all the subversives that are in our country? I was told by the DEA agent to update and republish the article because it is very likely. I have broken this presentation up into at least two parts. I have distributed the information to people outside the Independent Media for all the usual reasons. Never before have I been electronically attacked like I am now. Two weeks ago, I interviewed Paul Martin about the fact that elite special forces were occupying a CDC facility on Highway 114 outside of Ft. Collins, CO. The pre-recorded interview disappeared from my drop box after I had listened to it. Last night, the interview reappeared to previously empty drop box. The message is clear. This should be a message to all readers as well. You have an opportunity to prepare by stockpiling resources. This is the main message of this article, get ready for what is coming in all areas, namely, spiritually, physically and materially. I have also concluded that it is highly likely that we will be in a civil war and World War III at nearly the same time. I will soon be following with a subsequent publication. It may appear this afternoon, or tomorrow.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-immigration-martial-law/revelations-insider-sources-reveal-how-close-america-simultaneous-civil-war-and-world-war-iii 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-25-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Northern Europe is BURNING: Wildfires going out of control trigger massive evacuation emergencies in Norway, Sweden – Germany, and Scotland also in flames

By Strange Sounds - Apr 25, 2019

Hundreds of people have had to leave their homes in Norway as emergency services try to extinguish forest fires raging in the south of the country. Some 148 homes were evacuated around the town of Sokndal, where fires have been burning since Tuesday. Police say the fires are still out of control and warn that heavy winds could help them to spread. April is very early for forest fires in Norway, and experts have warned of a dramatic increase across the continent. This month alone, wildfires have broken out in Sweden, Germany and the UK. Fires in Europe “are way above the average” for this time of year, an official at the EU’s European Forest Fire Information System (Effis)said. “The season is drastically worse than those of the last decade.“ The official added that a “very dry winter in most of Europe” and persistent drought had contributed to the rise in forest fires, and that the “long term forecast is not promising for an improvement.“ ‘OUT Of Control Officials are still unsure what started the fires, which have burned some 7.5 sq km (2.9 square miles) of land near Sokndal, 100km (62 miles) south-east of the coastal city of Stavanger. As well as evacuating residents, rescue services spent the night soaking land in surrounding areas in an effort to stop the fire from spreading. But they fear that expected winds of nine to 11 metres per second could cause the fire to move into neighbouring districts. “The wind is still a challenge and will become an even greater challenge if it increases. It’s still burning heavily, and there is no fire control,” said south-west police official Toralf Skarland. Police said there had been no reports of casualties but warned people to avoid the area. The Red Cross, which helped with the evacuation effort, told the BBC the blaze was close to farms, huts and small villages. Fires were also burning around the town of Lyngdal in the neighbouring area, it said.  Other wildfires in Europe Forest fires have broken out in several parts of northern Europe this month amid hot temperatures. Apocalyptic fires destroyed entire villages in Siberia. Dozens of people were evacuated from their homes when a blaze broke out in southern Sweden on Tuesday, but by Wednesday morning it was under control. In Germany, crews battled fires over the Easter weekend and Germany’s weather service warned Germans on Wednesday to expect a drought this year at least as severe as in 2018 if the current dry weather continued. “The starting conditions for vegetation in 2019 are in many areas of Germany clearly worse than last year,” said agriculture meteorologist Udo Busch. A huge wildfire broke out in Moray, Scotland this week, which officials said would “take days” to put out. Two fires also spread across moorland in West Yorkshire. And in southern Europe? The spate of forest fires in northern Europe contrasts with storms and torrential rain in the south. A woman drowned when the car she was in was swept away by a flood in Tuscany on Tuesday, and a French tourist died in storms off Sardinia earlier this week. Be prepared for an unprecedented wildfire season in Europe.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/norway-europe-fires-video-no-control.html 

:: 4--19 Real Farmacy :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over a Million Children Under the Age of Six Are Taking Psychiatric Drugs in America

Psychiatric drug use is on the rise in the U.S., with one out of every six Americans now taking some type of medication in this category. This is highly concerning given the scary side effects and poor effectiveness of many of these drugs, but there is one particularly disturbing aspect of this trend that seems to get glossed over, and that is the extraordinary number of children who are taking such drugs.  Mental health watchdog group Citizens Commission on Human Rights is drawing attention to the concerning fact that more than a million kids younger than six in our nation are currently taking psychiatric drugs. While around half of these children are four to five years old, an incredible 274,804 of them are younger than a year old. That’s right: babies are being given psychiatric drugs. The number rises for toddlers aged two to three, with 370,778 kids in this category taking psychiatric drugs overall. Data from IMS Health shows that the situation only gets worse as kids get older, with 4,130,340 kids aged 6 to 12 taking some type of psychiatric drug. You might be forgiven for assuming that most of these statistics are made up by kids taking ADHD drugs given how common that approach seems to be nowadays, but it really only accounts for a small portion of it, with 1,422 of those younger than a year old and just over 181,000 of those aged four to five taking ADHD drugs. Antidepressants and antipsychotics put forth some surprising figures, but the biggest category of psychotic drugs given to children appears to be anti-anxiety drugs. Just over 227,132 babies under one and nearly 248,000 of those aged four to five take these medications. These numbers are even more shocking when you consider the fact that experts believe these estimates are far too low and the real numbers are actually much higher, due in part to the tendency for some doctors to hand out psychiatric medications for “off-label” uses. This risky practice entails giving out a drug to treat something that it is not indicated for, and the long-term effects of such an approach are completely unknown.  Safer alternatives to giving kids mind-altering meds When adults choose to take psychiatric medication, it may be ill-advised in many cases, but it is still their choice to make. Children, on the other hand, lack the cognition to fully understand the lifelong impact of such a choice, and this essentially amounts to forced medication. We already know that many doctors have a financial incentive to get young people to start taking these drugs, but why are their parents so willing to get on board? Many of them are also taking psychiatric medications, of course. In fact, it has practically become a way of life in our nation and many people think of these meds as harmless. The side effects of these drugs are nothing to scoff at, however, with antianxiety, antidepressant and antipsychotic drugs linked to heart attacks, psychosis, suicidal ideation, diabetes, stroke, mania and sudden death. As if that weren’t bad enough, there’s also the fact that many of the high-profile public shootings in recent years were perpetrated by young people on such drugs, so not only do kids have the risk of dying when they take these meds, but they could also take out a whole classroom or movie theater with them. Psychiatric medications affect a child’s brain chemistry and could impact their development in irreversible ways, so it’s important for doctors and parents alike to reserve them as an absolute last resort. Some degree of anxiety is normal in children as they start to understand the way the world works. Life is full of ups and downs, and children who learn coping strategies when they’re young will have a valuable skill that can serve them well throughout their lifetime. There are lots of good coping mechanisms that can help children with depression, anxiety, and those who have been labeled with ADHD, including yoga, art therapy, breathing exercises, and physical exercise, to name just a few. Sources include: Newswire.com CCHRInt.org WakingTimes.com NaturalNews.com

ScientificAmerican.com Credit: Naturalnews.com Subscribe to Our Newsletter

https://realfarmacy.com/over-a-million-children-under-the-age-of-six-are-taking-psychiatric-drugs-in-america/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 4-23-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

After abandoning Christians, powerful media corporations are now embracing Satanism

Tuesday, April 23, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) There’s a concerted effort afoot to rebrand Satanism as a benevolent, all-faiths religious system marked by tolerance, diversity, and inclusion, as opposed to the ritualistic and overt devil worship with which most people are familiar. And leading the charge in spreading this new-breed type of Satanism to the masses are none other than Hollywood and the mainstream media, both of which having long abandoned any semblance of Christian values, are now openly proclaiming that their true goal and purpose is to usher in this more palatable Antichrist system in preparation for, and anticipation of, the Man of Sin himself. As explained by Matthew Jacobs, writing for the Verizon-owned The Huffington Post, avowed Satanist Penny Lane recently released her new documentary, Hail Satan?, which sets the tone for this new type of devil worship that’s sure to gain popularity for its fundamental “do as thou wilt” doctrines. Instead of adherents having to wear black clothing while chanting around pentagrams and the like, Lane’s version of Satanism allows for people to essentially do whatever they want, and whatever “feels” right – and is, perhaps, best represented by the six-colored “rainbow” flag of the LGBT Mafia, a popular image that symbolizes this new anything-goes acceptance of anything and everything, except for real Christianity. “Satanists, it turns out, are everything you think they’re not: patriotic, charitable, ethical, equality-minded, dedicated to picking up litter with pitchforks on an Arizona highway,” Jacobs writes in his glowing endorsement of Lane’s brand of Satanism. “By reclaiming the pop iconography that has long frightened evangelical America – devil worship, ritualistic sacrifice, horns, pentagrams, the so-called Black Mass – the Satanic Temple aims to catch people’s attention and then surprise them with messages of free speech, compassion, liberty and justice for all,” he adds. Sponsored solution from the Health Ranger Store: Lab-verified Nascent Iodine solution is a dietary supplement that provides your body with supplemental iodine to help protect your thyroid during radiation exposure. Nuclear accidents such as Fukushima (or nuclear war) can expose your body to radioactive iodine-131, a dangerous radioisotope. Pre-loading your system with stable iodine occupies the iodine receptor sites on your organs, causing your body to naturally expel radioactive iodine you may have been exposed to through air, food, water or milk products. This defensive strategy is recommended by nearly all health authorities, worldwide, including the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. Discover more at this link. For more related news about the rise of the Antichrist, be sure to check out Evil.news and Antichrist.news. Satanism is tolerant of everyone, unless you trust in Christ as your Savior There’s nothing off-limits within the realm of Satanism – except, of course, for believing that Jesus Christ is the Son of God, and trusting in him for salvation. Christians, in other words, have no place within Satanism, nor will they be welcomed into the global Antichrist system that Lane and her fellow Satanists are chomping at the bit to see implemented by force. While extolling the “virtues” of Satanism in terms of it supposedly propagating a dogma coexistence, Lane makes it clear that people like Vice President Mike Pence, who openly identifies as a Christian, are not to be coexisted with because, in her view, they’re trying to implement a Christian theocracy. Christianity cannot coexist with Satanism, in other words, and thus must be curb-stomped into oblivion – all in the name of “love,” of course. This would seem to be the future of Satanism: a kinder, softer religious system of embracing the “real you” while coming together with everyone else, regardless of perceived differences, in order to tackle “problems” like “global warming” that supposedly affect the entire planet, and thus require a unified, all-is-one solution from the new global citizenry marching in lockstep under the “rainbow” banner of pride – pride being the very first sin that Satan cultivated into fruition back in the Garden of Eden. “While these are intended as signs of inclusiveness and tolerance, their presence is in reality a sign of the unabashed brazenness of the ancient enemy of Christ planting his flag wherever he can to claim God’s people for himself,” writes Doug Mainwaring for LifeSiteNews.com about what Satan’s “rainbow” flags truly represent. “The rainbow flag in churches stands in judgment and mockery of the Primordial Sacrament, Christ’s spousal love for his perfect complement, his Betrothed, the Church … It’s just an equal sign: Dismantling the Cross of Christ.”

Sources for this article include: DailyCaller.com NaturalNews.com 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-04-23-after-abandoning-christians-powerful-media-corporations-are-now-embracing-satanism.html 

:: 4-24-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CDC admits HIV is exploding among transgender women… total silence from left-wing media, just like with the spread of anal cancer among homosexuals

Wednesday, April 24, 2019 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) It used to be that AIDS was widely regarded as the “gay disease.” But now it’s a transgender disease as well, with new data published by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) showing that an astounding one in seven transgender “women” are infected with HIV. According to a CDC “Dear Colleague” letter, of the 14 percent of transgender “women” that are disease-ridden, the vast majority are either African American / black (44 percent) or Hispanic / Latina (26 percent). Conversely, only three percent of transgender “men” have HIV, the letter further reveals.  As to why these transgenders have disproportionately higher rates of HIV and AIDS, it has nothing to do with their sexual perversion and promiscuity, claims the CDC. No, it’s supposedly because transgender people “face obstacles that make it harder to access HIV services – such as stigma and discrimination, inadequate employment or housing, and limited access to welcoming, supportive health care.” “Addressing these barriers is essential to the health and well-being of transgender people and to meeting the goals of the proposed federal initiative Ending the HIV Epidemic: A Plan for America,” the CDC letter goes on to claim. “The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is committed to working with you to make sure all transgender people can get the tools they need to prevent HIV and stay healthy if they have HIV.” For more related news about the rampant spread of disease within the Cult of LGBT, be sure to check out Gender.news. Mother Nature's micronutrient secret: Organic Broccoli Sprout Capsules now available, delivering 280mg of high-density nutrition, including the extraordinary "sulforaphane" and "glucosinolate" nutrients found only in cruciferous healing foods. Every lot laboratory tested. See availability here. World Health Organization says being LGBT is normal, but playing video games is a “disorder” Not at all surprising is the fact that the mainstream media is nowhere to be found in reporting on the horrific disease trends among transgenders, instead offering the same silence that was also given to data showing that anal cancer is rampant among homosexual men.Transgender women and men are at high risk for getting HIV,” the CDC clearly states in its letter, which was signed by Dr. Eugene McCray, M.D., and Jonathan H. Mermin, M.D., M.P.H., both from the agency’s National Center for HIV / AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, STD, and TB Prevention. At the same time that the CDC published this information, the World Health Organization (WHO) announced that individuals who claim to be transgenders shouldn’t be classified as suffering from a mental illness. In the 11th edition of WHO’s International Classification of Diseases (ICD) publication, readers will no longer find any reference to gender incongruence being a mental disorder – this decision by WHO hinging upon the international agency’s desire “to reduce the stigma” associated with having gender dysphoria. “It was taken out from mental health disorders because we had better understanding that this wasn’t actually a mental health condition,” stated Dr. Lale Say, a WHO employee who coordinates adolescents and at-risk populations. “Leaving it there was causing stigma, so in order to reduce the stigma, while also ensuring access to necessary health interventions this was placed to a different chapter, the sexual health chapter, in the new ICD.” Meanwhile, the WHO has decided to classify people who enjoy playing video games as having an “addictive behavior disorder” – this “disease” classification adding a whole new stigma to a hobby enjoyed by millions of children. “As a member of the American College of Paediatrics said, you can alter a body, but you can not change sex,” wrote one Breitbart News commenter about the news. “That is hard wired in your DNA. It can not be altered … too few have challenged these so-called ‘experts.’ They’re not (experts) and they have ulterior motives. It’s the same as the climate change / global warming and whatever the next scheme is going to be.” Sources for this article include: Breitbart.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-04-24-cdc-admits-hiv-is-exploding-among-transgender-women.html 

:: 4-24-19 Singularity Hub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Lifelike Biomaterial Self-Reproduces and Has a Metabolism

By Shelly Fan - Apr 24, 2019

Life demands flux. Every living organism is constantly changing: cells divide and die, proteins build and disintegrate, DNA breaks and heals. Life demands metabolism—the simultaneous builder and destroyer of living materials—to continuously upgrade our bodies. That’s how we heal and grow, how we propagate and survive. What if we could endow cold, static, lifeless robots with the gift of metabolism? In a study published this month in Science Robotics, an international team developed a DNA-based method that gives raw biomaterials an artificial metabolism. Dubbed DASH—DNA-based assembly and synthesis of hierarchical materials—the method automatically generates “slime”-like nanobots that dynamically move and navigate their environments. Like humans, the artificial lifelike material used external energy to constantly change the nanobots’ bodies in pre-programmed ways, recycling their DNA-based parts as both waste and raw material for further use. Some “grew” into the shape of molecular double-helixes; others “wrote” the DNA letters inside micro-chips. The artificial life forms were also rather “competitive”—in quotes, because these molecular machines are not conscious. Yet when pitted against each other, two DASH bots automatically raced forward, crawling in typical slime-mold fashion at a scale easily seen under the microscope—and with some iterations, with the naked human eye. “Fundamentally, we may be able to change how we create and use the materials with lifelike characteristics. Typically materials and objects we create in general are basically static… one day, we may be able to ‘grow’ objects like houses and maintain their forms and functions autonomously,” said study author Dr. Shogo Hamada to Singularity Hub. “This is a great study that combines the versatility of DNA nanotechnology with the dynamics of living materials,” said Dr. Job Boekhoven at the Technical University of Munich, who was not involved in the work.  Dissipative Assembly The study builds on previous ideas on how to make molecular Lego blocks that essentially assemble—and destroy—themselves. Although the inspiration came from biological metabolism, scientists have long hoped to cut their reliance on nature. At its core, metabolism is just a bunch of well-coordinated chemical reactions, programmed by eons of evolution. So why build artificial lifelike materials still tethered by evolution when we can use chemistry to engineer completely new forms of artificial life? Back in 2015, for example, a team led by Boekhoven described a way to mimic how our cells build their internal “structural beams,” aptly called the cytoskeleton. The key here, unlike many processes in nature, isn’t balance or equilibrium; rather, the team engineered an extremely unstable system that automatically builds—and sustains—assemblies from molecular building blocks when given an external source of chemical energy. Sound familiar? The team basically built molecular devices that “die” without “food.” Thanks to the laws of thermodynamics (hey ya, Newton!), that energy eventually dissipates, and the shapes automatically begin to break down, completing an artificial “circle of life.” The new study took the system one step further: rather than just mimicking synthesis, they completed the circle by coupling the building process with dissipative assembly. Here, the “assembling units themselves are also autonomously created from scratch,” said Hamada. DNA Nanobots The process of building DNA nanobots starts on a microfluidic chip. Decades of research have allowed researchers to optimize DNA assembly outside the body. With the help of catalysts, which help “bind” individual molecules together, the team found that they could easily alter the shape of the self-assembling DNA bots—which formed fiber-like shapes—by changing the structure of the microfluidic chambers. Computer simulations played a role here too: through both digital simulations and observations under the microscope, the team was able to identify a few critical rules that helped them predict how their molecules self-assemble while navigating a maze of blocking “pillars” and channels carved onto the microchips. This “enabled a general design strategy for the DASH patterns,” they said. In particular, the whirling motion of the fluids as they coursed through—and bumped into—ridges in the chips seems to help the DNA molecules “entangle into networks,” the team explained. These insights helped the team further develop the “destroying” part of metabolism. Similar to linking molecules into DNA chains, their destruction also relies on enzymes. Once the team pumped both “generation” and “degeneration” enzymes into the microchips, along with raw building blocks, the process was completely autonomous. The simultaneous processes were so lifelike that the team used a metric commonly used in robotics, finite-state automation, to measure the behavior of their DNA nanobots from growth to eventual decay. “The result is a synthetic structure with features associated with life. These behaviors include locomotion, self-regeneration, and spatiotemporal regulation,” said Boekhoven. Molecular Slime Molds Just witnessing lifelike molecules grow in place like the dance move running man wasn’t enough. In their next experiments, the team took inspiration from slugs to program undulating movements into their DNA bots. Here, “movement” is actually a sort of illusion: the machines “moved” because their front ends kept regenerating, whereas their back ends degenerated. In essence, the molecular slime was built from linking multiple individual “DNA robot-like” units together: each unit receives a delayed “decay” signal from the head of the slime in a way that allowed the whole artificial “organism” to crawl forward, against the steam of fluid flow. Here’s the fun part: the team eventually engineered two molecular slime bots and pitted them against each other, Mario Kart-style. In these experiments, the faster moving bot alters the state of its competitor to promote “decay.” This slows down the competitor, allowing the dominant DNA nanoslug to win in a race. Of course, the end goal isn’t molecular podracing. Rather, the DNA-based bots could easily amplify a given DNA or RNA sequence, making them efficient nano-diagnosticians for viral and other infections. The lifelike material can basically generate patterns that doctors can directly ‘see’ with their eyes, which makes DNA or RNA molecules from bacteria and viruses extremely easy to detect, the team said. In the short run, “the detection device with this self-generating material could be applied to many places and help people on site, from farmers to clinics, by providing an easy and accurate way to detect pathogens,” explained Hamaga. A Futuristic Iron Man Nanosuit? I’m letting my nerd flag fly here. In Avengers: Infinity Wars, the scientist-engineer-philanthropist-playboy Tony Stark unveiled a nanosuit that grew to his contours when needed and automatically healed when damaged. DASH may one day realize that vision. For now, the team isn’t focused on using the technology for regenerating armor—rather, the dynamic materials could create new protein assemblies or chemical pathways inside living organisms, for example. The team also envisions adding simple sensing and computing mechanisms into the material, which can then easily be thought of as a robot. Unlike synthetic biology, the goal isn’t to create artificial life. Rather, the team hopes to give lifelike properties to otherwise static materials. “We are introducing a brand-new, lifelike material concept powered by its very own artificial metabolism. We are not making something that’s alive, but we are creating materials that are much more lifelike than have ever been seen before,” said lead author Dr. Dan Luo. “Ultimately, our material may allow the construction of self-reproducing machines… artificial metabolism is an important step toward the creation of ‘artificial’ biological systems with dynamic, lifelike capabilities,” added Hamada. “It could open a new frontier in robotics.”

https://singularityhub.com/2019/04/24/new-lifelike-biomaterial-self-reproduces-and-has-a-metabolism/#sm.0001yqcq4bsuefoivs01rinf14xrf 

:: 4-24-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Time To Prepare For The Ultimate Fallout: Radicalized Americans Promoted By The Media Increasing Attacks Against Conservatives - The 2020 Election Will Be Tipping Point 

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 24, 2019

Democrat Presidential candidate Bernie Sanders plans to allow incarcerated felons to vote from behind bars, including people like Boston Marathon bomber Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, if he should win the 2020 presidential election, while another Democrat presidential candidate Kamala Harris plans to gut the Second Amendment right to bear arms, via Executive Order, if she should win. The list of radical ideas and proposals coming from the "progressive" left are being promoted heavily by the liberal media, as they continue to encourage violence against conservatives by constantly maligning, labeling, and inciting their liberal viewers/readers to outright violence against Republicans, Trump supporters and Christians. The fallout if a Democrat pushing radicalism wins in 2020 will be bad, but if the headlines after the November 2020 election reads "Trump wins 2020" re-election, expect far more rioting and violence from liberals than we saw in 2016. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) RADICALISM BEING FOMENTED BY DEMOCRATS AND THE MEDIA Sure the proposals by the Democrat contenders are all part of campaigning, but such radical ideas stem from their internal polling, which indicates that that there is a significant amount of radical liberals that are supportive of those ideas and proposals. We have seen and reported how radicalized liberals have become by documenting the increasing number of physical attacks, calls for harassment, and threats against conservatives which has topped 600 incidents, while conservatives understand that a tipping point is coming, and are preparing accordingly. Anyone that thought the conclusion of the Mueller investigation, which found there was no collusion between the Trump campaign, associates, or any U.S. persons, and Russia, would see a calming of the hyperbole by the liberal and radical media and Democrats in congress, should now understand by looking at the subsequent coverage and calls for impeachment by the radical left, it is only going to get worse...not better. Not only are the media and Democrats continuing with their accusations and attacks against the president and his supporters but they are now moving along to their new "outrage of the week," which is the reports indicating that the Supreme Court is leaning towards ruling in favor of the Trump administration to re-add the citizenship question. In fact, Ken Paxton over at The Hill pretty much summed up what the media and democrats are doing, almost on a daily basis, in his article about the citizenship question being added back to the census, with the headline "Stop ginning up hysteria: Citizenship question on census is nothing new." Ginning up hysteria..... perfect descriptor of what the the media has been doing since the day Donald Trump rode down an escalator and announced his candidacy. The ginned up hysteria over the Neil Gorsuch nomination tot he Supreme Court, the ginned up hysteria over the Brett Kavanaugh, they did the same with constant claims that President Trump colluded with Russia, claims that Trump supporters were all racist, homophobic, Islamophobic, Nazi-like, white supremacist "deplorables." Each week, there is a new manufactured outrage that carries the news cycle, until liberals that watch and read those outlets quite literally cry, scream, howl and tell their therapists that they think the world is ending. The therapists call it Trump Anxiety Disorder aka Trump Derangement Syndrome, yet in almost every reported case, it is the "intense consumption of media coverage," that is causing the disorder. THE 2020 PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION WILL BE THE TIPPING POINT While the media, on behalf of their party, the Democrats, show no signs of backing away from continuing to terrorize Americans on a daily basis in an attempt to prevent President Trump from winning re-election in 2020, things are bound to get even crazier than the first two years of his presidency has been....that means more physical attacks, more harassment of conservatives, more threats. Notice that every time a poll, survey or news items comes out indicating President Trump stands a good chance of being re-elected, the media instantly manages to come out with another Trump-related manufactured outrage for their followers to freak out over..... it is not a coincidence. We can fully expect the level of insanity to continue to increase all the way up to the 2020 presidential election, but frankly, it is hard not to imagine that after the election, no matter who wins, is when the "ultimate fallout" will hit. For example: Imagine Kamala Harris wining, then as promised, if gun control laws are not passed by congress in her first 100 days, she comes after our weapons, via executive order. Does anyone think gun owners are going to turn over their weapons willingly or without massive bloodshed? What if Bernie Sanders wins? An avowed socialist would ultimately lead to what every other socialist country suffered, food shortages, riots in the streets, just look at Venezuela. Again, blood in the streets. Maybe not immediately, but it would be the first step in that direction. Note: I am using Sanders and Harris as examples because the latest polling has both of them in the top four to likely succeed in garnering the Democrat nomination, with Biden leading, but Joe hasn't officially entered the race and his campaign is a hot mess already, and financially lacking behind Sanders. I am also ignoring Pete Buttigieg, because Dems are already hunting dirt on him and there is little chance his name recognition will go much further. According to the latest Emerson College poll, it is "Bernie or bust" for at least 26 percent of his supporters, who are declaring that if Bernie does not win the nomination for the Democrats, they will vote for President Trump. Which brings us to a Trump re-election win. Since President Trump won the 2016 election the media and Democrats have been declaring the end of "democracy," (we are a Republic!), the end of women's rights, the end of the world in 12 years due to climate change, the rise of white supremacy, the "racist" nation, etc...etc...etc... you get the point. Now imagine their terror campaign against Americans if President Trump is re-elected? Make no mistake, there is already blood on the streets, teenagers and the elderly attacked for wearing MAGA hats or Trump gear, people attacked and physically assaulted in their own yards because they had a Trump flag. The examples go on and on and on, just do a search for "Trump supporter attacked and beaten" and look at the results. According to Google there are "About 58,600,000," results. Does anyone in their right mind truly believe that if President Trump is re-elected that the media will stop terrorizing Americans each and every day, inciting even more threats, harassment and violence against conservatives? No matter how you cut it, 2020 is going to be a tipping point, which is why we all should be preparing the ultimate fallout. PREPARE FOR ALL OUTCOMES  Arm yourselves, get trained in the use and safe handling of weapons, just in case Harris wins and comes for your weapons. Stock up on food supplies, water, medical supplies, because if Sanders wins, being a self-identified socialist who refuses to criticize dictators of socialist nations today, (because he wants to be one!), this nation will rapidly decline and people better be prepared not only to survive but to defend their homes, food and supplies. Pretty much all the Democrat candidates are proposing the most radical ideas they can think of to appeal to their radicalized base, so preparation can only help, not hurt. The food will get eaten, the supplies will get used, either way. Finally, prepare also in the event of President Trump winning re-election. Remember the violent protests, the rioting that went on the following days and weeks, as well as the inauguration protests which saw violence all across the nation, which in some cases was characterized as "terrorist violence," by Homeland Security. These people have not become less deranged over the past few years, the media has terrorized them to the point where they have become more unhinged, so expect the violence and rioting we saw over the course of the last years as just the prelude to the ultimate fallout after a 2020 Trump win. BOTTOM LINE  

Radicals have taken over the Democrat party and the liberal media, also known as the propaganda arm of the party, will undoubtedly support whoever the party selects, by continuing to deliberately terrorize Americans with their constant manufactured outrage over president Trump and attacking the "deplorables," (Trump supporters), which in turn will continue the pattern of increased violence against conservatives. While the lead up to the 2020 election will be ugly because of that, it is going to get much uglier after the election, especially by unhinged and radicalized liberals, should President Trump win re-election.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Terror_In_America_Radical_Americans.php 

:: 4-24-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hail apocalypse: 13 killed and over 100 injured as hailstorm ravages three villages in Uganda

By Strange Sounds - Apr 24, 2019

13 people have been killed and 100 others have been injured following a heavy rain and hail storm in Buyende district, Uganda. The unusual weather ravaged the villages of Kabugudo, Nabweyo, and Nakabembe between 8:00 pm and 10:30pm on Sunday, April 21, 2019. Most of the deceased were swept away by floods into nearby swamps where they drowned. The storm swept away 300 homes and residents have found refuge at Kidera health centre IV. Survivors were transferred either to Kidera health centre IV or Kamuli general hospital respectively. A victim explains she decided to lock herself in her house. However, in no time, she saw her rooftop shaking and on her way out, it felt on her head. Another injured man explained his three sons and wife had been transferred to Kamuli hospital after sustaining injuries. “I was not at home when the storm struck, but I came back only to find the entire house flooded, and my wife together with the children were almost drowning, so I rushed them to Kamuli general hospital for further management,” he said. Abdul Mulawa, the Buyende district police commander, says that the search is on to recover bodies of missing persons in the three villages. Mulawa further advised residents to shift from lake shores which have proven to be prone to heavy storms. Robert Musoke, the member of parliament for Budiope West, has asked the government and all volonteers to come and help rescuing the affected residents.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/uganda-hail-storm-video.html 

:: 4-24-19 Lisa Haven News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Date With ‘Death’ Set By Globalists! Proof They’re After Millions & How They Plan On Doing It & Why!

Posted by Lisa Haven | Apr 24, 2019

While the world is being entertained, the global elite are secretly implementing their plans of mass human slaughter. According to the Georgia Guidestones they want millions of people dead and will stop at nothing to get it done. So they aggressively pursue their plan of depopulation… Today, many methods of depopulation are being implemented, however the biggest attack is being initiated against our health using Geoengineering, fluoride, GMO’s, pharmaceutical drugs, smart grids, 5G, and vaccinations, to name a few. The campaign to eliminate “useless eaters” on behalf of the planet’s “privileged ruling elite,” is surely to take a more ravenous toll as global population levels rise. It can be expected. In the video below, I not only dive through the globalists latest attempt to turn human corpses into ‘human compost’ but I also prove that their depopulation agenda using John Holdrens Book EcoScience. All that and more below…  For More Information See and Links See:

https://www.stevequayle.com/ 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2019-04-23-the-annihilation-agenda-globalists-working-to-exterminate-human-race.html 

https://archive.org/details/Ecoscience_17/page/n67 

https://app.leg.wa.gov/billsummary?BillNumber=5001&Year=2019&Initiative=false 

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2019/04/22/human-composting-washington-legalize-green-burial/3544844002/ 

https://futurism.com/the-byte/washington-legalizing-human-composting 

http://lisahaven.news/2019/04/date-with-death-set-by-globalists-proof-theyre-after-millions-how-they-plan-on-doing-it-why/ 

:: 4-19-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As the Day Approaches

By Hal Lindsey

Just over two years ago, the Barna Group polled Americans about the end times. They found that 41 percent agree with the sentence, “The world is currently living in the ‘end times’ as described by prophecies in the Bible.” This is more than a vague awareness that things are off-track; more than an ill-defined sense of looming apocalypse. This is a specific belief that the events of our time match the Bible’s description of the end time. 2 Peter 3:10-13 says, “But the day of the Lord will come like a thief, in which the heavens will pass away with a roar and the elements will be destroyed with intense heat, and the earth and its works will be burned up. Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be in holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God, on account of which the heavens will be destroyed by burning, and the elements will melt with intense heat! But according to His promise we are looking for new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells.” (NASB) Peter asked, “What sort of people ought you to be?” The King James Version translates it, “What manner of persons ought ye to be?” (KJV) Through Peter, the Holy Spirit tells the reader that the things of this world we get hung up on — money, houses, cars and other luxuries — will not last. He’s telling us to take the long view of history. Look at the big picture. See your life in context — not just the context of tomorrow or next week, but of eternity. Peter asked, “Since all these things are to be destroyed in this way, what sort of people ought you to be?” Those words were hardly on the page when he began giving the answer. “In holy conduct and godliness, looking for and hastening the coming of the day of God.” (2 Peter 3:11-12 NASB) Forty-one percent believe we are in the end times as described in the Bible. So why don’t they live “in holy conduct and godliness?” Forty-one percent is not a majority, but it is such a large minority that mainstream advertisers would never want to offend it. The celebration of evil that permeates American entertainment would not hold — at least not in the mainstream. But even Christians can lose the ability to blush. The world is falling into a pit of violent debauchery, and a large percentage of people who believe Jesus is coming soon, are following the world down. We desperately need another Great Awakening in the United States. That doesn’t just mean sinners being saved. An awakening includes reformation and revival. Christians, including the clergy, need to renew their love for God and His word — to love Him more than money, prestige, or comfort. Hebrews gives us a great picture of how to live our lives, and then says that it is especially true for those who live in the end times. “Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering, for He who promised is faithful. And let us consider one another in order to stir up love and good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together, as is the manner of some, but exhorting one another, and so much the more as you see the Day approaching.” (Hebrews 10:23-25 NKJV) Two years ago, 41% of Americans said they could “see the Day approaching.” So why aren’t the 41% holding fast the confession of their hope without wavering? Why aren’t we stirring up love and good works in one another? Why do so many forsake the assembling together of those with like faith? I’ve spent much of my life pointing out just how near we are to “the Day.” It’s heartening that so many Americans now agree with that basic message. I pray that this glorious belief will begin to manifest itself in our attitudes and actions. When that happens, we will see miracles!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-2-2016/ 

:: 4-24-19 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CP Current Page: Voices | Wednesday, April 24, 2019

Sri Lanka is yet another wake-up call for all of us

By Eric Costanzo, Voices Contributor

I was in the final pass of looking over my Easter sermon when a friend texted me: “Please mention Sri Lanka.” I have made it my practice to not check news or scroll through social media on Sunday mornings, and so I had not yet heard. As I logged on to see the news for myself, a pit began to form in my gut. The first images I saw were those of churches blown wide open, various remains scattered about, and a statue of Christ sprayed with blood and blast marks. While the majority of us were about to attend our Easter services without fear of persecution or violence, thousands in Sri Lanka had endured the most tragic of days imaginable. Though my heart sank in grief for those in Sri Lanka, I was also burdened for brothers and sisters in Christ all over the world. I keep a Coptic cross close to me that reminds me to pray daily for persecuted Christians. As I pressed my fingers against it this Easter Sunday, the fresh reminder of global suffering had a somber heaviness. Because, whatever happens to any human being on account of the faith happens to us all. When one part of the Body of Christ suffers, the entire Body suffers with it (1 Corinthians 12:26). Religious persecution and violence towards others on account of their faith represent the deepest levels of human evil. There have been more Christian martyrs globally in the last one hundred years than in the previous nineteen hundred years combined. Open Doors USA estimates that every month, on average, 345 Christians are killed for reasons related to their faith. In addition, more than 100 churches are burned or attacked monthly, and more than 200 Christians are imprisoned with no due process. We have since learned that the coordinated Easter Sunday bombings in Sri Lanka were the product of radical Islamists intending to kill primarily Christians. But Christians are not the only people of faith targeted around the world. Sri Lanka is yet another sickening chapter in the larger story we’ve seen far too much of late including: the burning of three African-American churches in Louisiana, the mass shootings at two mosques in New Zealand, and yet another mass shooting at a synagogue in Pittsburgh last year. Such attacks on any religious group or person ought to be condemned by all people in general, but especially all people of faith. This is an area where American Christians, including myself, have much room for improvement. We have often expressed anxiety that secularization of our own culture creates significant threats to Christian religious liberty, and perhaps even to Christians themselves. At the same time, however, many of us have failed to recognize that the denial of freedom to any human being on account of their religious beliefs is a danger to every person of faith. If the Buddhist or Muslim is denied the same religious freedom and protection afforded to the Christian now, the Christian ought to not be surprised when it happens to him or her in the future. To be clear, it’s not that American Christians do not care about the persecution of people around the world. It’s just that most of us have very little personal experience with it. We Christians need to deepen our understanding and empathy towards the oppression and suffering faced by millions around the world, but we’re not the only ones. Americans in general frequently seem to live with an overall disconnect regarding global realities. Sadly, Easter Sunday demonstrated this clearly. It did not take long for the Sri Lankan’s tragedy to become an opportunity for politicians and pundits to start taking their swipes at each other. Only hours after our own Easter services had concluded, more than one American mainstream media outlet had returned to their coverage of the Mueller report as the lead story. Not surprisingly, our social media did not fare any better. The Sri Lankan government had to block their citizens’ access to multiple American-generated sites because of the proliferation of false news stories.

https://www.christianpost.com/voice/sri-lanka-is-yet-another-wake-up-call-for-all-of-us.html 

:: 4-24-19 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Crash that injured pedestrians in California was 'intentional act,' police say

Police are recommending the driver be charged with eight counts of attempted murder.

April 24, 2019, 7:12 AM EDT / Updated April 24, 2019, 8:09 PM EDT  By Ben Kesslen and Phil Helsel

The driver who allegedly plowed into a group of pedestrians in Sunnyvale, California, indicated he did it intentionally but his motive remained under investigation, police said. The most seriously injured person in Tuesday night's crash was a 13-year-old girl who was hospitalized in critical condition, Sunnyvale Department of Public Safety Capt. Jim Choi said at a news conference Wednesday. Isaiah Joel Peoples, 34, was arrested at the scene and appeared to be waiting for police to arrive, Choi said. Police will recommend he be charged with eight counts of attempted murder, he added. "We now know that that accident involved an intentional act by the driver, Isaiah Peoples," Choi said. "All evidence obtained indicates that this was an intentional act, that the driver purposefully sped up, ran into the crosswalk, and purposely tried to hit the pedestrians," he said. There were eight total victims, although one of those being treated as a victim was a 9-year-old boy whose father moved him out of the way before the crash in Sunnyvale, a town about 40 miles from San Francisco, Choi said. Police have no evidence that Peoples is associated with any terrorist organization and "there is no indication that this act in itself was related to an act of terrorism," Choi said. A motive is still under investigation, but "he did indicate that this was an intentional act," Choi said. "He did not say actually why he did it, so that’s still under investigation. He is being cooperative," he said. A witness to the aftermath of the crash told NBC Bay Area that: "I saw two men lying flat on their back, on the street, with paramedics surrounding them." The suspect eventually crashed into a tree after the incident, officials said. Don Draper, of San Jose, told NBC Bay Area that he witnessed the crash that “flipped bodies up in the air” and that he chased the driver after he crashed into a wooded area. Draper said he was enraged and asked the driver, whose door was open, “What is the matter with you?” and the driver mentioned Jesus. “He was saying ‘Thank you, Jesus. I love you, Jesus, several times, saying this in an un-slurred clear voice,” Draper told the station, adding that the driver didn’t seem to acknowledge or look at him. Choi also said that a witness said the driver mentioned God. Sunnyvale Police are still leading the investigation, but the FBI is assisting, and will become more involved if the case becomes federal, the bureau's San Francisco division told NBC News. Choi said earlier Wednesday that police believed it may have been intentional because of initial statements and that there did not appear to be any skid marks or other signs the driver tried to brake. "There was possible acceleration right at the last moment. The vehicle turned into the direction of the pedestrians," Choi said. "And there was no attempt from what we obtained from statements that the vehicle even tried to move out of the way or avoid the pedestrians." After the crash, the driver got out of the vehicle and "it appeared that he was pretty much waiting for the police arrival,” Choi said. He said that while the investigation is ongoing, "everything indicates that there was no association from the suspect that was arrested to the victims." Peoples was being held with no bond at the Santa Clara County Jail. "He did not express any remorse from what we can tell," Choi said. A blood sample was taken to determine if Peoples was under the influence, but he was coherent and able to answer questions, he said. Also injured were four men, a woman and a 15-year-old boy.

https://www.nbcnews.com/news/us-news/eight-pedestrians-struck-car-suspected-intentional-crash-n997911 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4-15-19 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

20 Illegal Aliens from Congo Being "Monitored for EBOLA" at U.S. Border

Nation News Desk 15 April 2019

A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants are being monitored for Ebola in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. Shortly after his announcement during a Laredo City Council meeting, the World Health Organization (WHO) considered declaring a “global emergency” in response to a massive outbreak of Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. “We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo,” Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. “For them, my concern was Ebola.” He said that due to the time element, the Congolese migrants were not developing symptoms of Ebola. “But, we’re on alert to check that,” he said.

A report from the WHO states that, as of April 10, there have been more than 1,200 reported cases of Ebola in the Congo (1,140 confirmed, 66 probable). Those cases resulted in the deaths of 764 patients (698 confirmed, 66 probable). On Friday, The WHO decided the outbreak does not yet constitute a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC).” A top Red Cross official told NBC News on Friday that he is “more concerned than I have ever been” about the current outbreak of Ebola spreading regionally. Emanuele Capobianco cited statistics from the Congolese health ministry confirming 40 new cases over a two-day period last week. NBC reported that the official called the rate unprecedented in this particular outbreak. Doctors Without Borders responded to the lack of action from the WHO. “Whatever the official status of this outbreak is, it is clear that the outbreak is not under control and therefore we need a better collective effort, Gwenola Seroux, emergency manager for the organization said in a written statement. “What is most important now if we want to gain control of this epidemic is to change the way we are dealing with it.” In Laredo, Dr. Gonzalez said migrants from other countries present other health risks as well. He said they are monitoring migrants for yellow fever and malaria. “We don’t commonly see these (diseases), but we could.” Gonzalez said that 2,800 migrants have been released in Laredo at the bus station in the past two and a half months. He said the city government is working with charity organizations to provide health screenings. “We’ve had flu. We’ve had a couple of potential respiratory infections that could be communicable, but we ruled them out – [tuberculosis] and mumps.” “TB is an ongoing issue in the state of Texas,’ the doctor explained. “Between Texas, California, and New York, we have 50 percent of the cases of TB and the border has the most. Brownsville has the biggest number of cases.” “We always have surveillance for different issues that I’ve expressed,” the health director concluded.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/20-illegal-aliens-from-congo-being-monitored-for-ebola-at-u-s-border 

:: 4-11-19 Nexgov :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Artificial Intelligence Is Helping Evaluate 1.1 Million Security Clearance Holders

By Aaron Boyd April 11, 2019

While artificial intelligence is key to the future of background investigations, it will always be up to humans to make clearance decisions, an official assured. The security clearance process is broken—a fact widely accepted by stakeholders in the public and private sector, legislative and executive branches of government, Democrats and Republicans. As federal leaders work on the largest process overhaul in half a century, artificial intelligence will play a key role. In February, officials unveiled plans for Trusted Workforce 2.0, a framework that would shift suitability and security determinations from a one-time investigation followed by reassessments every five to 10 years, to an ongoing process that uses technology and private sector partners and data. The first step in moving away from the old process is getting rid of all the paper, according to Terry Carpenter, the program executive officer for the National Background Investigation Service, the office overseeing the technical overhaul of the investigations process. “The days of you filling out some form—online or in paper—submitting this form; having people go through that form; analyze your responses; decide which investigator to send out there to meet with your parents, your friends, your neighbors, who may all be in different states; to write up reports and assemble a package that grows as we do the investigation and come back to somebody to adjudicate the recommendation to say, ‘should this person get a clearance or not based on policy?’ We can’t do that anymore—that’s paper,” Carpenter said Thursday during the Government Analytics Breakfast Forum hosted by Johns Hopkins University and REI Systems. Before instituting the Trusted Workforce 2.0 framework, adjudicators would have to physically travel to interview people on every topic covered by the clearance investigation. Under the new guidance, investigators have the option to use other means to speed the process. In October, Carpenter’s team rolled out a tool to digitize the front-end of the security clearance process: filling out paper forms like the SF-86. The NBIS team developed a digital form that operates similarly to modern tax preparation software. Users are guided through a set of questions and document requests that ensure the data is entered in a structured format. Another tool currently in development uses artificial intelligence to pull investigatees’ data from multiple sources, including public information, private data sources like credit reports and government data, either through interagency partners or data collected by investigators. The AI tool will gather and sort that data and present it to adjudicators in a structured, interactive format. “We have a complete list of how the algorithm got to the recommendation. We can click on any piece of data in that decision-making chain and see it. And that gets packaged up as part of the supporting evidence for why decisions were made,” Carpenter said.  With digitized data sources and AI helping pull and sort the information, the investigative process can move toward a “continuous evaluation” model, in which clearance holders are regularly reassessed based on new information, rather than on an arbitrary, decade-long cycle. “We already have 1.1 million names in as part of the initiative and it just goes through the data sources on some reoccurring schedule set by the business rules and if an anomaly comes up, then we look at the anomaly and decide what to do with it,” Carpenter said. “Maybe I got a speeding ticket last night and it popped up on the data source,” he offered as a hypothetical. Carpenter said the team hopes soon to be able to pilot the system end-to-end with the lowest level suitability determinations. If that pilot succeeds, the team can add more data streams and capabilities in order to handle more sensitive assessments. All this will be possible because the team looked at the problem as a whole, rather than just finding cool tools to apply to parts of the problem, Carpenter said. “We moved the NBIS architecture to an enterprise data broker concept and we moved the data sources to one place,” he explained. “This gave us the ability to focus on control of that data. I don’t have to own it all—it doesn’t have to sit on my servers. … But we need to know that we have the connection, we have the ability to pull it when we need it, we know what the data is—what it represents—and we know the policies and agreements—the laws—that surround the use of that data.” “We couldn’t rush to the quick answer,” he added. “We had to do some of these critical, I call them ‘hygiene steps.’” No matter what, it will be up to humans to make the final decisions about suitability and trust, Carpenter said. “No decision will be made by a machine. We will augment decision- making,” he said. “Instead of them spending weeks and months trying to find needles in a haystack, we’re using artificial intelligence and machine learning to present those needles, in a neat form with all the relevant information to how we found it for the human to make that final determination.”

https://www.nextgov.com/emerging-tech/2019/04/artificial-intelligence-helping-evaluate-11-million-security-clearance-holders/156255/ 

:: 4-14-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Three Twits Of Tyranny Helping To Split Democrats In Half.... Toss In Bernie Sanders Attacking Liberal Think Tanks And Dems Are At War With Each Other

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 14, 2019

Democrats, as a party, are able to agree on just one thing... ORANGE MAN BAD, and that is the only time they seem capable of uniting with each other. In just the last week we have seen a liberal think tank attacking progressive Democrat presidential candidates, so Bernie Sanders, one of those candidates being attacked is slamming the liberal think tanks, as the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) Chair mocks the loud-mouth, gaffe-prone CongressKid Ocasio-Cortez over her donation boycott tweet, while the anti-Semite Ilhan Omar has suffered yet another case of Foot-in-Mouth scandal, and the third Twit of Tyranny, Rashida Tlaib, decides to attack the entire leadership of the Democrat party. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) BERNIE SANDERS ACCUSES LIB THINK TANK OF ATTACKING HIM & OTHER PROGRESSIVES We'll start with Bernie, who recently sent a scathing letter to liberal think tank Center for American Progress (Founded by John Podesta), and CAP Action Fund, expressing his "deep concern," over a recent Think Progress article (propaganda arm for the group), and other prior articles that have criticized him and other Democrat presidential candidates. The letter states in part:  Last week, you published an article on ThinkProgress criticizing me for my appearance and for the income I earned from writing a book. Then, a day later, you published a video that dishonestly attacked me for hypocrisy in my effort to address income inequality in America – a video that was excitedly discussed on many conservative websites. Sadly, I’m not the only candidate in the 2020 field who has experienced personal attacks from your institution. My friend and colleague Elizabeth Warren was unfairly targeted by a November 2017 article on ThinkProgress that echoed Donald Trump’s bad faith claims that she was being a hypocrite about her ancestry. That attack that was linked on the Drudge Report and immediately immersed her into a rather unhelpful debate. Again in October 2018, you published an article stating that she was hurting Native American people. That’s not all. In February of this year, an article on ThinkProgress attacked another friend and colleague of mine, Cory Booker, for moving in a progressive direction and joining with me on a prescription drug importation bill. Some consider this a shot across the bow in light of what the DNC, and Hillary Clinton did to him in 2016, with the DNC actively working against him while working for Clinton in order to rig the primaries in her favor. DCCC CHAIR MOCKS LOUD-MOUTHED, GAFFE-PRONE CONGRESSKID This one goes back a bit, so a brief recap and I will just link to the appropriate articles for verification purposes, before getting to most recent part of this saga. One of the "three twits of tyranny," CongressKid Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, backed an effort reported on in January 2019, to primary incumbent "moderate" Democrats, and by March she was threatening any Democrat that didn't toe the line and vote in lock-step with the party, telling them she would put them on a "list," to be unseated. Also in March, the Democratic Congressional Campaign Committee (DCCC) decided on a new policy to "not do business with political consultants and firms that help candidates challenging Democratic members of Congress next year." By the end of March, the CongressKid decided it would be a good idea to tell her nearly four million followers to "pause your donations to DCCC & give directly to swing candidates instead," then provided a list of those she called "great ones," while linking to their individual donation pages. Which brings us to the DCCC Chair, Rep. Cheri Bustos, appearing on CNN's 'New Day,' was asked about the standoff, when she sarcastically informed viewers that the Ocasio-Cortez's donation boycott strategy "worked so well that we had record fundraising numbers in the first quarter." It is also noteworthy that House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, fed up with the infighting, recently took her own shot at Ocasio-Cortezin an interview with USA Today, stating "While there are people who have a large number of Twitter followers, what’s important is that we have large numbers of votes on the floor of the House." This is how CNN's Chris Cillizza described it: Now, Pelosi didn't mention AOC by name. But you'd have to be a real dummy to not understand who she was talking about. Ocasio-Cortez has 3.9 million Twitter followers, by far the most of any House member -- including Pelosi (2.4 million followers). And AOC is an active Twitter user -- often employing the social media site to call out what she believes to be unfairness within the Democratic Party or to push back on media stories about her. I don't often use CNN as a source for anything considering how often they have been exposed as publishing inaccurate and outright fake news stories, but in this case, it is important for readers to understand Pelosi's frustration and shot at Ocasio-Cortez isn't just something conservative writers are "interpreting," but is something that is very apparent even to liberal media such as CNN. THE THREE TWITS OF TYRANNY The three freshman congresswomen referenced below are Ocasio-Cortez, Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib, and they are figuratively running around the House Democrats with cans of gasoline, while playing with matches, determined to burn the entire party to ashes. In a speech last month at the Council on American-Islamic Relations, Omar had characterized the attacks of 9/11 as "some people did something," which caused some online criticisms, and a snarky, brutal New York Post cover, showing the 9/11 Towers burning with the words "Here's your something." Then President Trump tweeted out a spliced video of Omar's comments with hijacked planes slamming into the World Trade Center, and the words "WE WILL NEVER FORGET." Omar had previously under fire for anti-Semitic comments, which led to a House resolution condemning hate speech. Related: What’s missing from Nancy Pelosi’s statement about Trump, Omar and 9/11? (Bonus: Blue check Resistance NOT satisfied) Some Democrats rushed to Omar's defense, while others decided perhaps it would be best to ignore her comments and go after president Trump for his Tweet against Omar, because the "ORANGE MAN BAD" theme always unites the radical liberal wing of the party, but others, especially the three twits of tyranny, one of which thinks she is "the boss," decided they had to throw themselves publicly into the fray to protect Omar, who seems to keep putting her foot in her mouth every time she opens it. Twit number one, Ocasio-Cortez thought it would be a good idea to promote a boycott of the New York Post over their cover about Omar and 9/11: Twit number two, Rashida Tlaib, decided to take another route and to attack the Democrat party leadership, as she took to Twitter to inform her liberal followers that "They put us in photos when they want to show our party is diverse. However, when we ask to be at the table, or speak up about issues that impact who we are, what we fight for & why we ran in the first place, we are ignored. To truly honor our diversity is to never silence us." Credit to at least one of her followers for reminding her that maybe she should be taking it up with party leaders in private, not showing how divided the party is internally. (More reactions to her tweet over at Twitchy) I doubt she will listen, none of the three twits of tyranny seem to want to listen, they just want to cause "good trouble," and then whine and play victim when they are called out for their antics. Related: Rashida Tlaib claims Dem leadership uses party’s minority members as tokens of diversity BOTTOM LINE With 18 Democrats vying for the Democrat nomination for president for the 2020 election, we expect to see some fireworks as they attempt to knock each other out of the running to decrease the amount of people in the field, but the infighting hasn't gotten to the candidate-against-candidate point yet, it is the new freshmen congresswomen, that continuously want to act like children, speaking before obtaining facts, and deliberately attacking the party leadership, that is dividing the party right in half. The way the Democrat contenders continue to try to attach themselves to the coat tails of the new "shiny" members of Congress, by the time November 2020 rolls around, they might have alienated a significant portion of their base, as a NYT recently found that "normal" or more moderate Democrats that vote, but are not online, outnumber the radical liberals that have become the face of the party, two-to-one. Maybe that is why so many Democrats have decided to #WalkAway.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Three_Twits_Of_Tyranny.php 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ground Beef Alert: E. Coli Outbreak and Three Recalls You Need to Know About

By Dagny Taggart

If you have any ground beef in your refrigerator or freezer, there are three serious alerts you need to know about. The first is an expanding E. coli outbreak. Here’s an overview from Food Safety News: Ground beef, consumed at home or in restaurants, and possibly purchased in large packages from grocery stores just might be the source of the now six-state E. coli O103 outbreak, according to CDC.  In an update of its last report just three days earlier, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) in Atlanta shared its preliminary epidemiologic information that implicates ground beef for infecting at least 109 people. (source) So far, seventeen people have been hospitalized, reports the CDC. No cases of hemolytic uremic syndrome (a type of kidney failure) have been reported, and no deaths have been reported. Officials still don’t know the exact source of the tainted meat. Traceback investigations are being conducted to determine the source of ground beef supplied to grocery stores and restaurant locations where infected people ate. Currently, no common supplier, distributor, or brand of ground beef has been identified. As of April 12, cases have been reported in Indiana, Georgia, Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Virginia. CDC is not recommending that consumers avoid eating ground beef at this time. Consumers and restaurants should handle ground beef safely and cook it thoroughly to avoid foodborne illness. At this time, CDC is not recommending that retailers stop serving or selling ground beef. (source) For guidelines on how to safely handle and cook raw beef, please see the CDC’s instructions here: Outbreak of E. coli Infections. Symptoms of E. coli O103 include severe stomach cramps, diarrhea (often bloody), and vomiting, and usually lasts 5-7 days. Some people who are infected also develop a fever. People usually get sick from Shiga toxin-producing E. coli (STEC) 3–4 days after drinking or eating something that contains the bacteria, but illness can start anywhere from 1 to 10 days after infection. Some people with a STEC infection may get a type of kidney failure called hemolytic uremic syndrome. The CDC referred to the outbreak as a “rapidly evolving investigation”. We will update this article with new information as it is made available. In an unrelated outbreak that was announced at the end of March, Aurora Packing Company, Inc. recalled approximately 4,838 pounds of beef heel and chuck tender products that may be contaminated with E. coli O157:H7. Two companies have recalled beef products for possible plastic contamination. Earlier this month, AdvancePierre Foods recalled more than 20,000 pounds of frozen beef patties for possible plastic contamination: AdvancePierre Foods is voluntarily recalling 20,373 pounds of Tenderbroil Patties CN Fully Cooked Flamebroiled Beef Patties. The recall is limited to food service customers, and affected products are not available for purchase in retail stores. No other AdvancePierre Foods products are affected. Two consumers reported they found pieces of soft purple plastic in the product. Even though these reports involved only two items, out of an abundance of caution, the company is recalling 1,449 cases of product. AdvancePierre Foods has received no reports of injuries or illnesses associated with the affected product. The product was produced at one plant location on November 30, 2018. Each 14.06-pound case contains three bags with 30 pieces each, and bears the establishment code 2260E, a date code of EN83340303 and case code 155-525-0. This product was sent to distribution centers in the following states: Arizona, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, Nebraska, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Texas and Wisconsin. (source) Last week, JBS Plainwell, Inc. recalled a series of ground beef products for possible green hard plastic contamination, reports International Business Times: The recall includes approximately 43,292 pounds of ground beef that were produced on March 2, 2019. The affected beef has an establishment number of EST. 562M inside the USDA mark of inspection or printed on the bottom of the package label. The contaminated ground beef was shipped to retail locations throughout Michigan and Wisconsin. (source) The recalled beef includes:

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 80% LEAN 20% FAT. It has a case code of 47283 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 85% LEAN 15% FAT. It has a case code of 47285 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as fresh from Meijer GROUND BEEF 90% LEAN 10% FAT. It has a case code of 47290 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as LEAN GROUND BEEF. It has a case code of 42093 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFIED GROUND SIRLOIN. It has a case code of 42090 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFED GROUND ROUND. It has a case code of 42085 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as Fresh! BLACK ANGUS GROUND CHUCK. It has a case code of 42283 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as CERTIFIED GROUND CHUCK. It has a case code of 81631 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

1-pound plastic wrapped ground beef loaves labeled as GROUND BEEF. It has a case code of 81629 and a sell by date of 4/10/2019 located on the label.

Consumers are urged to check their freezers for the recalled ground beef. It should be thrown away or returned to the place of purchase. It should not be consumed. One company has issued a recall for meat that was not inspected. Last Friday, Denver Processing LLC recalled approximately 13,865 pounds of raw pork and beef products that were produced without the benefit of federal inspection and outside inspection hours, reports Food Safety News: The recalled products bear the establishment number “EST. 6250” within the USDA mark of inspection on the case label and directly outside of the USDA mark of inspection on the product label. These items were shipped to retail locations in Colorado, Kansas, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming. (source) For a full list of products Denver Processing is recalling, please click here: Denver Processing recalls port and beef that went without inspection  What do you think? Will you be checking your freezer for these products? Please share your thoughts in the comments. About the Author Dagny Taggart is the pseudonym of an experienced journalist who needs to maintain anonymity to keep her job in the public eye. Dagny is non-partisan and aims to expose the half-truths, misrepresentations, and blatant lies of the MSM.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/ground-beef-alert-e-coli-outbreak-three-recalls/

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 4-16-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Notre Dame Burns, European Churches Are Vandalized, Defecated On, & Torched "Every Day"

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/16/2019 - 02:00

Authored by Raymong Ibrahim via The Gatestone Institute,

Countless churches throughout Western Europe are being vandalized, defecated on, and torched.

In France, two churches are desecrated every day on average. According to PI-News, a German news site, 1,063 attacks on Christian churches or symbols (crucifixes, icons, statues) were registered in France in 2018. This represents a 17% increase compared to the previous year (2017), when 878 attacks were registered— meaning that such attacks are only going from bad to worse. Among some of the recent desecrations in France, the following took place in just February and March: Vandals plundered Notre-Dame des Enfants Church in Nîmes and used human excrement to draw a cross there; consecrated bread was found thrown outside among garbage. The Saint-Nicolas Church in Houilles was vandalized on three separate occasions in February; a 19th century statue of the Virgin Mary, regarded as "irreparable," was "completely pulverized," said a clergyman; and a hanging cross was thrown to the floor. Vandals desecrated and smashed crosses and statues at Saint-Alain Cathedral in Lavaur, and mangled the arms of a statue of a crucified Christ in a mocking manner. In addition, an altar cloth was burned. Arsonists torched the Church of St. Sulpice in Paris soon after midday mass on Sunday, March 17. Similar reports are coming out of Germany. Four separate churches were vandalized and/or torched in March alone. "In this country," PI-News explained, "there is a creeping war against everything that symbolizes Christianity: attacks on mountain-summit crosses, on sacred statues by the wayside, on churches... and recently also on cemeteries." Who is primarily behind these ongoing and increasing attacks on churches in Europe? The same German report offers a hint: "Crosses are broken, altars smashed, Bibles set on fire, baptismal fonts overturned, and the church doors smeared with Islamic expressions like 'Allahu Akbar.'" Another German report from November 11, 2017 noted that in the Alps and Bavaria alone, around 200 churches were attacked and many crosses broken: "Police are currently dealing with church desecrations again and again. The perpetrators are often youthful rioters with a migration background." Elsewhere they are described as "young Islamists." Sometimes, sadly, in European regions with large Muslim populations, there seems to be a concomitant rise in attacks on churches and Christian symbols. Before Christmas 2016, in the North Rhine-Westphalia region of Germany, where more than a million Muslims reside, some 50 public Christian statues (including those of Jesus) were beheaded and crucifixes broken. In 2016, following the arrival in Germany of another million mostly Muslim migrants, a local newspaper reported that in the town of Dülmen, "'not a day goes by' without attacks on religious statues in the town of less than 50,000 people, and the immediate surrounding area." In France it also seems that where the number of Muslim migrants increases, so do attacks on churches. A January 2017 study revealed that, "Islamist extremist attacks on Christians" in France rose by 38 percent, going from 273 attacks in 2015 to 376 in 2016; the majority occurred during Christmas season and "many of the attacks took place in churches and other places of worship." As a typical example, in 2014, a Muslim man committed "major acts of vandalism" inside a historic Catholic church in Thonon-les-Bains. According to a report (with pictures) he "overturned and broke two altars, the candelabras and lecterns, destroyed statues, tore down a tabernacle, twisted a massive bronze cross, smashed in a sacristy door and even broke some stained-glass windows." He also "trampled on" the Eucharist. For similar examples in other European countries, please see here, here, here, here, and here. In virtually every instance of church attacks, authorities and media obfuscate the identity of the vandals. In those rare instances when the Muslim (or "migrant") identity of the destroyers is leaked, the perpetrators are then presented as suffering from mental health issues. As the recent PI-News report says: "Hardly anyone writes and speaks about the increasing attacks on Christian symbols. There is an eloquent silence in both France and Germany about the scandal of the desecrations and the origin of the perpetrators.... Not a word, not even the slightest hint that could in anyway lead to the suspicion of migrants... It is not the perpetrators who are in danger of being ostracized, but those who dare to associate the desecration of Christian symbols with immigrant imports. They are accused of hatred, hate speech and racism."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-15/notre-dame-burns-european-churches-are-vandalized-defecated-torched-every-day 

:: 4-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The sh**ty streets of San Francisco: Revolting map reveals the staggering amount of human waste found on storied city's streets as homeless crisis spirals out of control

Since 2011, there have been 118,352 instances of human waste being reported

Last year the number hit an all time high with more than 28,000 cases

The number is five times the amount that was reported eight years ago

San Francisco's homeless crisis has been well documented for several years

By Jennifer Smith For Dailymail.com Published: 14:24 EDT, 15 April 2019 | Updated: 06:24 EDT, 16 April 2019

An interactive map marking every spot in San Francisco where human waste has been reported since 2011 has emerged as the city continues to grapple with its growing homeless population. In total, there have been 118,352 instances reported over the last eight years with the map showing a blanket of brown pins which almost covers the city entirely. Most were found in one of ten neighborhoods; Tenderloin, South of Market, Mission, Civic Center, Mission Dolores, Lower Nob Hill, Potrero Hill, Showplace Square, North Beach and the Financial District. The number was 8,000 more than the previous year and more than five times the 5,547 that were reported in 2011. San Francisco's homeless problem has been a talking point among local media, industry and residents for years. It has been dubbed the 'shame of the city' and been likened to a human rights crisis by UN investigators. It is caused by a combination of factors. While there are technically no more homeless people there than in other cities across the US like New York or Los Angeles, San Francisco is far less spread out, meaning the homeless population is more dense. What's more, there are fewer shelter options than in other major cities. The lack of shelters in the excruciatingly expensive city mean thousands of homeless people have no choice but to sleep on the streets, often in tents. It has created a permanent tension among residents, many of whom work in Silicon Valley and have spent millions buying property there. The feces issue has been well-documented in the past by other researchers. Last year, as tensions reached fever pitch, some homeless people started using their own waste as material to slather graffiti on the walls and streets of the city.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6924787/Interactive-map-reveals-staggering-number-human-waste-San-Franciscos-streets.html 

:: 4-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's Blinded Younger Generations Are Steering Our Country Into A Death Trap: 5 Ways That Socialism Kills Societies

- Americans Should Fight Tooth And Nail To Make Sure This Barbarism Never Fully Arrives On Our Shores

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 15, 2019

In this new story over at the Detroit Free Press which the Drudge Report had linked to Sunday morning, they report that fresh off of making a campaign video that helped get Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez elected, a young Detroit couple has launched a pro-socialism media company out of their house which, for a $10 a month subscription, will offer viewers 'pro-worker' and 'anti-capitalist' programming, including original TV shows, comedy and on the ground reporting. Just the latest evidence of America's younger generations turning towards socialism with many 'millennials' and members of 'Generation Z' feeling dissatisfied with where they see society headed, we also see 'seeds of awakening' within their story with both members of the couple brought up in Democrat-voting households who now realize they've long been lied to. “I grew up with this idea that Democrats were morally right. And after 2016, I realized that they’re all full of (expletive) — it’s not true. After eight years of Obama, nothing happened, except things got worse," Naomi Burton said. Yet while they see a potential 'answer' in socialism, and we certainly understand their frustration when they say "Our future is almost guaranteed to be worse than the future of our parents (at our age), which is essentially the case now", history has proven that socialism IS NOT the answer to their's and the world's misery and in fact, such a system will only bring more. And while we completely understand and feel empathy when we hear "When I talk to young people, especially those who have come from poverty, there is no hope for a better future" and "They know that the whole ‘I’m going to maybe be rich someday’ is a trap", the REAL trap is allowing America to fall into socialism and everything that historically comes with it. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.) And in this March 29th story over at Campus Reform, we see perfectly illustrated a huge reason why socialism is sure to fail in America should it ever be implemented here; while more young people than ever before say they prefer socialism over capitalism, the Campus Reform story shows that those same young people who want socialism don't want to have to pay for it. Using the example of the students giving away their own hard earned grade point averages to those who weren't fairing so well, the flabbergasted looks on these young people's faces when asked if they'd share their GPA's with others as seen in the 1st video at the bottom of this story helps prove a major point about socialism. From the Campus Reform story.: With far left candidates and policies on the rise in America, it’s no surprise that for the first time ever, more young people say they’d prefer to live in a socialist country over a capitalist one. Whether it’s free healthcare, free college tuition, or universal basic income, students around America increasingly support higher taxes on the wealthy in order to pay for these progressive policies. But would they support similar policies if they had skin in the game? To find out, Campus Reform's Cabot Phillips went to Florida International University in Miami to test the waters on a “Socialist GPA” policy in which students with higher GPAs would be forced to “spread the wealth” and give some of their GPA points to students with lower GPAs. Despite the overwhelming number of students who initially said they’d support socialist policies, few agreed to go along with such a plan. “I’m all for helping, but I wouldn’t give some of my points… I’ve lost a lot of sleep so I don’t know if that would be fair,” one student said, while another answered no because “I like, study all day for my grades.” Yet another student, after expressing her support for socialism in America conceded, “I guess it would be kind of hypocritical for me to say no.” Another student, trying to justify his refusal to abide by such a policy, said, “you study for your grades, and they reflect how much time you’re studying.”

April 15, 2019

America's Blinded Younger Generations Are Steering Our Country Into A Death Trap: 5 Ways That Socialism Kills Societies - Americans Should Fight Tooth And Nail To Make Sure This Barbarism Never Fully Arrives On Our Shores

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this new story over at the Detroit Free Press which the Drudge Report had linked to Sunday morning, they report that fresh off of making a campaign video that helped get Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez elected, a young Detroit couple has launched a pro-socialism media company out of their house which, for a $10 a month subscription, will offer viewers 'pro-worker' and 'anti-capitalist' programming, including original TV shows, comedy and on the ground reporting. Just the latest evidence of America's younger generations turning towards socialism with many 'millennials' and members of 'Generation Z' feeling dissatisfied with where they see society headed, we also see 'seeds of awakening' within their story with both members of the couple brought up in Democrat-voting households who now realize they've long been lied to. “I grew up with this idea that Democrats were morally right. And after 2016, I realized that they’re all full of (expletive) — it’s not true. After eight years of Obama, nothing happened, except things got worse," Naomi Burton said. Yet while they see a potential 'answer' in socialism, and we certainly understand their frustration when they say "Our future is almost guaranteed to be worse than the future of our parents (at our age), which is essentially the case now", history has proven that socialism IS NOT the answer to their's and the world's misery and in fact, such a system will only bring more. And while we completely understand and feel empathy when we hear "When I talk to young people, especially those who have come from poverty, there is no hope for a better future" and "They know that the whole ‘I’m going to maybe be rich someday’ is a trap", the REAL trap is allowing America to fall into socialism and everything that historically comes with it. (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

And in this March 29th story over at Campus Reform, we see perfectly illustrated a huge reason why socialism is sure to fail in America should it ever be implemented here; while more young people than ever before say they prefer socialism over capitalism, the Campus Reform story shows that those same young people who want socialism don't want to have to pay for it. Using the example of the students giving away their own hard earned grade point averages to those who weren't fairing so well, the flabbergasted looks on these young people's faces when asked if they'd share their GPA's with others as seen in the 1st video at the bottom of this story helps prove a major point about socialism. From the Campus Reform story.: With far left candidates and policies on the rise in America, it’s no surprise that for the first time ever, more young people say they’d prefer to live in a socialist country over a capitalist one. Whether it’s free healthcare, free college tuition, or universal basic income, students around America increasingly support higher taxes on the wealthy in order to pay for these progressive policies. But would they support similar policies if they had skin in the game? To find out, Campus Reform's Cabot Phillips went to Florida International University in Miami to test the waters on a “Socialist GPA” policy in which students with higher GPAs would be forced to “spread the wealth” and give some of their GPA points to students with lower GPAs. Despite the overwhelming number of students who initially said they’d support socialist policies, few agreed to go along with such a plan. “I’m all for helping, but I wouldn’t give some of my points… I’ve lost a lot of sleep so I don’t know if that would be fair,” one student said, while another answered no because “I like, study all day for my grades.” Yet another student, after expressing her support for socialism in America conceded, “I guess it would be kind of hypocritical for me to say no.” Another student, trying to justify his refusal to abide by such a policy, said, “you study for your grades, and they reflect how much time you’re studying.” With America slowly creeping towards totalitarianism over the last several years, and with censorship a huge part of that 'creep', the image above speaks louder than words, with millions of people victims of socialism through the years. Any system that forces people to participate in it is clearly a totalitarian system and while the younger generations of the left dive into socialism blindly, a quick look at what happened to Venezuela over the past several years should offer proof it's not the answer. And as we've seen now throughout the European Union, socialism in EU countries has brought very real tyranny with people there now unable to even criticize the totalitarian political philosophy of Islam without being arrested or punished. As the Foundation for Economic Education had reported back in 2016, socialism in Venezuela had led to the deaths of more babies there than in war-torn Syria and as their story reported, "sadly, and unsurprising, the results of socialist economics are predictable". And as we see from this 2014 story over at Townhall, socialism absolutely demolishes societies and most of the younger generation has no idea what they're sleepwalking into because they've been so well 'indoctrinated' by the education system in America.: There are a lot of arguments about whether communism, socialism, and liberalism are the same thing. What shouldn't be arguable is that they're all closely related branches of the same tree. If you don't want to live in a house made out of Aleppo Pine, you probably won't like a Coulter Pine or Eastern White Pine house either. Since socialism has failed so often, socialists of every stripe bend over backwards to disassociate themselves from the many other disasters created by their ideology. Still, a pine by any other name is still a pine. Socialism is particularly dangerous because it's so perfectly suited for the modern era. It's the ultimate "miracle" product: it's "nice," it's "fair," it'll make you feel good about yourself, it'll "help" people who "deserve it" by taking things away from people who "have so much" they'll barely miss it. It sounds wonderful, doesn't it? But, like most products with sleazy salesmen and hidden track records, the promises socialism makes are all a mirage. Since our schools do a terrible job of teaching history and economics these days, it's our job to explain how socialism slowly, insidiously eats away at the core of a society. That story then went on to outline for us the 5 ways that socialism destroys societies.

1) It kills economic growth: Strong economic growth is what produces jobs, tax revenue and a better standard of living for everyone, including the poor and middle class. That's what John F. Kennedy was driving at when he said, "A rising tide (in the economy) lifts all boats." Socialism strangles economic growth in the crib by penalizing success and rewarding failure. When you loot the successful people in a society to give it to the less successful, you quite naturally reduce the number of successful people and encourage more people to fail. This leads to a never-ending cycle.

2) It stifles free speech: Why is there ridiculous government propaganda in nations like North Korea? Why are most schools, papers, and colleges run by liberals in the United States? Why do liberals often try to disrupt conservative speakers on college campuses? Why are there such extreme speech codes in Canada that it practically makes some conservative arguments illegal? Why does speaking out against the government risk imprisonment in China and the old Soviet Union? Because socialism requires protection, propaganda, intimidation, and darkness to survive. Socialism can't survive honest, informed debate about its merits among people who are free to choose or reject it because it would not survive the conversation. (ANP: Sound familiar to what we're listening from the left today?) As Reagan said, "How do you tell a communist? Well, it's someone who reads Marx and Lenin. And how do you tell an anti-Communist? It's someone who understands Marx and Lenin."

3) It leads to an increasingly tyrannical government: Freedom and socialism go together like oil and water. The more socialism you have, the less freedom you will have because socialism can't survive if people are free to choose whether they want socialism or not. People who are free to say what they want will criticize socialism's many failures. Areas that aren't tightly controlled will move towards the free exchange of ideas and goods, not socialism. So, socialism requires a massive bureaucracy that almost inevitably grows. As government grows, it inevitably becomes more centralized, more distant from the people and ultimately more menacing.

4) It creates strife and division: Socialism is all about turning people against each other. (ANP: Once more, exactly what we're seeing from Democrats in 2019.) It has to be. After all, if you believe in controlling people's lives, the people who don't wish to be controlled need to be vilified. If you believe in confiscating the wealth of successful people who won't give it up willingly, then others must be convinced they're terrible human beings who deserve to be punished. "Victim" classes must be created for the socialists to defend because if everyone is responsible for himself, what need is there for the socialist? Eventually, those who depend on government for their livelihood and those that the government smears and loots to pay them off come to hate each other.

5) Socialists believe the ends justify the means: Like the pigs in Orwell's Animal Farm, socialists believe that, "All animals are equal, but some animals are more equal than others." For a socialist, the overriding concern is always promoting socialism; so process, rules and regulation mean different things for different people. Fidel Castro may have been the leader of a Communist revolution against the evil "rich people" in Cuba, but he was worth 900 million dollars. With the biggest mass murderers in world history also socialists and socialism proven to be a tool of dictatorial states which then ban with the threat of death all debate, functioning in darkness as the leaders of the nations get even more rich while the people of socialist nations fall into the pits of despair, Americans should fight tooth and nail to make sure socialism never fully arrives on our shores.

As Susan Duclos had reported on ANP back on March 19th, those who've lived in socialist regimes are horrified that America's younger generation actually believes such a system could be the answer to their's and the world's problems and with many of the current Democratic presidential candidates embracing socialist positions such as 'medicare for all', so-called 'reparations' for black Americans (what about reparations to the millions of American Indians families SLAUGHTERED by the US government?) and 'climate change', there's little doubt that the 2020 election will determine America's future. With Democrats also now calling for a counter-insurgency against whiteness as they move ever more towards the fully radical left and prove how much they hate America, knowing the ways that socialism kills societies, it's never been more important for America's older generations to attempt to teach the younger generations what comes along with socialism for if America's future makes the mistake to fully jump into socialism in the years ahead, the fully corrupted government that America already had created under Barack Obama and the globalists is fully prepared to run its course, likely turning America into the kind of bottomless death traps we've already seen in China, the Soviet Union and elsewhere through history.

http://allnewspipeline.com/2020_Socialism_Or_Capitalism_Full_Speed_Ahead.php 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 4-16-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Attendees of Secret Meeting for “US Military Assault” on Venezuela Revealed

TOPICS: Eoin HigginsForeign Policy Military Venezuela

April 16, 2019 By Eoin Higgins

(CD) – A group dedicated to regime change in Venezuela held a secret meeting on overthrowing the country’s government last week, according to reporting from The Grayzone Project. Journalist Max Blumenthal on Sunday revealed a list of meeting attendees he obtained over the weekend from a source. The list (in which the meeting is misdated as being on April 20) shows that the event, held at the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS) in Washington, D.C., boasted as attendees members of the State Department, the Colombian and Brazilian embassies, members of the Venezuelan opposition, and other officials in the American national security state. The meeting comes after multiple failed attempts to depose the government of President Nicolás Maduro, who was elected in 2018. The President Donald Trump administration has made no secret of their intent to see Maduro gone—but thus far, nothing has worked. “The CSIS meeting on ‘Assessing the Use of Military Force in Venezuela,’” wrote Blumenthal, “suggests that the Trump administration is exploring military options more seriously than before, possibly out of frustration with the fact that every other weapon in its arsenal has failed to bring down Maduro.” In the article, Blumenthal gave a brief overview of a number of the meeting’s more prominent attendees, including Iran-Contra veteran Roger Noriega and David Smolansky, a Venezuelan national who works with the right wing Organization of American States (OAS), a regional organization for the Americas led in recent years by hardline Venezuela regime change advocates. “Few of these figures are well known by the public, yet many have played an influential role in U.S. plans to destabilize Venezuela,” explained Blumenthal. Also in attendance was opposition leader Juan Guaidó’s envoy Carlos Vecchio. Vecchio’s presence at the meeting prompted journalist Anya Parampil to muse as to whether it was standard operating procedure for “ambassadors” to solicit invasions of their own countries. “Since when do ‘ambassadors’ help plan foreign invasions of their own country?” asked Parampil. Blumenthal told RT that his attempts to get attendees on the record about the details of the meeting were unsuccessful. “They were extremely nervous that somebody in the media knew about the existence of this event,” said Blumenthal. “It was a very high-level meeting with basically the main people in Washington involved in making the sausage of Trump’s Venezuela policy and they wanted to keep it as private as possible.” The meeting likely hints at a more aggressive attempt to depose Maduro in the coming month, Blumenthal added. “It really does show that military options are being seriously considered at this point,” said Blumenthal. AntiWar writer Jason Ditz agreed. “That the Trump Administration is considering attacking Venezuela as an option is no secret, as they tell reporters that much at seemingly every opportunity,” Ditz wrote. “That they are holding such events to discuss the details, however, suggest a U.S. war may be closer than anyone realizes.” Watch Blumenthal’s interview with RT:

https://www.activistpost.com/2019/04/attendees-of-secret-meeting-for-us-military-assault-on-venezuela-revealed.html 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 4--19 PRO News:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ankara prepares intervention in Libya to halt Hafatar - Turkish wars out of Tripoli

Written by: Theophrastos Andreopoulos

In an unusual move, Ankara, which has sent naval forces carrying SAS SAT teams off Libya, is preparing an intervention to intercept the forces of Marshal Hafatar who appears to have been enforced by the recognized but weak military, Libyan government. Besides, the Tripoli government is friendly to the Turkish one and Ankara seeks to use it to create a problem in Greece and to determine the Greek EEZ to the south of Crete. It is noted that last November, Turkish Defense Minister Houlousi Akar presented maps to the Libyan government to prove that Greece is attempting to usurp the Libyan continental shelf! "The Greeks steal the Libyan EEZ," the Turkish daily reports. The papers are accompanied by two maps allegedly presented by Akar to government officials in Libya. According to a map allegedly presented by Mr. Akar no island, neither Cyprus nor Crete can have full influence on sea areas, and thus there may be a sea border between Turkey and Libya, which implies the "Disappearance" of the entire Greek continental shelf in the Eastern Mediterranean. During his visit to Tripoli, as reported by the press, the Turkish Defense Minister argued that Greece was taking advantage of the instability that followed the overthrow of Muammar Gaddafi to usurp a large part of the Libyan continental shelf, which Greece has said and Turkey! The situation in Libya is considered particularly whimsical. Marshal Hafatar at this time of American-philosopher has turned into a Russian, even a Frenchman. Moscow through Egypt supports him with weapons systems while men of Russian Wagner have trained and steered his men. For other reasons, France is reportedly involved in its side as it is against Macron-Salvini. Born 75 years ago in Azurebaya, Kyrenia (eastern Libya), Halifa Hafatar became an army officer and participated in the 1969 movement that overthrew King Intris. It is said that Gaddafi trusted him as his son as the Kathimerini The fact is that he has given him two key missions: the first time when Hafatar fought as head of the Libyan body in the 1978 Arab-Israeli war, and the second, when he assumed command of the Libyan troops in the Chad war in 1986. However, in the second case, Hafatar and his troops were surrendered and captured. Gaddafi repudiated him, which led to a rupture between the two men. Hafatar is then liberated thanks to the pressure from the Reagan government and the CIA is training its troops as a besieging ram for the assassination and overthrow of Gaddafi. Haftar himself wanders in Nigeria and Zaire, but no African country wants to give him asylum. Eventually he resorts to Lagleigh, Virginia, where the CIA headquarters is accidentally. There he will spend the next twenty years of his life and become an American citizen. The rebellion against Gaddafi in February 2011, during the so-called Arab Spring, took Hafatar out of naphthalene. He comes to Benghazi, who has fallen into the hands of the rebels, and seeks to be appointed Chief of Staff of the insurgents, but he does not convince the National Transitional Council, which prefers Abdulfatah Junis, the leading form of the 1969 Cantalist movement. Yunis will be murdered under indefinite circumstances shortly after, while Hawthorne, bawling who refused his leadership, will return to Virginia to "devote himself to his grandchildren," as he said. The chaos in the Libyan metaphase gave him a new opportunity. In the summer of 2014, the Tripoli government and its Islamic allies refuse to recognize the parliament that emerged from the elections. The parliament is transferred to Tobruk, at the eastern end of the country, forming a second government and assigning its armed forces to Haftar, who appears as the savior of the country from the Islamic scourge in the style of the Egyptian leader Abdelfatah Sisi. In the following years, he managed to disperse the Islamists in eastern Libya and to join the southern tribes of the country, gaining control of most oil fields. His Tripoli campaign had been announced several times. The reason that forced him to rush was that the UN peacekeeping conference was to be held on April 14th - the Secretary General of the International Organization was there when Haffar's attack began. The ambitious general could not achieve what he achieved without serious international support. Egypt, Saudi Arabia and the Emirates and mainly Russia and France supported him with money and airplanes as a force against the Islamists. Very important was the help of France, sent to him by men of special forces and secret services to support him in his operations as did Moscow. In addition, Emmanuel Makron upgraded Hafatar from a warlord to a political leader, organizing peace talks with the general with Seraz in Paris.  French interventionism has angered Italy, an old colonial power in Libya, who complained that Makron is supporting a "new Gaddafi" to put his hand on oil. But Russia also supported Khattab, amid rumors that he negotiated with him naval bases in Libya. The Qatar and Turkey stood beside Searaj, while America was lost and was completely caught in sleep. However, Libya is a very good example of conflicting interests and proves that there are no friendships between states but only co-operative alliances. Everyone has their own agenda in Libya and they can have convergent interests among them. However, the US would not want Haftar to prevail because they fear Libya's return to Russian influence.

https://translate.google.com/translate?u=https%3A//www.pronews.gr/amyna-asfaleia/toyrkia/765774_i-agkyra-etoimazei-epemvasi-stin-livyi-gia-na-anahaitisei-ton-haftar&langpair=

auto%7Cen&hl=en 

:: 4-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From AAWSAP to AATIP: How the Pentagon’s Mysterious UFO Program Changed Names, and Focus

By Strange Sounds - Apr 16, 2019

On Dec. 2017, the New York Times published a story about a secretive UFO program ran out of the Pentagon. The project the NYT referred to was the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program (AATIP). However, since the NYT posted their article, more information has come to light, and it turns out the program had a different name in 2007 when it began. There has been a lot of confusion around this issue. Other researchers had found that the project’s first name was the Advanced Aerospace Weapons System Application Program (AAWSAP). So why did the NYT refer to it as AATIP? AAWSAP became AATIP. Although others involved with these programs have commented on the names, Elizondo is the only one who was an administrator, and he is the highest authority that the author of this article had interviewed on this topic. AAWSAP began in 2007 under the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), before Elizondo was involved. At this time, AAWSAP had staff at DIA to set up the program, this included determining the scope of the program and creating a solicitation for a contractor to work on the program. In 2008, AAWSAP sent out their request, and Bigelow Aerospace Advanced Space Studies (BAASS) was the only company to bid. The search for a contractor was all done by the DIA using their standard contract solicitation procedures. The project’s primary sponsor, Senator Harry Reid, had no involvement in this. There were no guarantees Bigelow would win the contract if there were other bids.  AAWSAP’s scope was to research many aspects of the paranormal, including occurrences at the so-called Skinwalker Ranch in Utah. This made people inside of the government uncomfortable, especially Christians who felt some of these potentially paranormal occurrences were demonic. Because the scope of AAWSAP was not palatable to so many inside the DIA, they created AATIP as a subgroup within AAWSAP that focused strictly on military UFO cases. Elizondo joined AAWSAP in 2008 to work on AATIP. By 2009, because of the ongoing scrutiny of AAWSAP, AATIP became more of a focus and AAWSAP was downplayed. In June 2009, Reid wrote his letter to get a Special Access Program (SAP) status and referred to the project as AATIP. Because Reid used the name AATIP, internally, AATIP was adopted as the name for the program. This is when AAWSAP essentially ended, and AATIP was the new name and scope of the program. The difference between the two was that AAWSAP was a paranormal research project, AATIP is UAP focused. At this time, work on the DIRDs originally requested under AAWSAP was ongoing and still under contract for AAWSAP. The contractors completed the DIRDs for AAWSAP in 2010. Also in 2010, Elizondo took over AATIP and moved it from the DIA to the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD), where he worked. According to the DIA, AATIP ended in 2012, but it was only the original funding allotment that ended, the project continued. AATIP continues to this day, but under a different name. Elizondo says he does not know the new name. The name changed for a similar reason it changed from AAWSAP to AATIP. Now that AATIP is public, the term AATIP is being scrutinized, so having a new name allows for some cover.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/pentagon-mysterious-ufo-disclosure-program-names.html 

[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..

:: 4-16-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strange Sounds of the Apocalypse recorded in UK, Ireland, Canada and United States

By Strange Sounds - Apr 16, 2019

The strange sounds from the sky are coming back! Bristol, UK On April 10, 2019, two strange sounds were recorded in Shirehampton, Bristol, UK: First heard 10pm, last heard 3am on night of 10th/11th April 2019. Repetitive trumpet/metal grinding sound that was at times very loud. Woke up my children, and later me. Very strange. We live in Shirehampton, near Bristol Port so this could conceivably be big ships moored in the harbour making groaning noises, but otherwise I am not sure what to think! Was genuinely spooked by it. Sounds a lot like the 2018 Gothenburg video. The noise has been heard in all types of weather, night or day. It has been heard in different locations along Dublin’s North coast simultaneously. I can categorically state it is not wind related!.. I will continue to monitor and post if there is any significant uptick on said phenomena. Montreal, Canada I was at work on February 5th 2019 in Saint-Laurent, Montreal, when I started to hear this strange sound from my office between 9:30 AM and 10:00 AM. At first I thought it must be the snowplows or some machinery scraping the asphalt but when I opened the window to hear it better, it struck me as being extremely similar to the weird sounds heard worldwide since the last few years, including several instances in Quebec. It went intensely for about 20 minutes (that I could hear) and then could still be heard sometimes through the afternoon although with a dimmer sound. When I left at around 4:30 PM, it had completely stopped.  Ohio, US This morning there was strange noises in the sky! Sounded like a jet, but there was NO jet in sight! No airports are around where I live! The sky was dark and it was windy, but it’s definitely not thunder or wind! The sounds were way louder and more frequent before I pulled my phone out and started recording! It lasted for about 45 minutes to an hour! Yesterday, Notre Dame de Paris burnt down… Were these trumpet sounds signs for this apocalyptic event?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/strange-sounds-us-uk-canada-ireland-video-2019.html 

:: 4-16-19 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saving Earth From WORMWOOD Might Be Harder Than Scientists First Thought

April 16, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

If humanity ever truly felt our existence threatened by an asteroid, one potential recourse would be to smash the looming space rock into pieces — but new research suggests that that approach may be less likely to succeed than people hope. The research suggests that an asteroid wouldn’t break apart as drastically as previous models suggested, and that in the aftermath of the attempted destruction, the asteroid’s gravity would be strong enough to pull the fragments back together… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/16/saving-earth-from-wormwood-might-be-harder-than-scientists-first-thought/ 

:: 4-16-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Notre Dame: An Omen

Dennis Prager|Posted: Apr 16, 2019 12:01 AM

The symbolism of the burning of Notre Dame Cathedral, the most renowned building in Western civilization, the iconic symbol of Western Christendom, is hard to miss. It is as if God Himself wanted to warn us in the most unmistakable way that Western Christianity is burning -- and with it, Western civilization. Every major Western (and one major non-Western) social and intellectual force has conspired to rid Europe of Christianity and the civilization it produced. Within the Western world, the French Enlightenment -- the intellectual basis of the French Revolution and the modern West -- sought to replace Christianity, and religion in general, with secularism rooted in reason. No God, Bible or Ten Commandments is necessary for morality or meaning: reason (and science) will replace them.  The two final deathblows to Christianity in Europe were the world wars. World War I ended most Westerners' belief in the nation-state and the West. Christianity, already weakened by the Enlightenment, was further weakened by World War I. German Christians were killing millions of French and English Christians, and French and English Christians were killing millions of German Christians. So the argument and sentiment against Christianity went. Then World War II saw even more death on the Christian continent as well as the failure of Catholic and Protestant churches in Nazi Germany to offer even minimal noncompliance with the Nazis' Jew-hatred.  With the end of World War II, every internal Western intellectual doctrine was secular. God, the Bible and religion were regarded at best as innocuous nonsense and at worst as noxious nonsense. Meanwhile, Europeans brought a non-European ideology into Europe, an ideology that, for more than a thousand years, sought to replace Christianity as the world's dominant religion. The Europeans, believing in nothing distinctly Christian or Western and believing in the moral and intellectual nonsense known as "multiculturalism" -- a doctrine that asserts that all cultures are morally equivalent -- saw nothing problematic in bringing millions of Muslims into Europe. They had no idea that most of these people actually wanted to replace Christianity with their religion. They had no idea because, in their ignorance and arrogance, they assumed that because they were secular multiculturalists, everybody else was, too -- or would be, once they lived in Europe. They were wrong, of course. And as a result, the two dominant forces in Europe -- secular leftism and Islamism -- sought the end of Christianity and the West. (The left believes that protecting Western civilization is equivalent to protecting white supremacy.) This is not producing a pretty picture. Generally speaking, Islam has not been nearly as kind, tolerant, open, medically or scientifically innovative or intellectually curious as Western civilization (and yes, Nazism and communism were born in the West, but they were anti-Western). Even without tens of millions of Muslims, post-Christian Europe has not produced a pretty picture. This was predicted in 1834, 100 years before Hitler's rise, by the great German poet Heinrich Heine, a secular Jew (who later converted to Protestantism, "the ticket of admission into European culture"): "Christianity -- and that is its greatest merit -- has somewhat mitigated that brutal German love of war, but it could not destroy it. Should that subduing talisman, the cross, be shattered, the frenzied madness of the ancient warriors, that insane Berserk rage of which Nordic bards have spoken and sung so often, will once more burst into flame. This talisman (the cross) is fragile, and the day will come when it will collapse miserably. Then ... a play will be performed in Germany which will make the French Revolution look like an innocent idyll." 

Recommended Live Blog: The Release of the Mueller Report European Christians persecuted European Jews, often brutally. But it took a post-Christian ideology, secular Nazism, to produce Auschwitz -- just as it took post-Christian communism to produce the Gulag, the Chinese Cultural Revolution and the Ukrainian and Cambodian genocides. Moreover, Nazism and communism aside, the left's belief that secular reason can replace God and the Bible turns out to be completely wrong. The alleged citadels of secular reason -- the universities -- are the most irrational and morally confused institutions in the West. I don't know if a worker accident or a radical Muslim set fire to Notre Dame Cathedral (as they have scores of other churches around Europe). In terms of what the fire represented, it doesn't much matter. What matters is the omen: Europe is burning, just as Notre Dame was. Dennis Prager is a nationally syndicated radio talk show host and columnist. His latest book, published by Regnery on May 7, 2019, is "The Rational Bible: Genesis," a commentary on the book of Genesis.. He is the founder of Prager University and may be contacted at dennisprager.com. Dennis Prager's Latest Book "The Rational Bible," a commentary on the book of Exodus is available on Amazon

https://townhall.com/columnists/dennisprager/2019/04/16/notre-dame-an-omen-n2544832 

:: 4-15-19 Information Liberation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Baptist Pastor Says Bank of America Shut Down All Of His Church's Bank Accounts

Chris Menahan InformationLiberation Apr. 15, 2019

Pastor Steven Anderson of the Faithful Word Baptist Church in Tempe, Arizona said Monday on YouTube that Bank of America shut down all the bank accounts of his church. "This morning, I found out that Bank of America shut down all of our bank accounts froze our accounts without notice and we can't even get our money out," Anderson said on YouTube. "We can't even walk into the bank and withdraw our money they just froze everything, shut everything down." "They're supposedly going to send us a cashier's check in like two weeks for all the money that was in our church bank account but in the meantime they just took all our money away," Anderson said. Anderson has attracted controversy over the years due to his fundamentalist preachings on homosexuality. Earlier this year, Proud Boys chairman Enrique Tarrio had his bank account closed by Chase Bank: Conservative commentator Martina Markota also had her business account closed by Chase Bank: Conservative activist Joe Biggs also had his Chase account closed, though the decision was later reversed after widespread outrage: All three suspected their accounts were closed due to their political views. We're entering new territory when unelected bankers can close down people's bank accounts over their political and religious views.

UPDATE: Project Veritas released a video on this very issue, which they dubbed "debanking," on Tuesday morning:

http://www.informationliberation.com/?id=60066 

:: 4-15-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The End Of The Internet Is Near: Rise Of Web Oligopoly

Learn about the globalist censorship plan here

The Alex Jones Show - April 15, 2019

Big Tech is now bragging about the amount of control they will have over public discourse online.

Alex explains that globalists have been planning to have this type of control for decades.

https://www.infowars.com/the-end-of-the-internet-is-near-rise-of-web-oligopoly/ 

:: 4-16-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How the Immigration Invasion Will Inevitably Lead to a Civil War

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 16, 2019 - 11:38.

Does anyone think that it is very strange that the UN is taking over the training for the newly formed Mexican National Guard (1) which is replacing the Mexican government's Federales? In an April 9, 2019 Washington Post story, the WAPO thinks that is endeavor is perfectly fine with the ultimate intention to flood the United States with crippling blow with a number of incoming immigrants to be so great, that America will never recover. The United Nations claims that it is taking over "human rights" training for a domestic military force. This is double talk to cover the fact that the UN is taking over Mexican law enforcement. And why would the United Nations be interested in taking over Mexican law enforcement? I can give 160 million reasons on why the UN is taking over this so-called "training" role because the UN has set the number of illegal immigrants designed to enter the United States in the next 2 years at 160 million newly invited guests for dinner. The United States is being invaded by hordes of immigrants. the resulting social chaos will result in a civil war because resource demand will far exceed the ability of the country to meet these needs. This is a deliberate invasion and of we do not stop it now, we will descend into a mad max scenario. Armed Federal Agents Fear the Hordes of Starving and Broke Immigrants The cost of this type of immigration is incalculable. However, there are some generalities that will illustrate the developing crisis. Recently, according to a DHS source, ICE just delivered 2,000 illegal immigrants to a local church in Del Rio, TX. The immigrants were not provided with food or money. What did they think was going to happen under these conditions? The crime rate has spiked to such a level in Del Rio that the Federal government is telling its employees to not eat out or gas their vehicles in Del Rio because of the danger.. Please remember that this Del Rio warning was directed at ARMED federal personnel. Because of the threat of mild economic sanctions, from the Trump administration, for admitting Central refugees enroute to America, the Mexicans have been offering token and weak resistance to the waves of immigrants heading our way? The fear is so great among Federal agents, that the DHS agents dispatched to the border have just been issued "25,000 extra rounds of 5.56 ammunition. The Incalculable Economic Impact What about the rest of the citizens who are not trained or armed? Multiply this threat times millions across the country and imagine the social chaos. The cost in food stamps alone, is incalculable. One can be certain that the Democrats will be pressing for social security benefits. This will take down that system. What about the fact that hospital emergency rooms MUST treat all illegal immigrants regardless of their ability to pay in the absence of possessing any medical insurance. What about the increased cost of law enforcement. Where are we going to find enough teachers? What about the impact on school budgets. And nobody, I mean nobody is talking about the cost to our already crumbling infrastructure. Where are we going to find the workers, much less the funds, to maintain this failing system as traffic could increase as much 50% in the next several years. What will happen to the crime rate? Simply look at Del Rio, TX. to answer that question. Cities like Phoenix are terribly short of uniformed officers. In Phoenix, they are short 500 officers. With this influx of immigrants, where are the cops going to come from. With the lowering of standards that are surely to come, what will that do the quality of police officers on the street? Health Threats Isn't it ironic that we are admitting illegal immigrants who have never had one vaccine. Yet, Colorado just joined the growing number of states that are requiring mandatory vaccinations without any exemptions. What is really going on here. However, the biggest threat to America's safety and welfare does not come from people who are no vaccinated. The real threat comes from immigrants who are unscreened for serious illnesses such as ebola. The United States is in the beginning of a full-fledged medical assault (2) which could spread like wildfire and paralyze this country's medical resources while potentially killing millions. A public health official in Laredo, Texas, said 20 Congolese migrants are being monitored for Ebola in shelters in his city and across the Mexican border in Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas. Shortly after his announcement during a Laredo City Council meeting, the World Health Organization (WHO) considered declaring a "global emergency" in response to a massive outbreak of Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. We have 8 Congolese right now in one of our shelters and a dozen in Nuevo Laredo, Laredo Health Director Dr. Hector Gonzalez told the Laredo City Councilman George Altget during a council meeting on April 4. For them, my concern was Ebola. He said that due to the time element, the Congolese migrants were not developing symptoms of Ebola. But, we're on alert to check that, he said. A report from the WHO states that, as of April 10, there have been more than 1,200 reported cases of Ebola in the Congo (1,140 confirmed, 66 probable). Those cases resulted in the deaths of 764 patients (698 confirmed, 66 probable). On Friday, The WHO decided the outbreak does not yet constitute a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC). A top Red Cross official told NBC News on Friday that he is more concerned than I have ever been about the current outbreak of Ebola spreading regionally. Emanuele Capobianco cited statistics from the Congolese health ministry confirming 40 new cases over a two-day period last week. NBC reported that the official called the rate unprecedented in this particular outbreak... This could give the United Nations total control of the border as they reserved themselves the right to invoke medical martial law. A DHS official has told me that their agents stationed at the border, have been asked to update their exotic illness vaccinations by updating them. Somebody knows what is coming. Conclusion Medical martial law is something that the CSS has covered in the past an this will be reviewed in the next article in this multi-part series. Further in the next article, I will be detailing how the UN is positioning themselves to take over the control of drugs and gain the ability to protect drug dealers with their international diplomatic immunity. Finally, future articles will deal with how this alleged meeting in Chicago, consisting of Latin American leaders, is conspiring to attack America at some future date with help from the inside, is not the first meeting of this type. Our coverage this invasion o of the United States is just getting started. The mad max scenario is on the way, are you ready? Soon the whole nation could become like Del Rio, TX. or Humboldt County, CA. Start prepping now because you are soon going to have trouble obtaining food and water. And with the Midwest farming being paralyzed by the weather wars, the cost of prepping is soon going to rise astronomically.

1. Washington Post - UN to help human rights training of Mexico’s National Guard

2. Hal Turner Radio Show - 20 Illegal Aliens from Congo Being "Monitored for EBOLA" at U.S. Border

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/how-immigration-invasion-will-inevitably-lead-civil-war

:: 4-9-19 The Citizen :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At the Cross, Jesus took our punishment

By Dr. David L. Chancey - April 9, 2019

Several years ago, a young man in Utah woke up to water splashing his face. He jumped out of bed and stepped onto a water-logged floor. He immediately called the land lord, who told him to rent a water vac and vacuum the water before his floor was ruined. So he rushed out to his car and discovered he had a flat tire. He ran back into his apartment to use the land line (No cell phones yet!), sloshed through increasing water, picked up the phone and it shocked him so badly he ripped the phone off the wall. He decided to go back down to his car but when he tried to get out the door, the door had swollen and wouldn’t open. He screamed for help until someone came and kicked in the door. He rushed to his car and quickly changed the tire but forgot he needed gas. He made it two blocks before he sputtered to a stop. Some good Samaritans helped him push his car back to his apartment. Then he remembered his ROTC graduation ceremony. Grabbing his bayonet, he threw it into his car and ran upstairs to dress. Rushing into his apartment, he saw falling plaster had crushed his canary cage, killing his bird. As he dashed over to where the cage lay, he slipped on the wet carpet and wrenched his back. He finally got up, dressed and rushed down to his car. Painfully struggling into the driver’s seat, he forgot about the bayonet and sat down on it, cutting his backside. Instead of graduating, he headed to the emergency room for stitches. About that time, somehow a newspaper reporter appeared and asked him, “How can you explain a day like this?” The only thing the fellow could say was, “Well, it looks like God was trying to kill me, but He just kept missing.” Have you ever had a day like that? Jesus said, “In the world, you will have tribulation . . .” We deal with trials because we live in a fallen world. Sometimes we create our own stress with poor decisions or ungodly living and then wonder, “Why is God doing this to me?” All God is doing is letting you reap what you sow. A trial is not a consequence but, instead, is something we wouldn’t choose, didn’t cause and cannot stop. We should pause and ask, “Is what I’m going through a trial or a consequence?” Occasionally, as life crashes in, someone will ask, “What have I done to deserve this? Is God punishing me?” Mark it down: God is not punishing you for your sin. He may allow us to suffer the consequences of our sin because every decision brings about a consequence and He may use the situation to teach us some important lessons. However, all the punishment for your sin was placed on Jesus at the cross. Mark 15:24 says, “They crucified Him.” Cicero said crucifixion was “the cruelest and most hideous punishment possible.” (The Expositor’s Bible Commentary, vol. 8, p. 779). With this cruel, tortuous death, Jesus bore our sin and paid the price for our sin once and for all. Jesus’ purpose was His sacrificial death on the cross. At the beginning of His ministry, John called Him “the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world” (John 1:29). Jesus Himself stated, “Even the Son of Man came not to be served but to serve and to give His life as a ransom for many” (Mark 10:45). Paul wrote, “For if while we were enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of His Son, much more, having been reconciled, we shall be saved by His life” (Romans 5:10). Our sin separates us from God yet Christ, through His atoning work on the cross, brought reconciliation between God and man. Thankfully, Jesus didn’t just die in our place and for our sin, but also arose from the grave, conquering death and completing the work of reconciliation. Paul wrote, “If Christ is not risen, your faith is futile; You are still in your sins!” (I Corinthians 15:17). No, God is not trying to punish you. Christ took our punishment on the cross. Rather, the cross and the empty tomb declare how much God loves you.

(Dr. David L. Chancey is pastor, McDonough Road Baptist Church, Fayetteville, Georgia. The church family gathers at 352 McDonough Road, near McCurry Park, and invites you to join them this Sunday for Bible study at 9:45 and worship at 10:55 a.m. Visit them online at www.mcdonoughroad.org).

https://thecitizen.com/2019/04/09/at-the-cross-jesus-took-our-punishment/ 

:: 4-11-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ilhan Omar Trivializes 9/11, Calls it a Day When '‘Some People Did Something’

Lori Arnold | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Thursday, April 11, 2019

U.S. Rep. Ilhan Omar, a Muslim Democrat from Minnesota, is once again in the national spotlight after portraying the Sept. 11, 2001 terror attacks as a day when “some people did something.” She made the comments last month during a fundraising speech in Los Angeles for the Council on American-Islamic Relations (CAIR), which has been linked to Hamas. Her appearance drew hundreds of protesters. Previous coverage of the speech detailed remarks in which she encouraged fellow Muslim Americans to “raise hell” and “make people uncomfortable” with their activism. “So, to me, I say raise hell. Make people uncomfortable,” Omar said as the crowd cheered. “Because here’s the truth, here’s the truth: Far too long we have lived with the discomfort of being a second-class citizen and frankly I’m tired of it, and every single Muslim in this country should be tired of it.” But contents from another part of the speech, which downplayed al Qaeda’s role in the terror attacks, only began to surface on social media this week. “CAIR was founded after 9/11 because they recognized that some people did something and that all of us were starting to lose access to our civil liberties,” Omar said at the event. Reaction has been swift. Omar’s colleague, Texas Rep. Dan Crenshaw, slammed the freshman representative for her depiction of the terror attacks. “First Member of Congress to ever describe terrorists who killed thousands of Americans on 9/11 as 'some people who did something,'” the Republican wrote in a tweet. “Unbelievable.” GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel challenged Democrat leaders to respond to the comments. "Ilhan Omar isn’t just anti-Semitic—she’s anti-American. Nearly 3,000 Americans lost their lives to Islamic terrorists on 9/11, yet Omar diminishes it as: 'Some people did something.' Democrat leaders need to condemn her brazen display of disrespect," said GOP chairwoman Ronna McDaniel.  Since her election last year, Omar has come under fire for comments that critics, including some in her own party, have called ‘anti-Semitic.’ Just days ago she called President Trump’s adviser Stephen Miller – a Jewish man – a “white nationalist.” In February Christian Headlines reported that Omar apologized for saying that Israeli groups pay the U.S. to support the country and that she 'almost chuckles' when people say Israel is a democracy. She ended the month by questioning the allegiance of pro-Israeli Americans during a gathering of supporters in the nation’s capital. “I want to talk about the political influence in this country that says it is okay to push for allegiance to a foreign country,” Omar said in reference to Israel. That comment drew a strong rebuke from fellow Democrat Rep. Eliot Engel, chairman of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, who called Omar’s remarks a “vile anti-Semitic slur.” “I welcome debate in Congress based on the merits of policy, but it’s unacceptable and deeply offensive to call into question the loyalty of fellow American citizens because of their political views, including support for the U.S.-Israel relationship,” the New York representative, who is Jewish, said.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/lori-arnold/ilhan-omar-trivializes-9-11-calls-it-a-day-when-some-people-did-something.html 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 4-15-19 Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deal of the Century' will not include Palestinian statehood - report

According to "The Washington Post," comments from Kushner and other US officials suggest that "the plan does away with statehood as the starting premise of peace efforts."

By Ilanit Chernick April 15, 2019 16:52

The Trump administration's peace plan, known as the "deal of the century" will reportedly include "practical proposals" for improving the lives of Palestinians, but it will probably stop short of recommending the establishment of a sovereign Palestinian state alongside Israel, The Washington Post reported Monday night. The deal is expected to be published soon, following more than two years in which it was formulated by a small group of special envoys of US President Donald Trump’s, including special representative Jason Greenblatt and senior advisor Jared Kushner. According to the Post report, comments from Kushner and other US officials suggest that "the plan does away with statehood as the starting premise of peace efforts" as it has been over the last 20 years or so. The report goes on to quote several people who have spoken to Kushner's team as saying that "Kushner and other US officials have linked peace and economic development to Arab recognition of Israel and acceptance of a version of the status quo on Palestinian 'autonomy,' as opposed to 'sovereignty.'" “What we’ve tried to do is figure out what is a realistic and what is a fair solution to the issues here in 2019 that can enable people to live better lives,” Kushner said in a rare interview with Sky News Arabia, as he sought Arab support on a visit to the region in February. “We believe we have a plan that is fair, realistic and implementable that will enable people to live better lives,” a senior White House official said Friday. “We looked at past efforts and solicited ideas from both sides and partners in the region, with the recognition that what has been tried in the past has not worked. Thus, we have taken an unconventional approach founded on not hiding from reality, but instead speaking truth.” Although Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas has said that the US is biased, one of his chief advisers reportedly said they would not reject Trump's plan outright. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has promised to consider the plan, which Trump emphasized "will ask concessions of both sides," The Washington Post reported. Kushner has described the plan as having four pillars: freedom, respect, security and opportunity for all parties involved. In an interview with Army Radio on Tuesday, Strategic Affairs Minister Gilad Erdan responded to the Post's report about the deal of the century, saying that "if the American administration understands that the idea of ​​a Palestinian state has no justification, feasibility, or chance, this is significant news." Meanwhile, a letter published in The Guardian by former EU officials, including six prime ministers and 25 foreign ministers, called for postponing the "deal of the century" because it is unfair to the Palestinians. In the letter, which was sent to the European Union and EU governments, the former leaders argue that Europe must stand by the two-state solution and condemn the Trump administration's policy, which they claim is unilaterally in favor of Israel. Join Jerusalem Post Premium Plus now for just $5 and upgrade your experience with an ads-free website and exclusive content. Click here>>

https://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Report-Deal-of-the-Century-will-not-include-Palestinian-statehood-586887 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4-14-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Madagascar Measles Epidemic Kills More Than 1,200 People

04-14-2019 Associated Press

AMBALAVAO, Madagascar (AP) — Babies wail as a nurse tries to reassure mothers who have come to vaccinate their children. They fear a measles epidemic that has killed more than 1,200 people in this island nation where many are desperately poor. As Madagascar faces its largest measles outbreak in history and cases soar well beyond 115,000, resistance to vaccinating children is not the driving force. Measles cases are rising in the United States and other parts of the world, in part the result of misinformation that makes some parents balk at a crucial vaccine. New York City is now trying to halt a measles outbreak by ordering mandatory vaccinations in one Brooklyn neighborhood. In Madagascar, many parents would like to protect their children but face immense challenges including the lack of resources. Just 58% percent of people on Madagascar’s main island have been vaccinated against measles, a major factor in the outbreak’s spread. With measles one of the most infectious diseases, immunization rates need to be 90 to 95% or higher to prevent outbreaks. On a recent day, the Iarintsena health center’s waiting room was full, with mothers sitting on the floor and others waiting outside in the overwhelming heat. Two volunteer nurses and a midwife tried to respond to the demand. Nifaliana Razaijafisoa had walked 15 kilometers (9 miles) with her 6-month-old baby in her arms. “He has a fever,” she said. “I think it’s measles because there are these little pimples that have appeared on his face.” The nurse quickly confirmed it. “I’m so scared for him because in the village everyone says it kills babies,” Razaijafisoa said. The measles outbreak has killed mostly children under age 15 since it began in September, according to the World Health Organization. “The epidemic, unfortunately, continues to expand in size” though at a slower pace than a month ago, said Dr. Dossou Vincent Sodjinou, a WHO epidemiologist in Madagascar. By mid-March, 117,075 cases had been reported by the health ministry, affecting all regions of the country. Some cases of resistance to vaccinations exist because of the influence of religion or of traditional health practitioners but they are isolated ones, he said. This epidemic is complicated by the fact that nearly 50 percent of children in Madagascar are malnourished. “Malnutrition is the bed of measles, ” Sodjinou said. Razaijafisoa’s baby weighs just 5 kilograms (11 pounds). “This is the case for almost all children with measles who have come here,” said Lantonirina Rasolofoniaina, a volunteer at the health center. Simply reaching a clinic for help can be a challenge. Many people in Madagascar cannot afford to see a doctor or buy medicine, and health centers often are understaffed or have poorly qualified workers. As a result, information about health issues can be unreliable. Some parents are not aware that vaccines are free, at least in public health centers. Four of Erika Hantriniaina’s five children have had measles. She had wrongly believed that people could not be vaccinated after nine months of age. “It’s my 6-year-old daughter who had measles first. She had a lot of fever,” she said. “I called the doctor but it was Friday. He had already gone to town. I went to see another doctor who told me that my daughter had an allergy. ... This misdiagnosis was almost fatal.” The girl had diarrhea and vomiting and couldn’t eat, Hantriniaina said, adding that she narrowly survived. Measles, a highly infectious disease spread by coughing, sneezing, close contact or infected surfaces, has no specific treatment. The symptoms are treated instead. “Vitamin A is given to children to increase their immunity. We try to reduce the fever. If there is a cough, we give antibiotics,” said Dr. Boniface Maronko, sent by WHO to Madagascar to supervise efforts to contain the outbreak. If the disease is not treated early enough, complications appear including diarrhea, bronchitis, pneumonia and convulsions. Madagascar’s health ministry has sent free medications to regions most affected by the epidemic. Maronko reminded heads of health centers in the Ambalavao region not to make parents pay, saying he had seen some doctors asking for money. He told the AP he feared the medicines wouldn’t be enough. The country’s capital, Antananarivo, a city of some 1.3 million, has not been spared by the epidemic. Lalatiana Ravonjisoa, a vegetable vendor in a poor district, grieves for her 5-month-old baby. “I had 5 children. They all had measles. For the last, I did not go to see the doctor because I did not have money,” she said. “I gave my baby the leftover medications from his big brother to bring down the fever.” For a few days she did not worry: “I felt like he was healed.” But one morning she noticed he had trouble breathing. Later she found his feet were cold. “Look at my baby,” she told her mother. “She hugged him for a long time and she did not say anything. Then she asked me to be strong. He was gone.” Ravonjisoa said she blames herself, “but I did not imagine for one moment that he was going to die.” At the hospital, a doctor confirmed that her baby died of measles-related respiratory complications. Late last month WHO started a third mass measles vaccination campaign in Madagascar with the overall goal of reaching 7.2 million children aged 6 months to 9 years. “But immunization is not the only strategy for the response to this epidemic. We still need resources for care, monitoring and social mobilization,” said Sodjinou, the WHO epidemiologist.

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2019/april/madagascar-measles-epidemic-kills-more-than-1-200-people 

:: 4-9-19 Ramond Ibrahim :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Just War vs Just Plain-Old Jihad

04/09/2019 by Raymond Ibrahim

Wherever one looks, the historic crusades against Islam are demonized and distorted in ways designed to exonerate jihadi terror. “Unless we get on our high horse,” Barak Obama once chided Americans who were overly critical of Islamic terror, “and think this [beheadings, sex-slavery, crucifixion, roasting humans] is unique to some other place, remember that during the Crusades and the Inquisition, people committed terrible deeds in the name of Christ.” Others, primarily academics and self-professed “experts,” insist that the crusades are one of the main reasons modern day Muslims are still angry. According to Georgetown University’s John Esposito, “Five centuries of peaceful coexistence [between Islam and Christendom] elapsed before political events and an imperial-papal power play led to [a] centuries-long series of so-called holy wars that pitted Christendom against Islam and left an enduring legacy of misunderstanding and distrust.”[1] Nor is this characterization limited to abstract theorizing; it continues to have a profound impact on the psyche of Westerners everywhere. Thus in 1999 and to mark the nine hundredth anniversary of the crusader conquest of Jerusalem, hundreds of devout Protestants participated in a so-called “reconciliation walk” that began in Germany and ended in Jerusalem. Along the way they wore T-shirts bearing the message “I apologize” in Arabic. Their official statement follows: Nine hundred years ago, our forefathers carried the name of Jesus Christ in battle across the Middle East. Fueled by fear, greed and hatred… the Crusaders lifted the banner of the Cross above your people… On the anniversary of the first Crusade, we … wish to retrace the footsteps of the Crusaders in apology for their deedsWe deeply regret the atrocities committed in the name of Christ by our predecessors. We renounce greed, hatred and fear, and condemn all violence done in the name of Jesus Christ.[2] The great irony concerning the mainstream condemnation of the historic crusades is that a closer examination of them—what they meant, what inspired them, how they were justified, who could participate—in comparison to the requisites of jihad, not only exonerates the crusades but exonerates the West of any wrongdoing against Islam, past or present. As outrageous as this may sound, consider some facts:

Just War Theory First, the crusades were a product of Just War theory, the fundamental criterion of which is that wars “must be defensive or for the recovery of rightful possession,” to quote Crusades historian Christopher Tyerman.[3] “Christian warriors,” elaborates Reconquista historian Joseph O’Callaghan, “were exhorted to regain land, once theirs, but now wrongfully occupied by Muslim intruders who were charged with oppressing Christianity and despoiling churches.” As such, “the Christians, certain that their cause was just and that God was on their side, faced the enemy.”[4] So sure of the justness of their cause, premodern Europeans never failed to explain it to their Muslim opponents. Before beginning the siege of Lisbon, Archbishop Joao of Braga invited the Muslims to surrender, since they had “unjustly held our cities and lands already for 358 years,” and “to return to the homeland of the Moors whence you came, leaving to us what is ours.”[5] Fifty years earlier and thousands of miles to the east, Peter the Hermit relied on the same logic to explain to a Muslim commander why it was just for the crusaders—and not for the Muslims—to claim the ancient Christian city of Antioch by force: because it had been Christian for six centuries before Islam invaded. Indeed, because North Africa and the Middle East were part of Christendom centuries before Islam conquered them, not a few Medieval European thinkers harbored hopes of liberating even these. “The oriental church shone in antiquity, explained Jacques [de Vitry, a Frankish theologian, b. 1160/70], spreading its rays to the West, but ‘from the time of the perfidious Muhammad until our own time’ has been in decline” and thus needed liberation.[6] The “idea of proceeding through Spain to Africa and thence to the Holy Land was put forward in the fourteenth century in several treatises on the recovery of the Holy Land.”[7] As late as the twentieth century, the prolific Anglo-French historian Hilaire Belloc lamented that if the crusades had not failed, “probably we Europeans would have recovered North Africa and Egypt—we should certainly have saved Constantinople—and Mohammedanism would have only survived as an Oriental religion thrust beyond the ancient boundaries of the Roman Empire.”[8] Even the entire colonial era was a byproduct of Just War. As Bernard Lewis explains: [T]he whole complex process of European expansion and empire in the last five centuries has its roots in the clash of Islam and Christendom. It began with the long and bitter struggle of the conquered peoples of Europe, in east and west, to restore their homelands to Christendom and expel the Muslim peoples who had invaded and subjugated them. It was hardly to be expected that the triumphant Spaniards and Portuguese would stop at the Straits of Gibraltar, or that the Russians would allow the Tatars to retire in peace and regroup in their bases on the upper and lower Volga—the more so since a new and deadly Muslim attack on Christendom was under way, with the Turkish advance from the Bosporus to the Danube and beyond threatening the heart of Europe. The victorious liberators, having reconquered their own territories, pursued their former masters whence they had come.[9] Just Plain-Old Jihad

Now compare Just War logic—defending one’s lands and its people and defanging one’s enemy—with the jihad. The “Western distinction between just and unjust wars,” writes international relations professor Bassam Tibi, “is unknown in Islam. Any war against unbelievers, whatever its immediate ground, is morally justified. Only in this sense can one distinguish just and unjust wars in Islamic tradition. When Muslims wage war for the dissemination of Islam, it is a just war…. When non-Muslims attack Muslims [including in self-defense], it is an unjust war. The usual Western interpretation of jihad as a ‘just war’ in the Western sense is, therefore, a misreading of this Islamic concept.”[10] To be sure, a great many Western “experts” on Islam insist that jihad is the Islamic counterpart of Just War, that it is all always defensive and in no way, shape, or form supports offensive warfare. (Most recently, Juan Cole makes this false assertion in his book, Muhammad: Prophet of Peace Amid the Clash of Empires.) Or consider the words of Islam scholar Clement Huart (b.1854), writing back at the height of Western power and Muslim weakness: “The [Western] international conventions that have limited the exercise of the right to wage war [to purposes of defense] have no influence over the Muslim soul, to which passivism is and always will be for foreign. The state of peace has been imposed on it by force; the Muslim soul tolerates it but does not recognize it, and cannot recognize it as long as there are unbelievers on earth to convert.”[11] Sin, Sincerity, and Sex What constitutes casus bellum is only the first of many differences between crusade and jihad. Because the former developed within a Judeo-Christian paradigm, it was surrounded by moral constraints that no other civilization—especially Islam—imposed on itself. From the very start, at Clermont in 1095, Pope Urban never offered forgiveness of sins (but rather remission of the penances for sins to which crusaders had already confessed).[12] Those who took the cross were required to be sincerely penitent. This is a far cry from what Muslims were (and are) taught about fighting and dying in jihad: every sin they ever committed is instantly forgiven, and the highest level of paradise is theirs. “Lining up for battle in the path of Allah,” Muhammad had decreed in a canonical hadith, “is worthier than 60 years of worship.” Muhammad also said, “I cannot find anything” as meritorious as jihad, which he further likened to “praying ceaselessly and fasting continuously.”[13] As for the “martyr”—the shahid—he “is special to Allah,” announced the prophet. “He is forgiven from the first drop of blood [he sheds]. He sees his throne in paradise. . . . Fixed atop his head will be a crown of honor, a ruby that is greater than the world and all it contains. And he will copulate with seventy-two Houris.” (The houris are supernatural, celestial women—“wide-eyed” and “big-bosomed,” says the Koran—created by Allah for the express purpose of gratifying his favorites in perpetuity.) Crusader motives also had to be sincere: “Whoever shall set forth to liberate the church of God at Jerusalem for the sake of devotion alone and not to obtain honor or money will be able to substitute that journey for all penance,” Urban had said. Similarly, Spanish Prince Juan Manuel (d.1348) explained that “all those who go to war against the Moors in true repentance and with a right intention … and die are without any doubt holy and rightful martyrs, and they have no other punishment than the death they suffer.”[14] In this, Christian war significantly departed from Islamic jihad. Allah and his prophet never asked for or required sincere hearts from those flocking to the jihad; as long as they proclaimed the shahada—thereby pledging allegiance to Islam—and nominally fought for and obeyed the caliph or sultan, men could invade, plunder, rape and enslave infidels to their hearts content. The cold, businesslike language of the Koran makes this clear. Whoever wages jihad makes a “fine loan to Allah,” which the latter guarantees to pay back “many times over” in booty and bliss either in the here or hereafter (e.g., Koran 2:245, 4:95, 9:111). “I guarantee him [the jihadi] either admission to Paradise,” said Muhammad, “or return to whence he set out with a reward or booty. In short, fighting in Islam’s service—with the risk of dying—is all the proof of piety needed. Indeed, sometimes fighting has precedence over piety: many dispensations, including not upholding prayers and fasting, are granted those who participate in jihad. Ottoman sultans were actually forbidden from going on pilgrimage to Mecca—an otherwise individual obligation for Muslims, especially those who can afford it, such as the sultan—simply because doing so could jeopardize the prosecution of the jihad. Little wonder that, whereas there was never a shortage of Muslims willing to participate in a jihad, “85-90 percent of the Frankish knights did not respond to the pope’s call to the Crusade,” explains Tony Stark, and “those [10-15 percent] who went were motivated primarily by pious idealism.”[15] Little wonder that there are still countless jihadis today but no crusaders. The crusade’s stringent requirements compared to the jihad’s lax requirements are especially evident in the context of sex. Crusaders were forbidden from owning or raping slaves. During the more than eight month long siege of Antioch, desperate crusaders—whose many deprivations included female companionship—resorted to roaming bands of local prostitutes. These were eventually driven out, “lest they [the crusaders], stained by the defilement of dissipation, displease the Lord.”[16] Contrast this with the Muslim army that came to face them: it contained numerous beautiful women “brought here not to fight, but rather reproduce,” observed one eyewitness.[17] Inevitable Atrocities vs. Intentional Atrocities Because Just War demanded the restoration of a particularly important piece of Christian territory, in this case, Jerusalem, the crusaders marched for years over thousands of miles deep into hostile territory, suffering hunger, thirst, disease, and a host of other plagues to reach their goal. This comes out clearly in the writings of participants and contemporaries of the First Crusade. “So, for the love of God,” explained Fulcher of Chartres, “we suffered … hunger, cold, and excessive rains. Some wanting food ate even horses, asses, and camels. Also, we were very often racked by excessive cold and frequent rainstorms… I saw many, without tents, die from the coldness of the rainstorms…. Often some were killed by Saracens lying in ambush around the narrow passages, or were abducted by them when they were seeking victuals… [But] it is evident that no one can achieve anything great without tremendous effort. [Thus] it was a great event when we came to Jerusalem.” Pregnant women, adds Albert of Aix (b. 1060) “their throats dried up, their wombs withered, all the veins of the body drained by the indescribable heat of the sun and that parched region, gave birth and abandoned their own [probably stillborn] young in the middle of the highway in the view of everyone.” Unsurprisingly, when they finally breached the walls of those who had initiated the need for them to march (and suffer) in the first place—Muslims—the by then emaciated and half-maddened Europeans often responded with unbridled fury. “As they recalled the sufferings they had endured during the siege” of Antioch, wrote a contemporary, “they thought that the blows that they were giving could not match the starvations, more bitter than death, that they had endured.”[18] Likewise, during the siege of Barra, the crusaders were so “harassed by the madness of excessive hunger”[19] that they devoured the flesh of already dead Muslims; when they finally took the city, “[t]heir [deranged] appearance … terrified the Muslims,” who were ruthlessly massacred.[20]

Conversely, Muslims never had a specific goal that required them to march thousands of miles deep into hostile territory; rather the jihad took place wherever Muslim territories conveniently abutted against infidels (the ribats or border fortresses). Thus jihadis rarely suffered hardships or deprivations and were always a short march away from Muslim territories, whence supplies, recruits, and refreshments of all sorts were easily attainable. Even so, according to the popular view (voiced by academics, politicians, and especially media) the atrocities committed during the crusader sack of Jerusalem—not the countless Muslim atrocities committed in the centuries before and after it that were neither justified nor exacerbated by undue hardships but rather fueled by sadistic hate for “infidels”—is the worst atrocity ever committed in the many centuries of war between Christians and Muslims, and the only one that should be talked about. Religious Freedom vs Religious Coercion

Finally, because Just War is exclusively concerned with matters of justice (recovering land or repulsing enemies) and, unlike the jihad, is not ideologically driven, so too did it not institutionalize any mechanisms to pressure Muslims into converting to Christianity. (With notable exceptions as when the Spanish crown found conversion to Christianity the only realistic way for half a million Muslims to abandon their ongoing hostilities and subversions; even this failed as the overwhelming majority of Muslims feigned conversion while internalizing the antagonism in keeping with the doctrine of taqiyya, as documented in Sword and Scimitar, pp. 199-203). As Constantine the Great had explained three centuries before the coming of Islam, “Let those [pagans] who delight in error alike with those who believe [Christians] partake of the advantages of peace and quiet…. Let no one disturb another, let each man hold fast to that which his soul wishes, let him make full use of this… What each man has adopted as his persuasion, let him do no harm with this to another.”[21] A millennium after Constantine, Spanish prince Juan Manuel (d.1348) agreed: “There is war between Christians and Moors and there will be until the Christians have recovered the lands that the Moors have taken from them by force. There would not be war between them on account of religion or sect, because Jesus Christ never ordered that anyone should be killed or forced to accept his religion.”[22] “In other words,” concludes crusades professor Riley-Smith, “the Crusades, like all Christian wars, had to be reactive; they could never, for example, be wars of conversion.”[23] Accordingly, whether during the crusades or the colonial era, European (re)conquerors did not behave like their Muslim counterparts and institutionalize discriminatory or humiliating measures designed to pressure the conquered to convert. A ninth century letter from Constantinople to the caliphate argues that, “since … the Arab prisoners could pray in a mosque in Constantinople without anyone obliging them to embrace Christianity, the Caliph should also cease to persecute Christians.”[24] That Just War is morally superior to just jihad can even be seen in the aftermath of both. Whereas successful jihads almost always culminated in slavery, depopulation, and devastation, Muslims “live in great comfort under the Franks,” wrote Ibn Jubayr around 1180, while passing through the crusader kingdoms on pilgrimage to Mecca. Muslims “are masters of their dwellings,” he added, “and govern themselves as they wish. This is the case in all the territory occupied by the Franks.” Distinctions Even a Child Understands Be that as it may; whatever else can be taken from this excursus on the differences between crusade and jihad, between just and unjust wars, the most fundamental point cannot be overstated: because Islam initiated hostilities against the premodern Christian world—invading and conquering the majority of its historic territory without provocation and in the name of jihad, not justice—everything the West did in response was justified. If this assertion strikes some as outrageous, so too does it accord with the most universally held notions of justice, apparent from birth. For when two school boys are chastised for fighting and one indignantly cries out “but he started it!”—what else does he do but appeal to the innate human conviction that whoever starts, not responds to, violence is the guilty party? (Note: See Ibrahim’s new book Sword and Scimitar: Fourteen Centuries of War between Islam and the West for many examples of just and unjust wars.)

https://www.raymondibrahim.com/2019/04/09/just-war-vs-just-plain-old-jihad/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 4-7-19 Need to Know :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Government Offers a $1,500 Bounty to Informants Who Identify Leaders of Christian House Churches

April 7, 2019 One News Now

The Guangzhou Department of Ethnic and Religious Affairs is offering $1,500, equal to an average two-month’s income, to neighbors who turn in leaders of illegal house churches. Chinese President Xi Jinping, who is going after Muslims and Christians with great zeal, views religion as a threat from foreign countries to infiltrate and undermine the government’s power. [He is wrong about foreign powers but right in that religion does, in fact, undermine government power, because it allows people to turn to spiritual leaders and to each other for guidance and help. Totalitarian governments cannot allow that to happen.] -GEG Read full article here…

https://needtoknow.news/2019/04/chinese-government-offers-a-1500-bounty-to-informants-who-identify-leaders-of-christian-house-churches/ 

:: 4-7-19 Sky Watch tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Petrus Romanus Could Influence “Giving Life To The Image Of The Beast”

April 7, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

It might not be the first place you imagine when you think about robots. But in the Renaissance splendour of the Vatican, thousands of miles from Silicon Valley, scientists, ethicists and theologians gather to discuss the future of robotics. The ideas go to the heart of what it means to be human and could define future generations on the planet. (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2019/04/07/how-petrus-romanus-could-influence-giving-life-to-the-image-of-the-beast/ 

:: 4--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI docs show 'cover-up' of Hillary's email server

Demonstrate 'sham nature of the FBI/DOJ investigation'

Published: 7 days ago

The Washington watchdog Judicial Watch has released 422 pages of FBI documents showing evidence of “cover-up” discussions related to Hillary Clinton’s unauthorized email system within the company that managed it. A Platte River Networks email sent in December 2014 says: “Its [sic] all part of the Hillary coverup operation I’ll have to tell you about it at the party.” The documents obtained by Judicial Watch also show Intelligence Community Inspector General Charles McCullough forwarding “concerns” about classified information contained in the Clinton emails. Judicial Watch also obtained Clinton’s 2009 classified information Non-Disclosure Agreement bearing her signature. And documents show Platte River Networks’ use of BleachBit on the Clinton server to delete files. The program was downloaded on March 31, 2015, according to a computer event log. Over the next half hour it was used to delete the files on the server at a time when they were under subpoena. The October 2016 Freedom of Information Act lawsuit was filed after the Justice Department failed to comply with a July 2016 FOIA request. Emails and handwritten notes written in June and July 2015 from the Office of the Intelligence Community Inspector General discuss “concerns” over classified information on the server. A redacted sender writes to State Department Official Margaret “Peggy” Grafeld that “inadvertent release of State Department’s equities when this collection is released in its entirety — the potential damage to the foreign relations of the United States could be significant. ICIG McCullough forwards the concern, saying: ‘Need you plugged in on this.'” The sender writes: “While working with this inspector, I have personally reviewed hundreds of documents in the HRC collection. I can now say, without reservation, that there are literally hundreds of classified emails in this collection; maybe more.” In an August 2015 internal FBI memo, the FBI notes that Hillary Clinton had signed a June 28, 2011, official correspondence advising all State Department employees that, “due to ‘recent targeting of personal e-mail accounts by online adversaries,’ State employees should ‘avoid conducting official Department business from (their) personal e-mail accounts.” The same FBI memo noted a memo from Under Secretary of State for Management Patrick Kennedy to all senior State Department officials on Aug. 28, 2014. In it, Kennedy included excerpts from the Foreign Affairs Manual that said that “classified information must be sent via classified e-mail channels only.” The documents uncovered by Judicial Watch also show infighting between Kennedy and the ICIG over the processing of the potentially compromised Clinton email communications. A June 15, 2015, memo by the ICIG regarding the State Department’s review of Hillary Clinton’s emails, Judicial Watch said, indicates the retired foreign service officers assigned the task were “not optimal.”

Read more at https://www.wnd.com/2019/04/fbi-docs-show-cover-up-of-hillarys-email-server/#LSb8CU20hqrUdhvM.99

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 4-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China’s Special Forces To Station In Zimbabwe, Build Secret Underground Base To Protect Natural Resource Claims 

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/09/2019 - 01:00

Spotlight Zimbabwe has reported that China is preparing to station elite special forces in Zimbabwe, as Beijing increases military cooperation with Harare, amid concerns that the Asian powerhouse is set to construct a secret underground military base in the country. The new report comes one year after Spotlight Zimbabwe revealed that China installed next-generation surface-to-air missiles (SAM) in the country, the same ones that are deployed to the South China Sea on Woody Island. China’s new military base is set to protect its large diamond claims and gold mines across the country, where some of its SAM launchers are already located. According to a former minister of ex-leader President Robert Mugabe’s administration, China has been planning on sending their special forces to the country since 2014 "to offer technical assistance and support" to the Zimbabwe National Army (ZNA). However, Mugabe called off the plan several years ago, after accusing the Chinese of corruption, and the plunder of natural resources in Marange. “They (China) have been itching to set a permanent military presence in this country, to protect their vast economic interests here but Mugabe was resisting the overtures,” said the former cabinet minister. “Although the cover argument was around offering technical assistance and support to our armed forces, it later became clear that Mnangagwa had his own agreement and arrangements with China. This infuriated Mugabe, and it was also during the same period Mnangagwa had first traveled to China as vice president, holding high-level meetings which his boss had not fully been briefed on. The incident increased Mugabe’s political mistrust for Mnangagwa, whom he suspected was presenting himself to President Xi Jinping, as the best political actor to secure China’s investments in Zimbabwe after he steps down. The rest is history. Mnangagwa has since invited China back to mine diamonds in Marange, and their special force has received the greenlight from vice president Rtd General, Constatino Chiwenga, to find a station in the country. Now there is every reason to believe that Mugabe’s November 2017 ouster, could have been a result of China viewing his stay in power as a threat to their economic investments, especially after having stripped them of diamond mining rights.” Zimbabwe has seen billions of dollars of Chinese investments over the last few years, mainly in critical economic sectors of mining, agriculture, and telecommunications. The investments are part of the Belt and Road Initiative (BRI), an ambitious effort to improve regional economies on a trans-continental scale. It aims to strengthen infrastructure, trade, and investment between China and 65 other countries that collectively account for 30% of global Gross Domestic Product (GDP), 62% of world population and 75% of known global energy reserves. President Emmerson Mnangagwa said last month that BRI is a significant improvement of the old Silk Road. "In the past, there was the Silk Road, and that to a greater extent did not embrace the entire continent. Zimbabwe was only lucky to the extent that 800 to 1000 years ago there was trade between the Munhumutapa Kingdom and China when we imported porcelain and silk from here and in turn you got our ivory. "But today the Road and Belt Initiative has taken everybody on board so that our economies can talk to each other, so that our economies can help each other modernize and mechanize. We are getting connected and benefiting from each other. "If you look at the current FOCAC meeting, there are 10 issues that we are going to deal with and these issues are really primary issues that show developing countries like Zimbabwe. "The issue of transportation, the issue of infrastructure development in our countries . . . we believe that with this relationship under FOCAC where the rest of Africa is making conversations with China, and China helping Zimbabwe and Africa to go up. And when that happens it creates the integration of marketing in China and Africa so we are happy that we are part of this global vision," he said. China has indicated that it will invest in Africa with the Agenda 2063 of the African Union, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations, as well as the development strategies of individual African countries. However, in Zimbabwe's case, Chinese BRI investments have been followed by a permanent military presence. Now, allegedly, a secret underground military base for special forces is set to be constructed, a move that will certainly anger Washington.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/chinas-special-forces-station-zimbabwe-build-secret-underground-base-protect 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 4--19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As A New 'Pestilence' Begins To Ravage America, Our Fall Into The Twilight Zone Wouldn't Be Complete Without Us 1st Returning To The Middle Ages So The Left Is Now Seeing To That

- Democrats Policies Are Leading To A Major Public Health Crisis In America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While this very important commentary by John Whitehead over at the Rutherford Institute titled "American Idiocracy: 50 Years Later, We're Still Stranded In The Twilight Zone" opens with a question that is hard to deny in 2019, "Have you noticed how much life increasingly feels like an episode of The Twilight Zone?", his excellent story doesn't touch upon several new signs we're being cast back into the 'Middle Ages' this very moment that we'll address within this ANP story. While Whitehead's story focuses upon the very real abuses by 'big government' and the 'police state' that are growing more brutal and more unjust and more corrupt and even more idiotic, more perverse, and more outlandish by the day, while warning that our government has become a 'kakistocracy' (a government run by unprincipled career politicians, corporations and thieves that panders to the worst vices in our nature and has little regard for the rights of American citizens), it doesn't touch at all on the fact that another 'Twilight Zone' theme playing out is America's return to time where we're now suffering from diseases previously eradicated here, diseases from the 'Medieval Ages' as Scientific American had reported in this March 15th story. With unchecked illegal immigration flooding cities in our nation with a mass of humanity, leading to infectious diseases that devastated populations in the Middle Ages resurging in cities in California and elsewhere around the country, while hitting homeless populations particularly hard as Summit News had reported in this recent story, the fact that cities across the nation have allowed their streets to be turned into public restrooms, with junkies and the homeless defecating in them and then sleeping nearby, has largely led to this public health crisis with outbreaks of Shigella bacteria and Hepatitis A, both are which are caused by exposure to feces, are on the increase in Southern California, New Mexico, Ohio and Kentucky, “primarily among people who are homeless or use drugs.” And now, as the NY Times reports in this new story, a new pestilence is beginning to ravage our land with a mysterious and untreatable recently discovered infection now spanning across the planet in a climate of secrecy making its way into America: "The rise of Candida auris embodies a serious and growing public health threat" the NY Times reported, largely due to C. Auris being drug resistance and its near impossibility to completely eradicate. From their story which reports upon a man who recently died from C. auris in New York. The man at Mount Sinai died after 90 days in the hospital, but C. auris did not. Tests showed it was everywhere in his room, so invasive that the hospital needed special cleaning equipment and had to rip out some of the ceiling and floor tiles to eradicate it.  “Everything was positive — the walls, the bed, the doors, the curtains, the phones, the sink, the whiteboard, the poles, the pump,” said Dr. Scott Lorin, the hospital’s president. “The  C. auris is so mattress, the bed rails, the canister holes, the window shades, the ceiling, everything in the room was positive.”tenacious, in part, because it is impervious to major antifungal medications, making it a new example of one of the world’s most intractable health threats: the rise of drug-resistant infections.  As we had reported on ANP back on February 22nd in our story titled "Here Comes 'The Plague': This Is Part Of The Globalists Plan To 'Cull' Us All - Sickening Video Shows American Cities Descending Into Shambles - With Things This Bad Already, What Happens When TEOTWAWKI Really Arrives?", many more big US cities have descended into trash infested, crime ridden hellholes due largely to Democrat/globalist policies. And as this Scientific American story points out, it is those very policies, especially unchecked immigration, that have allowed 'Medieval diseases' to spread and proliferate. From their story.: Infectious diseases—some that ravaged populations in the Middle Ages—are resurging in California and around the country, and are hitting homeless populations especially hard.  Los Angeles recently experienced an outbreak of typhus—a disease spread by infected fleas on rats and other animals—in downtown streets. Officials briefly closed part of City Hall after reporting that rodents had invaded the building. People in Washington state have been infected with Shigella bacteria, which is spread through feces and causes the diarrheal disease shigellosis, as well as Bartonella quintana, which spreads through body lice and causes trench fever. Hepatitis A, also spread primarily through feces, infected more than 1,000 people in Southern California in the past two years. The disease also has erupted in New Mexico, Ohio and Kentucky, primarily among people who are homeless or use drugs. Public health officials and politicians are using terms like “disaster” and “public health crisis” to describe the outbreaks, and they warn that these diseases can easily jump beyond the homeless population. “Our homeless crisis is increasingly becoming a public health crisis,” California Gov. Gavin Newsom said in his State of the State speech in February, citing outbreaks of hepatitis A in San Diego County, syphilis in Sonoma County and typhus in Los Angeles County. “Typhus,” he said. “A medieval disease. In California. In 2019.” The diseases have flared as the nation’s homeless population has grown in the past two years: About 553,000 people were homeless at the end of 2018, and nearly one-quarter of homeless people live in California. So with homelessness, much of it caused by unchecked immigration, clearly the 'vector' for the spread of these diseases once eradicated in America to return, why are we allowing in so many? Once again, from the Scientific American story.: The diseases spread quickly and widely among people living outside or in shelters, fueled by sidewalks contaminated with human feces, crowded living conditions, weakened immune systems and limited access to health care. “The hygiene situation is just horrendous” for people living on the streets, said Dr. Glenn Lopez, a physician with St. John’s Well Child & Family Center, who treats homeless patients in Los Angeles County. “It becomes just like a Third World environment where their human feces contaminate the areas where they are eating and sleeping.” Those infectious diseases are not limited to homeless populations, Lopez warned. “Even someone who believes they are protected from these infections are not.” At least one Los Angeles city staffer said she contracted typhus in City Hall last fall. And San Diego County officials warned in 2017 that diners at a well-known restaurant were at risk of hepatitis A. There were 167 cases of typhus from Jan. 1, 2018, through Feb. 1 of this year, up from 125 in 2013 and 13 in 2008, according to the California Public Health Department.

Typhus is a bacterial infection that can cause a high fever, stomach pain and chills but can be treated with antibiotics. Outbreaks are more common in overcrowded and trash-filled areas that attract rats.  The recent typhus outbreak began last fall, when health officials reported clusters of the flea-borne disease in downtown Los Angeles and Compton. They also have occurred in Pasadena, where the problems are likely due to people feeding stray cats carrying fleas. As the Organic Prepper emphasized just days ago when reporting upon this Kaiser Health study that was also the reference of the Scientific American story, "these diseases will eventually spread to the public". Warning us also within their story "don't be fooled into thinking you are safe from these diseases", they then ask us to imagine what things will be like when these diseases are widespread when SHTF. If outbreaks like these are beginning to spread among the population now, can you imagine what things will be like if the SHTF? If you think it can’t happen here, you’d be mistaken. Then going on to outline for us within their story several very recent events where TEOTWAWKI had arrived and brought along with it just these kinds of illnesses and diseases, their story also reminds us of why we are all only 'one huge event' away from a SHTF scenario ourselves and all of the disruption and chaos that comes along with it.: Just take a look at what happened in Puerto Rico after Hurricane Maria hit. Selco has outlined – in tragic detail – what life was like after SHTF after the Balkan War of the 90s. In the article Venezuela Faces the Return of Forgotten Diseases, Jose explained that tuberculosis, diptheria, ehrlichiosis (a tropical variation of Lyme disease), and leishmaniasis are spreading quickly and are hard to treat due to the lack of medication and proper nutrition. As Lizzie Bennett explained in Disease: 10 Conditions That Will Become Far More Common After A Collapse, “Many diseases are opportunists, they will surface at a time the conditions are right for them to flourish and most often this is at a time when humans really could do with concentrating on other stuff.” She goes on to outline ten diseases (typhoid is one of them) “that will make their presence felt after a major, long term, disaster be it war, societal collapse or in some cases even an economic downturn.” And with more and more Americans living in the kinds of squalid conditions within which such 'medieval diseases' are incubated and brewed and spread, it's easy to see how open borders policies of the left have allowed such conditions to proliferate with homelessness now a rampant problem in so many Democrat run cities as is reported within this story. And with no signs of these problems getting better and every sign they'll get worse in the months and years ahead, we've long reported on ANP that those who are able should get as far away from the cities as possible should worst case scenarios play out as big cities will instantly become death traps in any real SHTF scenario due in large part to population density. And with Americans having borrowed $88 billion to cover health expenses in 2018 despite having health insurance showing just how dramatically the US health care system and 'Obamacare' have failed, the fact that more than half a million families are financially ruined each year by medical bills hints at much bigger problems still ahead. The diseases sometimes get the “medieval” moniker because people in that era lived in squalid conditions without clean water or sewage treatment, said Dr. Jeffrey Klausner, a professor of medicine and public health at UCLA. People living on the streets or in homeless shelters are vulnerable to such outbreaks because their weakened immune systems are worsened by stress, malnutrition and sleep deprivation. Many also have mental illness and substance abuse disorders, which can make it harder for them to stay healthy or get health care. So what are we to do in this world of ours gone mad should such 'medievel diseases' arrive in our neck of the woods? Knowing in full that when TEOTWAWKI arrives upon our shores, one of the very last things that we'll be able to rely upon will be the public health system, we've long believed that we should prepare ourselves to be our own doctors. As this Organic Prepper story had pointed out, for more on avoiding infection with contagious disease now and after SHTF, please see "5 Simple Pieces of LIFESAVING Medical Knowledge" and "The Grim Reality of Survival Medicine in Austere Conditions" for some words of advice and Susan and I will always swear by and rely upon the antibiotic properties of raw garlic to kill off any infections. A couple more good books on survival when the medical system completely fails. The Survival Medicine Handbook: A Guide for When Help is Not on the Way Prepper's Survival Medicine Handbook: A Lifesaving Collection of Emergency Procedures from U.S. Army Field Manuals

The Lost Book of Remedies - Survival Medicine & First Aid: The Leading Prepper's Guide to Survive Medical Emergencies in Tough Survival Situations For those who are looking for an excellent survival first aid kit, this 250-piece also contains tactical tools.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Twilight_Zone_Return_To_Middle_Ages.php 

:: 4-7-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex Jones Show: Mainstream Media Hate Mobs Continue To Get Violent In U.S.

Collapse of Russia hoax seemed to have made far-left even more angry and desperate

Infowars.com - April 7, 2019

Owen Shroyer breaks down how the left, driven by anti-American mainstream media narratives, is showing no signs of letting up in their violence waged against conservatives, even after the Russia hoax collapse and amid strong job growth. Tune into today’s live Sunday Show and spread this link!

https://www.infowars.com/watch-live-mainstream-media-hate-mobs-continue-to-get-violent-in-u-s/ 

:: 4--19 Pravda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Arabia threatens to cause US dollar to collapse

World » Asia

The authorities of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia consider a possibility to abandon the US dollar as the main currency in payments for Saudi oil. Riyadh may make such a decision in the event the United States passes a new law to ban the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, OPEC. High-ranking Saudi officials in charge of the energy sector have been discussing the prospect of waiving the US dollar and switching to other currencies in settlements with foreign buyers. They also discussed the plan with several OPEC partners and members of the White House administration. Thus, the kingdom wants to put pressure on the United States, which in turn is trying to pass a law banning all types of energy cartels. In this case, OPEC member states will lose their immunity, and one will be able to file lawsuits against them for monopoly collusion. The organization will virtually cease to exist under such conditions. The bill, called NOPEC, was submitted to US Congress in 2008. The bill had been rejected several times during the presidency of Barack Obama. These days, the bill has a lot more chances to become law, given Donald Trump's aspiration to put an end to high oil prices through coordinated reduction in oil output. Trump needs cheap fuel on the threshold of the presidential election in the USA.

See more at http://www.pravdareport.com/news/world/142341-saudi_arabia/ 

:: 4-7-19 The Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Funding halted for Professor Chris Exley, who links vaccines to autism

Shanti Das and Jonathan Leake

April 7 2019, 12:01am, The Sunday Times

A controversial British academic who claims childhood vaccines can cause autism has been blocked from raising research funds after protests by other scientists. Professor Chris Exley, of Keele University, infuriated health experts by telling parents the aluminium in vaccines given to babies to protect them from diseases such as whooping cough, and in the human papillomavirus vaccine given to teenagers, may cause “severe and disabling” autism. It echoes the “anti-vax” controversy surrounding Andrew Wakefield, whose 1998 claim that the MMR (measles, mumps and rubella) vaccine caused autism led to a fall in immunisation rates. Supporters of Exley, a professor of bioinorganic chemistry, turned to crowd-funding site Go Fund Me to raise cash after his grant applications were refused by scientific research councils.

https://www.thetimes.co.uk/article/funding-halted-for-professor-chris-exley-linking-vaccines-to-autism-8xvwp0g8p 

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: Secret Service agents say 'good riddance' to director Alles, who proposed saving money by withdrawing protection of Trump's family and was more interested in getting chummy with agents rather than fixing serious problems

Trump ordered acting chief of staff Mick Mulvaney to fire Director of Secret Service Randolph 'Tex' Alles today

His departure was not unexpected and was welcome by most members of the law enforcement agency, sources tell DailyMail.com

The change comes on the heels of an episode at Mar-a-Lago involving a Chinese national on a club guest list who was arrested with devices bearing computer malware

The appointment of Alles was pushed by General John F. Kelly, then Secretary of Homeland Security

Sources tell DailyMail.com that Kelly threatened to quit as DHS secretary if Trump did not appoint his friend Tex

The ouster occurred a day after Secretary of Homeland Security Kirstjen Nielsen parted ways with the White House

By Ronald Kessler For Dailymail.com and David Martosko, U.s. Political Editor For Dailymail.com

Published: 15:58 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 09:57 EDT, 9 April 2019

Ronald Kessler, a former Washington Post and Wall Street Journal investigative reporter, is the New York Times bestselling author of The First Family Detail: Secret Service Agents Reveal the Hidden Lives of the Presidents, The Secrets of the FBI and The Trump White House. The ouster of Secret Service Director Randolph D. 'Tex" Alles on Monday was not unexpected, and, in fact, was welcomed by most members of the law enforcement agency, sources tell DailyMail.com. 'The sentiment at the agency is "good riddance,"' they say. 'Alles seemed more interested in making friends with agents than fixing the problems that plague the once-proud agency,' according to agency sources. 'He proved to be the exact opposite of what was needed to reform the agency. ' His idea for trimming costs was to get rid of protection for members of the Trump family. Nothing changed within the Secret Service since the party-crashing Salahis went prancing into the White House State Dinner back in 2009, or since the Secret Service prostitution scandal in 2012 or since Omar Gonzalez was able to penetrate his way into the White House with a knife before being apprehended in 2014. The change comes on the heels of an embarrassing episode at Trump's private Mar-a-Lago resort club in Palm Beach, Florida, involving a Chinese national on a club guest list who was arrested with devices bearing computer malware. Secret Service punted responsibility to Mar-a-Lago's private security detail. The appointment of Alles on April 25, 2017 was pushed on the president by General John F. Kelly, then Secretary of Homeland Security and later White House Chief of Staff. Sources tell DailyMail.com that Kelly threatened to quit as DHS secretary if Trump did not appoint Kelly's friend Tex. According to Steve Bannon, Trump had another nominee in mind: George Milligan, a sharp veteran agent who is chief operating officer of the Secret Service. But General Kelly wanted him [Alles} in the worst way, Bannon said. When he interviewed Alles, Trump was not impressed. Alles volunteered that he knew next to nothing about the Secret Service. 'Apparently it was too much trouble to read books and articles about the agency or to check out the Secret Service website before meeting with the president,' wrote Kessler in The Trump White House. Agents were unimpressed with Alles and largely ignored him. Alles not only retained the same senior management that produced so many scandals, he did nothing to change the agency's culture that has led to those scandals and the low morale that has resulted in a shockingly high turnover rate. At one point Alles actually proposed saving money by withdrawing Secret Service protection of some Trump family members and some aides - unless they had actually received a threat. Throughout history, none of the assassinations of assassination attempts have been preceded by a threat. Horrified White House staff immediately shot down Alles' proposal to cut back on protection. Especially given the hatred directed at Trump and his family, the idea of the director of the Secret Service would entertain dropping protection of the president's family members is inself a scandal and all anyone needs to know about why Alles should be replaced before a tragedy occurs.  Press Secretary Sarah Sanders said in a statement that Alles 'has done a great job at the agency over the last two years, and the President is thankful for his over 40 years of service to the country.' 'Mr. Alles will be leaving shortly and President Trump has selected James M. Murray, a career member of the USSS, to take over as director beginning in May.' Shoving Alles overboard is an indication of the growing power of Trump adviser Stephen Miller, the 33-year-old former staffer to Sen. Jeff Sessions before he was the president's first attorney general. A White House source with knowledge of the West Wing's goings on in the past week told DailyMail.com on Monday that Miller has advocated internally for Nielsen's firing, and for Alles to follow her out the door. Miller is known as a sharp-tongued promoter of hawkish immigration policies that Democrats have complained push the boundaries of federal law and too often challenge court precedents. Trump fired Nielsen in a tweet on Sunday shortly after meeting with her in the White House residence and hearing her plan for bringing U.S. immigration in line with legal limitations. Secret Service agents arrested Yujing Zhang, a Chinese woman, last week when she tried to enter Mar-a-Lago with two Chinese passports, a thumb drive with malware on it, four cellphones, a laptop and a hard drive. Trump said at the time that he was 'not concerned at all' about the potential breach by Zhang, who posed for a picture with him at his Super Bowl party this year. 'Secret Service is fantastic. These are fantastic people. And the end result is it was good,' Trump said last Wednesday. 'The result is they were able to get her and she's now suffering the consequences of whatever it is she had in mind but I would say I could not be happier with Secret Service. Secret Service has done a fantastic job from day one. Very happy with them.' White House Deputy Press Secretary Hogan Gidley said earlier on Monday that with an influx of illegal immigrants pouring into the U.S. from the south, 'tt's time to do things a little differently.' 'And so the president is looking around to reshape his team so that he can have the people in place to carry out his agenda,' he said during a Fox News Channel interview. 'And quite frankly he has the right to do that.' The Secret Service is best known for protecting the president and vice president and their families, and those who formerly served in office. Established in 1865, the agency also investigates and prevents counterfeiting in order to protect the U.S. financial system, and combats computer-based financial crimes. The Secret Service was originaly a subagency of the Treasury Department, when it was principally an anti-counterfeiting force. It became a branch of the Homeland Security Department in 2003 as the new post-9/11 agency coalesced around a mission that unified a group of previously far-flung government agencies.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6900449/Secret-Service-agents-say-good-riddance-director-proposed-no-protection-Trump-family.html 

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists discover 'new state' of matter in which atoms can exist as both solid AND liquid at the same time

Researchers applied high pressures and temperatures to potassium atoms

They simulating behavior of 20,000 potassium atoms under extreme conditions

The researchers say in doing this they’ve confirmed a new, stable state of matter

By Press Association and Cheyenne Macdonald For Dailymail.com Published: 15:03 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 16:29 EDT, 8 April 2019

Scientists examining potassium have discovered a new state of physical matter where atoms can exist as both solid and liquid at the same time. The research is said to clear up whether there was a distinct state of matter or the atom structures represented a transition between two stages – whether solid, liquid or gas. Tests were carried out on the 'simple metal', such as applying high pressures and temperatures, with powerful computer simulations used to study what was known as the chain-melted state. Experts from the University of Edinburgh believe more than half a dozen other elements – including sodium and bismuth – are capable of existing in this new state. It was previously unclear if this structure represented its own distinct state of matter. By simulating the behavior of roughly 20,000 potassium atoms under extreme conditions, the researchers say they’ve confirmed a new, stable state of matter. Dr Andreas Hermann, of the university's School of Physics and Astronomy, led the study which is published in the journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. He said: 'Potassium is one of the simplest metals we know, yet if you squeeze it, it forms very complicated structures. 'We have shown that this unusual but stable state is part solid and par liquid. 'Recreating this unusual state in other materials could have all kinds of applications.' According to the team, the extreme conditions led to the formation of two interlinked solid lattice structures in the atoms. These strong chemical interactions allowed the atoms to stay in solid form when heated. The other atoms melted into a liquid state. The study was supported by the European Research Council and the Engineering and Physical Sciences Research Council, and the work was carried out in collaboration with scientists from Xi'an Jiantong University in China. HOW WAS THE PERIODIC TABLE CREATED? Chemists have always looked for ways of arranging the elements to reflect the similarities between their properties. The modern periodic table lists the elements in order of increasing atomic number - the number of protons in the nucleus of an atom. Historically, however, relative atomic masses were used by scientists trying to organise the elements. This was mainly because the idea of atoms being made up of smaller sub-atomic particles - protons, neutrons and electrons - had not been developed.  Nevertheless, the basis of the modern periodic table was well established and even used to predict the properties of undiscovered elements long before the concept of the atomic number was developed. Ask most chemists who discovered the periodic table and you will almost certainly get the answer Dmitri Mendeleev. The Russian scientist was the first to publish a version of the table that we would recognise today, in 1869, but does he deserve all the credit? A number of other chemists before Mendeleev were investigating patterns in the properties of the elements that were known at the time. The earliest attempt to classify the elements was in 1789, when Antoine Lavoisier grouped the elements based on their properties into gases, non-metals, metals and earths. Several other attempts were made to group elements together over the coming decades. In 1829, Johann Döbereiner recognised triads of elements with chemically similar properties, such as lithium, sodium and potassium, and showed that the properties of the middle element could be predicted from the properties of the other two. It was not until a more accurate list of the atomic mass of the elements became available at a conference in Karlsruhe, Germany in 1860 that real progress was made towards the discovery of the modern periodic table. This area of the website celebrates the work of many famous scientists whose quest to learn more about the world we live in and the atoms that make up the things around us led to the periodic table as we know it today. Source: The Royal Society of Chemistry

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6900335/Atoms-exist-solid-liquid-new-state-discovered-scientists.htm 

:: 4-9-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stunning satellite pictures of the Earth from Space show the UK all lit up, a packed Glastonbury and Arizona's great aviation graveyard

By Mark Duell for MailOnline  Published: 03:24 EDT, 9 April 2019 | Updated: 10:08 EDT, 9 April 2019

The Davis-Monthan Air Force Base near Tucson in Arizona, also known as 'The Boneyard', is the largest aircraft storage facility in the world. Low humidity, limited rainfall and high altitude allow more than 4,000 aircraft to be naturally preserved here From the world's largest delta in the Bay of Bengal to an aeroplane graveyard in Arizona, these photographs capture the stunning beauty of the earth from above - and just how fast the planet is changing. Advanced cameras capturing astonishing colours have revealed a new perspective on life as in some of earth's most remote habitats as part of a new four-part BBC documentary series called Earth From Space. The first programme next Wednesday sees satellites follow an elephant family struggling through drought, reveals previously unknown penguin colonies from the colour of their droppings and mysterious ice rings that could put seal pups in danger. Cameras also reveal strange shapes that look like road systems, made by hippos as they travel to their feeding grounds at dusk. Further episodes will look at the Australian outback, the Congo rainforest and rehabilitated manatees in the Amazon. The series contains more than 300 satellite images, which are so detailed that if you were to print them all out full size they would cover an area bigger than 100,000 sq ft - the equivalent of about 40 tennis courts or nearly two football pitches.  The images were sourced from more than 20 different satellites, while the team also filmed on the ground in 20 countries including Japan, Peru and Botswana - often having to coordinate filming at the same time as satellites passing overhead. Executive producer Jo Shinner said: 'There is no doubt that the most sobering and extraordinary insight of all is being visually confronted with the incontrovertible truth of just how fast our planet is changing. 'Time-lapses over years show cities growing and swallowing up the countryside around them. Huge swathes of forests are decimated before your eyes or converted into regular agricultural patterns. Ice melts away from mountain tops and glaciers.' She added: 'It is like having an exclusive ring-side view on how the planet works and the secrets hidden in its remote corners.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6901877/Stunning-satellite-pictures-offer-glimpse-BBCs-new-Earth-Space-series.html 

:: 4-7-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope Francis Praises Multiculturalism: ‘Migrants Always Bring Riches’

By THOMAS D. WILLIAMS, PH.D.7 Apr 2019

Pope Francis continued his immigration crusade this weekend, saying that migrants bring with them the wealth of a multicultural and multi-ethnic world. “Let us thank God for a multi-ethnic and multicultural society,” the pope told students and faculty of the San Carlo school of Milan gathered in the Vatican Saturday, “because dialogue among cultures, persons, and ethnicities is richness.” “We must not be afraid of the water of life, of this multiethnicity, of this multiculturalism,” Francis said, “and here I touch on a sore topic: don’t be afraid of migrants.” “Migrants are those who always bring us riches. Europe itself was made by migrants! The barbarians, the Celts…,” he said. “All these came from the north and brought their cultures with them. Europe grew in this way, with the contrast of cultures.”

In his off-the-cuff address, the pope seemed to continue a discussion from last week in which he attacked U.S. President Donald Trump over his proposed border wall. Asked by a reporter what he thought of Trump’s wall, the pope warned that “builders of walls, whether they are of razor-wire or brick, will become prisoners of the walls they build. That’s history.” We need bridges and “we feel pain when we see people who prefer to build walls,” he said. Continuing in the same vein, the pope told the teachers and schoolchildren Saturday to beware of those who build walls. “Today there is the temptation to make a culture of walls, to erect walls, walls in the heart, walls in the earth to prevent an encounter with other cultures, with other people,” the pope said. “And whoever erects a wall, whoever builds a wall will end up as a slave inside the walls he built, without horizons. Because he lacks this otherness.” Addressing the hypothetical question of whether all migrants should be welcomed, the pope said the first thing was to keep an open heart. “If I have a racist heart, I have to examine why and convert,” Francis said. “Migrants must be received, accompanied, integrated. Let them receive our values and let us receive theirs, an exchange of values.” “This is the beauty of human generosity,” he concluded. “We grow richer by welcoming others. Richer in culture, richer in growth.” “But building walls is useless,” he said. What we need is “an open culture that allows us to look at the foreigner, the migrant, the member of another culture like a subject worth listening to, considering, and appreciating,” he said. Follow Thomas D. Williams on Twitter Follow @tdwilliamsrome

https://www.breitbart.com/immigration/2019/04/07/pope-francis-praises-multiculturalism-migrants-always-bring-riches/ 

:: 4-9-19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Many 3rd World Immigrants Does It Take Until America Is the Newest 3rd World Country?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, April 9, 2019 - 12:23.

The number one national security concern in America has nothing to do with the Chinese and the Russians. It has to do with the impact of illegal immigration. America is being de-culturized, its economy destroyed, its political structure is being irrevocably changed for the worse and the family unit is being imperiled. America Needs Immigration but Not This Type America needs immigrants due to our pathetic 1.8 birth rate. We need a birth rate of 2.1 to maintain our population. There are important social programs at risk if we do not maintain our birth rate and these include Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid. Therefore, we need immigration, however, we need the right kind of immigration. We do not need to bring in large numbers of people that refuse to assimilate and honor our rule of law. We need merit base immigration. We need immigrants who granted a 7 year naturalization process in which they learn to speak English and pass a test on the Constitution and American history. Further, we need to hold the Senator Grahams' of American politics to a far higher degree of accountability than presently exists. When Graham says that "the American people do not own America, it belongs to the world", does that mean I can stop paying my taxes? When they were first elected didn't Graham, the late McCain and Flake take an oath in which they promised to uphold the rule of law in this country as set forth in the Constitution? Doesn't that mean we are a government that is of the people by the people and for the people? Who gave these ultra-liberal political miscreants that right to give away our country "to the world" and then make us pay for it? There is a political alternative to this insanity.

The United Nations Is the Enemy of All Americans The head of UN immigration, boldly and inappropriately stated that the United States should be celebrating mass immigration. The UN is championing the fact that Europe has been overrun by millions of immigrants from Africa and the Middle East from cultures that do not assimilate with the West. The leaders of Western governments are ignoring the rapes, the murders and the massive accommodations that the locals are being subjected to. In Germany, people cannot criticize the government's immigration policies, in social media, or risk going to prison. German citizens have been incarcerated for Facebook posts about immigration which are not flattering or supportive of the insanity. Many German citizens have been forced, as previously reported on The Common Sense Show, to vacate their rented homes in favor of the new immigrants. In Sweden, the number one crime is the rape of Swedish women by immigrants. Please spare me the argument that not all the immigrant participate in these heinous crimes. The fact is that these crimes present a clear and present danger to the locals that did not exist prior to the massive wave of disorganized and unscreened immigration being sponsored in Western nations by the United Nations. In Britain, their National Health Service is on the verge of collapse. Why? It has been crushed under the weight of immigrants that take from the system and do not put anything back (eg pay taxes). Despite all of these problems, the United Nations champions massive, disorganized immigration. Why? Because it serves to dilute the culture. Oh, I know this is a conspiracy theory and as some would have you believe there is no such thing as a conspiracy. But before you can install a new world order, you must destroy the existing cultures and the spirit of nationalism. Thing are so bad in France, that the French Jews are saying in ever-increasing numbers that they are going to have to relocate for their own safety and some are even saying that by 2030, France will be empty of Jews. And through all of this, the United Nations thinks that this is a good idea. When I have recently spoken of the removal of dissident journalists in programs such as Boa and Operation Lightening Strike, and we witness the unfolding of the NDAA and EO 13603 in order to control the masses through food and enforce civilian conscription without compensation, we are merely witnessing the manifestation of a plot introduced generations ago during the Woodrow Wilson administration. All of these efforts are designed to mobilize an unwilling nation to fight World War III. Some are reacting to these revelations as if America has been caught off guard. We are living in a time of silent invasion. Entire communities have been overrun by hordes entering our country. For example, the Sinoloa cartel runs Humboldt County, CA. The invasion is ubiquitous, however, many refuse to see the danger. The fact remains that Americans were not paying attention, and in large part, still are not aware of what is happening to their country. Key Russian defectors have been warning us for decades that we were being infiltrated by communists and this invasion is sponsored by the Democrats, the world’s newest set of communists. Illegal immigration's cost to our economy, infrastructure and welfare expense is enough to collapse out country. At the end of the day, we have to ask ourselves one question: How many third world immigrants does it take until America is the newest third world country?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-war/how-many-3rd-world-immigrants-does-it-take-until-america-newest-3rd-world 

:: 4-8-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We're All Being Judged By A Secret 'Trustworthiness' Score

by Tyler Durden Mon, 04/08/2019 - 23:15

Nearly everything we buy, how we buy, and where we're buying from is secretly fed into AI-powered verification services that help companies guard against credit-card and other forms of fraud, according to the Wall Street Journal. More than 16,000 signals are analyzed by a service called Sift, which generates a "Sift score" ranging from 1 - 100. The score is used to flag devices, credit cards and accounts that a vendor may want to block based on a person or entity's overall "trustworthiness" score, according to a company spokeswoman. From the Sift website: "Each time we get an event -- be it a page view or an API event -- we extract features related to those events and compute the Sift Score. These features are then weighed based on fraud we've seen both on your site and within our global network, and determine a user's Score. There are features that can negatively impact a Score as well as ones which have a positive impact." Factors which contribute to one's Sift score (per the WSJ):

• Is the account new?

• Are there are a lot of digits at the end of an email address?

• Is the transaction coming from an IP address that’s unusual for your account?

• Is the transaction coming from a region where there are a lot of hackers, such as China, Russia or Eastern Europe?

• Is the transaction coming from an anonymization network?

• Is the transaction happening at an odd time of day?

• Has the credit card being used had chargebacks associated with it?

• Is the browser different from what you typically use?

• Is the device different from what you typically use?

• Is the cadence of the way you typed out your password typical for you? (tracked by some advanced systems)

Sources: Sift, SecureAuth, Patreon

The system is used by companies such as Airbnb, OpenTable, Instacart and LinkedIn.

Companies that use services like this often mention it in their privacy policies—see Airbnb’s here—but how many of us realize our account behaviors are being shared with companies we’ve never heard of, in the name of security? How much of the information one company shares with these fraud-detection services is used by other clients of that service? And why can’t we access any of this data ourselves, to update, correct or delete it? According to Sift and competitors such as SecureAuth, which has a similar scoring system, this practice complies with regulations such as the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, which mandates that companies don’t store data that can be used to identify real human beings unless they give permission. Unfortunately GDPR, which went into effect a year ago, has rules that are often vaguely worded, says Lisa Hawke, vice president of security and compliance at the legal tech startup Everlaw. All of this will have to get sorted out in court, she adds. -Wall Street Journal In order to optimize scoring "Sift regularly evaluates the performance of our models and tries to minimize bias and variance in order to maximize accuracy," according to a spokeswoman. "While we don’t perform audits of our customers’ systems for bias, we enable the organizations that use our platform to have as much visibility as possible into the decision trees, models or data that were used to reach a decision," according to SecureAuth Vice President and chief security architect Stephen Cox. "In some cases, we may not be fully aware of the means by which our services and products are being used within a customer’s environment." Not always right  While Sift and SecureAuth strive for accuracy, sometimes it's difficult to decipher authentic purchasing behavior from fraud. "Sometimes your best customers and your worst customers look the same," said Jacqueline Hart, head of trust and safety at Patreon - a site used by artists and creators to allow benefactors to support them. "You can have someone come in and say I want to pledge $10,000 and they’re either a fraudster or an amazing patron of the arts," Hart added. If an account is rejected due to its Sift score, Patreon directs the benefactor to the company's trust and safety team. "It’s an important way for us to find out if there are any false positives from the Sift score and reinstate the account if it shouldn’t have been flagged as high risk," said Hart. There are many potential tells that a transaction is fishy. “The amazing thing to me is when someone fails to log in effectively, you know it’s a real person,” says Ms. Hart. The bots log in perfectly every time. Email addresses with a lot of numbers at the end and brand new accounts are also more likely to be fraudulent, as are logins coming from anonymity networks such as Tor. These services also learn from every transaction across their entire system, and compare data from multiple clients. For instance, if an account or mobile device has been associated with fraud at, say, Instacart, that could mark it as risky for another company, say Wayfair—even if the credit card being used seems legitimate, says a Sift spokeswoman. -Wall Street Journal A person's Sift score is constantly changing based on that user's behavior, and any new information the system gathers about them, according to the spokeswoman. From Sift: We learn in real-time, which means Scores are constantly being recalculated based on new knowledge of fraudulent users and patterns. For example, when someone logs in, we've found out a lot of information in the meantime about suspicious devices, IP addresses, shipping addresses, etc., based on the activity of other users. Add this to the fact that there may have been some new labeled users since their last login, and the scores can sometimes have a significant change. This is also more likely if the user hasn't had much activity on your site. -Sift.com While Sift judges whether or not one can be trusted, there's no file with your name on it that it can produce for review - because it doesn't need your name to analyze your behavior, according to the report - which seems like total BS. "Our customers will send us events like ‘account created,’ ‘profile photo uploaded,’ ‘someone sent a message,’ ‘review written,’ ‘an item was added to shopping cart," says Sift CEO Jason Tan. It’s technically possible to make user data difficult or impossible to link to a real person. Apple and others say they take steps to prevent such “de-anonymizing.” Sift doesn’t use those techniques. And an individual’s name can be among the characteristics its customers share with it in order to determine the riskiness of a transaction. In the gap between who is taking responsibility for user data—Sift or its clients—there appears to be ample room for the kind of slip-ups that could run afoul of privacy laws. Without an audit of such a system it’s impossible to know. Companies live under increasing threat of prosecution, but as just-released research on biases in Facebook ’s advertising algorithm suggest, even the most sophisticated operators don’t seem to be fully aware of how their systems are behaving. -Wall Street Journal "I would argue that in our desire to protect privacy, we have to be careful, because are we going to make it impossible for the good guys to perform the necessary function of security?" asks Anshu Sharma - co-founder of Clearedin, a startup which helps companies avoid falling victim to email phishing attacks.  His solution? Transparency. When a company rejects a potential customer based on their Sift score, for example, it should explain why - even if that exposes how the scoring system works.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/were-all-being-judged-secret-trustworthiness-score 

:: 4-9-19 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Creepy AI Monitoring UK Employees' Work Tasks In Real Time

by Tyler Durden Tue, 04/09/2019 - 04:55

Over 130,000 people in the UK and abroad are being monitored by an artificial intelligence system known as Isaak - which scrutinizes staff behavior minute-to-minute, according to The Guardian. Dozens of UK businesses are using the "Isaak" system which analyzes tasks such as who's email who, and when, how workers are collaborating, and which staff are "influencers" or "change-makers," according to the report. Designed by London-based company Status Today, the system can pinpoint "certain individuals within a network" to better allocate workloads and responsibilities, "ultimately improving the overall workplace environment and reducing stress and overworking." Thus far, Isaak has gathered data on more than a billion actions. The computer can compare activity data with qualitative assessments of workers from personnel files or sales performance figures to give managers a detailed picture of how behaviour affects output. Users so far include five law firms, a training company called Smarter Not Harder and a London estate agency, JBrown, according to Status Today, which promises “real-time insights into each employee and their position within the organisational network”. Workers do not automatically have a right to see the data, which is controlled by the employer. -The Guardian Critics say workers will be under mind-numbing pressure to constantly perform for fear of being singled out by the AI. "If performance targets are being fine-tuned by AI and your progress towards them being measured by AI, that will only multiply the pressure," said labor and globalization professor Ursula Huws of the University of Hertfordshire. "People are deemed not to be working if they take their hands off the keyboard for five minutes. But they could be thinking, and that doesn’t get measured. What is this doing for innovation, which needs creative workers?" Huws says that people's mental health is at risk if they don't take occasional breaks for recreational activities such as browsing social media or playing a game (somehow everyone stayed sane before computers, but we digress). According to a survey released last week, UK workers tend to procrastinate for around three hours per day. Iaak is part of what experts have labeled the "precision economy," in which every action of an individual is measured and analyzed for peak efficiency. The Royal Society of Artspredicts that in the next 15 years, life insurance premiums will be set with data from wearable monitors and workers in retail and hospitality will be tracked for time spent inactive. As gig economy working spreads, people will qualify for the best jobs only with performance and empathy metrics that pass a high threshold. Those with lower scores will have access to only the most menial and sometimes miserable tasks such as content moderation on social media, the RSA has predicted. -The Guardian Status Today CEO Ankur Modi says that his system is aimed at providing a "wellbeing analysis" that can detect when people are overworked. He admitted, however, "there's always a risk that it might be misused" by companies only looking to boost productivity without addressing employee wellbeing. "If one salesperson is performing well and you can see overwork and another isn’t performing well and isn’t overworked, that could be enough to start a conversation," said Modi - who also argued that the system could help employers reduce or eliminate bias and discrimination by removing subjectivity from management decisions. AI ideas that are being developed elsewhere have included the use of facial recognition software and mood monitoring at work, recording a worker’s location on wearable devices and the monitoring of keyboard strokes. A survey by the Trades Union Congress last year found that a majority of workers were opposed to all of these. -The Guardian  According to Trades Union Congress general secretary Frances O'Grady: "Workers want to be trusted to do their jobs. But this kind of high-tech snooping creates fear and distrust. And by undermining morale, it could do businesses more harm than good. Employers should only introduce surveillance technologies after negotiation and agreement with the workforce, including union representatives. There should always be a workplace agreement in place that clarifies where the line is drawn for legitimate use, and that protects the privacy of working people."

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2019-04-08/creepy-ai-monitoring-uk-employees-work-tasks-real-time 

:: 4-9-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coming to America: Canadian man fined $55,000 for misgendering a ‘transgender’

Posted on April 9, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn | 32 Comments

Yesterday, our Grif published an important post, “Democrats file legislation to force all Americans to accept the LGBTQ agenda,” on a bill in the House, H.R. 5: Equality Act, introduced by Rep. David Cicilline (D-RI), which would add “sexual orientation” and “gender identity” as protected classes under federal civil rights law. If the so-called Equality Act becomes law, it would impact essentially every part of American life. Everyday Americans, especially Christians, would be penalized for not conforming to the Left’s LGBT dicta and agenda, including: Employers and workers must conform to new sexual norms or else lose their businesses and jobs. Hospitals and insurers must provide and pay for “transgender” therapies and surgeries against their moral or medical objections. Parents would be forced to provide sexual reassignment treatments for their children who are confused about their sexual identity. Religious (read: Christian) institutions would be forced to provide adoptions to permit same sex couples to adopt children. Canada is already doing that — penalizing anyone who doesn’t conform to the LGBT dicta.

The British Columbia Human Rights Tribunal is a quasi-judicial human rights body in British Columbia (BC), Canada. It was established under the British Columbia Human Rights Code and is responsible for “accepting, screening, mediating and adjudicating human rights complaints.”

The Tribunal is comprised of three members: Diana Juricevic, Norman Trerise and Devyn Cousineau.

On March 27, 2019, the BC Human Rights Tribunal fined Christian activist William Whatcott $55,000 CAD (US $41,298) for violating Section 7 of the BC Human Rights Code by misgendering Morgane Oger (birth name Ronan Oger), a male-to-female “transgender” and a 2017 New Democratic Party candidate, calling Oger a biological male (which is what he is) in street flyers and on the Internet. In the Tribunal’s 105-page ruling, authored by Devyn Cousineau, Oger — a biological male — is referred to as “Ms.,” “she” and “her”. The Tribunal says: Mr. Whatcott created a flyer entitled “Transgenderism vs. Truth in Vancouver‐False Creek” [Flyer]. In it, he called Ms. Oger a “biological male who has renamed himself… after he embraced a transvestite lifestyle”. He expressed a concern “about the promotion and growth of homosexuality and transvestitism in British Columbia and how it is obscuring the immutable truth about our God given gender”. He described being transgender as an “impossibility”, which exposes people to harm and constitutes a sin…. When Ms. Oger and her team learned of the Flyer, they had to formulate a response during their election campaign. Ms. Oger went to the police, who advised her of safety protocols. She warned her children to be wary of strangers. She describes the effect of the Flyer as destabilizing, terrifying, and searing. Ultimately, Ms. Oger was not elected in her [False Creek] riding [or electoral district]. After the election was over, Ms. Oger filed a complaint with the Human Rights Tribunal [Tribunal], alleging that the Flyer violated ss. 7(1)(a) and (b) of the Human Rights Code [Code]. Those sections prohibit publication of any statement that “indicates discrimination or an intention to discriminate” (s. 7(1)(a)), or “is likely to expose a person or group or class of persons to hatred or contempt” (s. 7(1)(b)). In response, Mr. Whatcott denies that the Flyer violates s. 7 and says that in any event his rights to freedom of speech and religion guarantee his right to distribute it. He says those freedoms are especially important during an election campaign…. In his constitutional argument, Mr. Whatcott argues that the “effect of the BC Human Rights Commission’s decision to proceed to the hearing stage in this case amounts to oppressive government action that violates the respondent’s s. 2, 15 and s.27 of the charter rights…. I can find no merit in Mr. Whatcott’s argument. The Tribunal is a creature of statute. It is bound to enforce and implement the Code, and the means by which it does this is to accept and adjudicate human rights complaints. In this decision, I have found that Ms. Oger has established a violation of s. 7 of the Code. A significant part of my analysis has entailed balancing Mr. Whatcott’s religious rights under the Charter and thus accounting for his religious freedoms. In Saguenay, the Court recognized that the application of human rights legislation may impose reasonable and justifiable limits on freedom of religion: paras. 89‐90…. Mr. Whatcott’s argument, if accepted, would require the Tribunal to reject any complaint for filing if it could impact on a person’s religious beliefs. Not only would this amount to an improper abdication of jurisdiction, but it would itself be an act of preferring one religious belief over another. “True neutrality” requires the Tribunal to abstain from such positions and rather adjudicate each complaint on its merits, weighing religious rights where appropriate: Sageunay at para. 134. That is precisely what it has done in this case. This argument is dismissed. I have found that Mr. Whatcott violated s. 7 of the Code. I declare that his conduct in publishing the Flyers was discrimination contrary to the Code and order him to cease the contravention and refrain from committing the same or a similar contravention: Code, s. 37(2)(a) and (b). Ms. Oger seeks an award to compensate her for injury to her dignity, feelings, and self‐respect: Code, s. 37(2)(d)(iii). She argues that, given the nature of the discrimination in this case, the fact that it is ongoing, and that it had a serious impact on a vulnerable person, an award of $35,000 is appropriate. Mr. Whatcott opposes the award and argues it is unduly punitive…. I accept that the impact on Ms. Oger was serious…. More importantly, though, the Flyer and its potential ramifications terrified Ms. Oger…. Given the high levels of violence and hatred that are still perpetrated against transwomen in our society, it was not unreasonable for Ms. Oger to fear a violent outcome from this Flyer, even though – as Mr. Whatcott, JCCF, and CAFE repeatedly argued – there was no express call to violence within the Flyer itself. As Ms. Oger explained, it was not necessarily Mr. Whatcott she had to worry about, but the person who might be emboldened by the Flyer to act on their own hatred for transwomen…. By using her birth name, Ronan, Mr. Whatcott further caused Ms. Oger to feel hurt and angry…. I accept that the injury to Ms. Oger’s feelings, dignity and self‐respect was severe, and that the effects are ongoing. The circumstances warrant a higher award than in previous cases arising out of s. 7…. I find that an award of $35,000 for injury to dignity, feelings and self‐respect [plus $20,000 in costs incurred by Oger] is appropriate…. In my view, the severity of Mr. Whatcott’s conduct, the fact that it was intentional and flagrant and persisted for the entire duration of the complaint, and the possible deterrent effect it could have on other transgender complainants seeking recourse at this Tribunal, mean that a high award is warranted in this case…. H/t FOTM reader-commenter William and Mass Resistance See also:

American College of Pediatricians speaks truth on transgenderism

Transgender journalist wants to cannibalize ‘transphobes’ in bone soup

Virginia school board fires Christian teacher for refusing to use ‘transgender’ pronouns

Pronoun Tyranny: CA State Senate prohibits ‘he/she, him/her’

The Left’s Pronoun Tyranny: First-grader sent to principal’s office for ‘misgendering’ another student

Gender Pronoun Tyranny: Professor downgrades student’s paper for using the word ‘mankind’

Radical feminist kicked off Baltimore LGBTQ Commission for referring to male rapist as male

German intellectuals call for end to gender-pronoun tyranny

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/coming-to-america-canadian-man-fined-55000-for-misgendering-a-transgender 

:: 4-9-19 SGT Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Media Freaks Out Over ‘The Coming Meme War Of 2020,’ That The MSM Helped Create, Because ‘The Left Can’t Meme’ Effectively

April 9, 2019 by Susan Duclos, All News Pipeline:

The liberal media, from websites like Mother Jones, to cable news outlets like CNN, are understandably concerned at how effective “memes” are becoming for conservatives in communicating an idea or behavior, using an image or GIF, that goes viral spreading from person to person online, often with the aim of conveying a specific theme, or meaning represented by the meme. WHY ‘THE LEFT CAN’T MEME’

Recently the leftist website Mother Jones headlined a lengthy piece “The Left Can’t Meme”: How Right-Wing Groups Are Training the Next Generation of Social Media Warriors,” with the sub-header “Memes helped elect Donald Trump. Now well-funded conservative groups are using them to proselytize.” In that piece the writers describe what they find disturbing about “the coming meme war of 2020.” According to Johnson, the answer to that question is memes. These bits of humor or political propaganda—generally images overlaid with a caption designed to go viral—are best known for littering social media, but some experts think they might have helped elect Donald Trump. Or as notorious internet troll Chuck Johnson has said, “We memed the president into existence.” Following that unexpected meme-driven success, well-funded conservative groups are making a more organized push to train young internet-savvy right-wingers in the art of meme-making, enlisting a growing army in what they see as the coming meme war of 2020. Turning Point USA, the conservative campus group that organized the conference, is merely one of these organizations seeking to sway hearts, minds, and elections via meme trainings. And it’s clear that when it comes to political memes, the left—which has never taken them very seriously—is trailing the right badly, and falling even further behind. Emphasis mine. It is that inability to meme effectively on the left that has caused the EU to pass Article 13, to ban memes, as Stefan Stanford recently detailed in an piece titled “Article 13 Offers Proof Globalists Are Terrified Of ‘Meme Warfare’ In 2020 As EU Enters Orwellian End Game After Draconian Law Sets Up Abolishment Of The ‘Free Internet.” (If you appreciate stories like this, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this battle for the future of America.)

https://www.sgtreport.com/2019/04/media-freaks-out-over-the-coming-meme-war-of-2020-that-the-msm-helped-create-because-the-left-cant-meme-effectively/ 

:: 4-1-19 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prophetic Dream: God Will Expose, Overpower the Demonic Forces Hiding in Your Life

9:00AM EDT 3/30/2019 Anna Aquino

A few nights ago, I had a dream that I know was for me but it was also, I believe, for the church as a whole. I dreamed I was searching through a house I used to live in. Suddenly I opened the door, and I could see a man cowering and standing in the bathtub. He had been there for a while and was pale and thin. I brought out a shotgun to shoot him, and the gun would not work. I started to panic. This man sensed an opportunity and began to rush toward me. I knew I would be overpowered quickly, so I turned to run. As I did, my earthly father, a former grunt soldier in Vietnam and all-around tough guy, came running through the door and quickly overtook the enemy. The battle had been won and was over. As I awoke and went down to pray, I could sense right away what God was trying to tell me. The enemy had been found out. The enemy had been hiding and cowering in the corner of my house. He was in the last place I thought I would look. The weapon I had may not have worked, but God came to my aid. This dream was not about my earthly father but my heavenly Father. God had this battle. God easily defeated the enemy. I may have been stumped in battle, but this small and puny enemy was no match for my daddy. I didn't have time to overanalyze why my gun didn't work or why I started to run in fear. God already had the enemy defeated. I feel as though many in the body of Christ are struggling with this today. Maybe they took on a battle they weren't sure if they'd win, and they feel themselves growing weaker. Maybe they were ready to pick a fight that God never called them to fight. I want to remind the body of a couple Scriptures today. "And he said to me: 'This is the word of the Lord to Zerubbabel, saying: Not by might nor by power, but by My Spirit, says the Lord of Hosts'" (Zech. 4:6). "Thus says the Lord to you, 'Do not fear, nor be dismayed because of this great army, for the battle is not yours, but God's'" (2 Chron. 20:15b). Too many of us know these Scriptures in theory, but we aren't practicing them. What do I mean by that? We know God has already won the battle, but are we living as though we do? Or are we running in fear when the enemy starts to come and attack us? The enemy in my dream was a weak, emaciated man huddling in my bathtub. He was already defeated by God before I even entered into the room. It's not up to us to fight this battle, but to step aside and let our Father handle it. Put on your combat boots and trust in your God! Your heavenly Father is your hero. Rest in the knowledge that the battle has been won. He is coming for you and charging the enemy today! He has already won the battle. Trust in your God. The complete victory is yours! Anna M. Aquino is a published author, guest minister and prophetic voice. Her books, Cursing the Church or Helping It? Exposing the spirit of Balaam, Confessions of a Ninja Mom, An Ember in Time and A Marriage in Time are available wherever books are sold. She has been nominated as one of the top female writers of 2019 from The Author Show. She has been on TBN, TCT and a variety of other programs, both TV and radio. Please feel free to check out her website at annamaquino.com. Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter. Great Resources to help you excel in 2019! #1 John Eckhardt's "Prayers That..." 6-Book Bundle. Prayer helps you overcome anything life throws at you. Get a FREE Bonus with this bundle. #2 Learn to walk in the fullness of your purpose and destiny by living each day with Holy Spirit. Buy a set of Life in the Spirit, get a second set FREE.

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/75704-prophetic-dream-god-will-expose-overpower-the-demonic-forces-hiding-in-your-life 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 4-1-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Woman Writes 'Satan Lives' on Door of Two Churches as She Sets Them on Fire

Amanda Casanova | ChristianHeadlines Contributing Writer | Monday, April 1, 2019

A woman in Utah has been arrested after setting fire to two church buildings in Lindon, Utah. According to the Daily Herald, Jillian Nicole Robinson, 18, has been charged with a second-degree felony of arson and a third-degree felony of burglary. Police are also investigating her for criminal mischief and possession of burglary tools. Robinson caused some $600,000 in damage Friday morning after setting fire to two buildings of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Robinson had also written “Satan Lives” in permanent marker on one of the doors, according to the police report.   “Once inside, you didn’t have to be a detective or arson investigator to tell that these fires had been intentionally set by someone,” a Facebook post from the police department said. Police began to patrol the area and nearby churches and saw Robinson at another church building. She had again written “Satan Lives” on another door. Officers found Robinson had “in her possession a bottle which smelled of gas and a lighter and matches… a black Sharpie brand marker, screwdriver, and a drill with drill bits.” Robinson later confessed to the fires. “I was angry and all I wanted to do was set a small fire and it got out of control. I fled the scene and didn’t look back,” she reportedly wrote on the statement. “I felt like playing with fire because of my crazy life at home, this was not a hate crime.” She is being held at the Utah County Jail on a $20,000 bond.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/blog/woman-writes-satan-lives-on-door-of-two-churches-as-she-sets-them-on-fire.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 4-8-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas Gaza Chief Threatens Tel Aviv Amid Truce Talks

The Times of Israel reports: Hamas’s chief in Gaza said Saturday that if there is a war, Israel will need to evacuate its civilians from Tel Aviv as well as the border communities, a day after the terror group’s leader said talks to achieve a truce were advancing. “If the Gaza Strip is dragged into war, Israel will suffer. It will not only have to evacuate the communities around the Strip, but also [the cities of] Ashdod and Ashkelon and even Tel Aviv,” Yahya Sinwar told a group of Gaza officials. “Our fingers are on the trigger and they will remain pressed against it in order to protect our people. We will be the sword and shield,” Sinwar said, according to the Hamas-linked Al-Aqsa TV. Sinwar also noted the role played by Egyptian mediators in negotiations to broker understandings between Israel and the terror group, saying the country “had a significant role in easing the siege imposed on Gaza, and we are grateful.” Both Israel and Egypt enforce a number of restrictions on the movement of people and goods into and out of Gaza. Israel says the blockade is necessary to keep Hamas and other terror groups in the Strip from arming or building military infrastructure. An Islamist terror group, Hamas seeks to destroy Israel.

https://www.breitbart.com/middle-east/2019/04/07/hamas-gaza-chief-threatens-tel-aviv-amid-truce-talks/ 

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 3-17-19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recognizing Poverty

By Hal Lindsey

In September, USA Today reported on a mass shooter in Bakersfield, California. “Javier Cesarez had just gunned down five people at three locations,” they wrote, “but when he hijacked a car to try to make his escape, he told his victims that he ‘wasn’t a bad guy.’” And that illustrates a massive problem. The man killed five people in the period of about one hour. He hijacked a car with a woman and her children still inside. But he still couldn’t see the sinful state of his being. He saw himself as okay — not a bad guy. So, here’s the question. How bad does someone have to be to see himself as bad? In Matthew 5:3, Jesus began His famous Sermon on the Mount by establishing a theme He would return to again and again. “Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.” Most people read those words with little thought. Some chalk it up to the Lord’s love for the poor. And He does love the poor. But He didn’t say, “Blessed are the poor.” He said, “Blessed are the poor in spirit.” His words raise a surprising question. Does He want us to be spiritually impoverished? It’s easy to understand how material riches might harm someone, but what’s wrong with spiritual affluence? And the answer is, there’s nothing wrong with it. But we don’t start there. Notice where Jesus put this — right at the beginning of His great sermon. We start our journey with God by recognizing our spiritual deficiency without Him. And we should never forget it! The New Century Version says, “They are blessed who realize their spiritual poverty.” John Walvoord’s Bible Knowledge Commentary says, “The poor in spirit are those who consciously depend on God, not on themselves; they are ‘poor’ inwardly, having no ability in themselves to please God.” Luke 18:9 introduces one of the Lord’s parables by telling us who it was for. It says, “He spoke this parable to some who trusted in themselves that they were righteous.” That means it still applies. Billions of people in our world today are still trusting in their own righteousness for salvation. In His parable, Jesus told about two men who went to the temple to pray. One was a very religious man — a Pharisee. The other was a tax-collector. In those days, taxmen were famous for cheating people and pocketing part of the money. As a group, they were hated by almost everyone. In verses 11 and 12, the Pharisee prayed, “God, I thank You that I am not like other people: swindlers, unjust, adulterers, or even like this tax collector. I fast twice a week; I pay tithes of all that I get.” The self-righteous person measures himself by other people rather than by God’s standard. In verse 13, Jesus described the other man. “But the tax collector, standing some distance away, was even unwilling to lift up his eyes to heaven, but was beating his breast, saying, ‘God, be merciful to me, the sinner!’” The tax collector did not trust in his own righteousness. He recognized his spiritual poverty. He saw himself for what he was — a sinner. Then, in verse 14, Jesus said something amazing about the taxman. “I tell you, this man went to his house justified.” People who see themselves as “okay,” won’t turn to Jesus as Savior because they don’t see the need. But the Bible is clear. We all need Jesus because we’re all sinners.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-17-2019/ 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 4-8-19 NewsMax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge Blocks Trump Policy of Returning Asylum Seekers to Mexico

Monday, 08 April 2019 05:37 PM

A U.S. judge on Monday issued an injunction halting the Trump administration's policy of sending some asylum seekers back across the southern border to wait out their deportation cases in Mexico. The ruling is slated to take effect on Friday, according to the order by U.S. District Judge Richard Seeborg in San Francisco. The preliminary injunction will apply nationwide. The ruling removes at least temporarily a controversial Trump administration strategy aimed at slowing a flood of immigrants, many of them families from Central America, that swelled last month to the highest level in a decade. Because of limits on how long children are legally allowed to be held in detention, many of the families are released to await U.S. immigration court hearings, a process that can take years because of ballooning backlogs. In response, the Trump administration in January started sending some migrants to wait out their U.S. court dates in Mexican border cities, under a policy known as Migrant Protection Protocols, or MPP. The Department of Homeland Security said last week that it planned to expand the program. A U.S. Department of Justice spokesman declined to comment. The White House did not immediately respond to a request for comment. Seeborg said his ruling turned on the narrow question of whether the Trump administration had followed administrative law in implementing the policy. "The legal question is not whether the MPP is a wise, intelligent, or humane policy, or whether it is the best approach for addressing the circumstances the executive branch contends constitute a crisis," wrote Seeborg. The judge said the government shall permit the 11 plaintiffs in the case to enter the United States beginning on Sunday. He said the government still retained the right to detain the asylum-seekers pending the outcome of their case. MPP was rolled out in January. The government argued it was needed because so many asylum seekers spend years living in the United States and never appear for their court hearings before their claim is denied and an immigration judge orders them to be deported. MPP was based on a decades-old law that says migrants who enter from a contiguous country can be returned there to wait out their deportation case, although the provision had never been used in the way the administration has applied it. Civil rights groups sued, arguing the policy violated U.S. and international law by returning refugees to dangerous border towns where they would be unable to get legal counsel or notices of hearings. The plaintiffs include legal service organizations and migrants who fled Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador to escape what they said was extreme violence, rape and death threats. Apprehensions by border agents were on track to top 100,000 in March, the highest level in a decade, according to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. While illegal border crossings were higher in the early 2000s, most of those apprehended at that time were single men, often from Mexico. Gabriela Orellana, 26, an asylum seeker from El Salvador who was scheduled to have her first hearing on Tuesday, was delighted by the news of the judge's ruling. "I’m crying from happiness," she told Reuters. She is not one of the plaintiffs in the case. Orellana said she fled El Salvador with her 8-year-old daughter and 6-year-old son after she was shot by a gang member. She has been in Tijuana since January and has waited nearly two months for her first interview with U.S. immigration authorities.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/mexico-asylum-trump/2019/04/08/id/910745/ 

:: 4-6-19 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New sanctions just the start for Cuba over support for Venezuelan president: John Bolton

by Joel Gehrke | April 06, 2019 04:53 PM

President Trump plans to intensify economic pressure on Cuba over the communist regime’s support for Venezuelan strongman Nicolás Maduro, according to his top national security adviser. “The Cuban regime has served as a primary accomplice to Maduro’s theft of Venezuela’s wealth & resources, and is complicit in Venezuela’s humanitarian crisis,” John Bolton, the White House national security adviser, tweeted Saturday. “The U.S. is prepared to hold accountable any country or company that facilitates the repression of the Venezuelan people.” Bolton issued that warning after the Treasury Department blacklisted 34 ships that transport Venezuelan oil to the island. The Cuban regime denounced the tactics as “economic piracy,” but the U.S. officials maintain that they are stopping Maduro from providing payment for the Cuban security officials who are helping him maintain control of Venezuela in the midst of a severe political and economic crisis. “The Department of the Treasury has sanctioned companies and vessels facilitating illegal oil transfers from the Maduro regime to Cuba,” Bolton also tweeted. “This is only a first step.”

https://www.washingtonexaminer.com/policy/defense-national-security/new-sanctions-just-the-start-for-cuba-over-support-for-venezuelan-president-bolton 

:: 4-8-19 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage

Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said.  Live News/Middle East Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago more on Libya

Libyans flee to Tunisia as fight for Tripoli intensifies today

UN: Libya militias in Tripoli profiting from human trafficking yesterday

How far can Haftar get with his Tripoli offensive? yesterday  

Libya's GNA forces announce 'counteroffensive' to defend Tripoli

yesterday

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. The empty Mitiga International Airport after services were temporarily suspended [Mahmud Turkia/AFP] In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said. Death toll rises

Haftar last week ordered his self-styled Libyan National Army (LNA), which is allied to a parallel administration in the east, to march on Tripoli, the seat of the internationally recognised Government of National Accord (GNA) which is protected by an array of militias. The showdown threatens to further destabilise war-wracked Libya, which splintered into a patchwork of rival power bases following the overthrow of former leader Muammar Gaddafi in 2011. It also risks torpedoing a UN-led national reconciliation conference scheduled for April 14-16 aimed at hammering out a peace deal and set a roadmap for long-delayed elections. Haftar, who was a general in Gaddafi's army before defecting and spending years living in the United States, casts himself as an enemy of "extremism". His opponents, however, view him as a new authoritarian leader in the mould of Gaddafi. The heavy fighting has so far displaced 2,800 people, according to the UN. The GNA's health ministry said at least 27 people, including civilians, have been killed since the start of the offensive, with at least 27 wounded. According to the LNA's media office, 22 of their troops have been killed. The World Health Organization also said two doctors were killed trying to "evacuate wounded patients from conflict areas".

Live News/Middle East

Tripoli's only functional airport hit by air raid as clashes rage Mitiga airport's services suspended as death toll rises amid battles between forces loyal to Haftar and UN-backed gov't.

22 hours ago more on Libya  Libyans flee to Tunisia as fight for Tripoli intensifies

today  UN: Libya militias in Tripoli profiting from human trafficking

yesterday  How far can Haftar get with his Tripoli offensive?

yesterday  Libya's GNA forces announce 'counteroffensive' to defend Tripoli

yesterday

Forces under the command of Libya's renegade General Khalifa Haftar have launched an air raid against the only functioning airport in Tripoli as heavy fighting rages for control of the capital. Al Jazeera's Mahmoud Abdelwahed, reporting from Tripoli, said services at the Mitiga airport in the east of the city were temporarily suspended after the attack on Monday. "Passengers have been asked to evacuate the Mitiga airport after Haftar's aircraft raided the runway," he said, citing sources at the facility. "In the area around the airport, civilians were terrified immediately after this air strike." No casualties were reported in the airport strike. The empty Mitiga International Airport after services were temporarily suspended [Mahmud Turkia/AFP] In a statement, Ghassan Salame, the United Nations' envoy to Libya, condemned the LNA's air raid which targeted the only airport in Tripoli that is available for civilian use. "As such, this attack constitutes a serious violation of international humanitarian law which prohibits attacks against civilian infrastructure," he said. Death toll rises Haftar last week ordered his self-styled Libyan National Army (LNA), which is allied to a parallel administration in the east, to march on Tripoli, the seat of the internationally recognised Government of National Accord (GNA) which is protected by an array of militias. The showdown threatens to further destabilise war-wracked Libya, which splintered into a patchwork of rival power bases following the overthrow of former leader Muammar Gaddafi in 2011. It also risks torpedoing a UN-led national reconciliation conference scheduled for April 14-16 aimed at hammering out a peace deal and set a roadmap for long-delayed elections. Haftar, who was a general in Gaddafi's army before defecting and spending years living in the United States, casts himself as an enemy of "extremism". His opponents, however, view him as a new authoritarian leader in the mould of Gaddafi. The heavy fighting has so far displaced 2,800 people, according to the UN. The GNA's health ministry said at least 27 people, including civilians, have been killed since the start of the offensive, with at least 27 wounded. According to the LNA's media office, 22 of their troops have been killed. The World Health Organization also said two doctors were killed trying to "evacuate wounded patients from conflict areas".

Fighting was under way on Monday at Tripoli's old airport [Mahmud Turkia/AFP]

Humanitarian concerns Maria do Valle Ribeiro, the UN humanitarian coordinator in Libya, said the clashes around Tripoli have prevented emergency services from reaching casualties and civilians, and have damaged electricity lines. The increased violence is also worsening the situation for people held in migrants detention centres in the Libyan capital, she warned. Detained refugees and migrants told Al Jazeera they are "terrified" about what will happen to them, with some saying they have been left without food or water and others saying they had been taken from their cells and forced to move weapons. Meanwhile, fighting was under way on Monday at Tripoli's former international airport on the southern edge of Tripoli. The disused facility has been abandoned since 2014, after suffering heavy damage during fierce clashes between armed groups. Activists accuse Haftar's forces of committing human rights violations, with Human Rights Watch saying in a statement on Saturday that LNA fighters "have a well-documented record of indiscriminate attacks on civilians, summary executions of captured fighters, and arbitrary detention". But the right group's statement also noted that militias affiliated with the GNA and based in western Libya "also have a record of abuses against civilians".

SOURCE: Al Jazeera and news agencies

https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2019/04/tripoli-functional-airport-hit-air-raid-clashes-rage-190408133455465.html 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

[ :: 5-13-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Pray about the earthquakes, the tornadoes, the hurricanes, pray about the hail, the snowstorms, the blizzards, pray concerning these things.  For the enemy is moving mightily in different areas to cause the price in your grocery stores to skyrocket and if you don’t pray this will affect you. etc.

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 4--19 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Weather Channel

Verified account @weatherchannel

An intense April storm will bring heavy #snow, high winds and potential #blizzard conditions to the Plains and upper Midwest later this week: https://wxch.nl/2uQzDTc 

https://twitter.com/weatherchannel/status/1115029262912847872 

:: 4-9-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Areas paralyzed by blizzards and floods last month are getting ready for a SECOND ROUND of BOMB CYCLONE – 2nd UNUSUAL INLAND BOMBOGENESIS in less than a month

By Strange Sounds - Apr 9, 2019 0

Only three weeks after a “bomb cyclone” — one of the most intense storms on record — pummeled the Plains and Midwest, another bombogenesis of similar strength has been forecast. This spring storm seems poised to dump even heavier snow; it could also be followed by another round of significant river flooding. Meteorologists say much of it is normal. But what is unusual is the second consecutive month for an inland bomb cyclone. Areas that were paralyzed by blizzards and floods last month are getting ready for round two of a weather phenomenon known as a “bomb cyclone.” Over the past few days, various forecast computer models have shown a blizzard of epic proportions for the north-central Plain States and Upper Midwest. Every time a model is updated, the storm depicted seems to get even more intense. At this point, it seems likely that some of the same areas impacted by devastating flooding just weeks ago are about to get slammed by an historic blizzard Wednesday through Friday. As of Monday night, the storm system was located in the Pacific Northwest and is moving across the Rockies where it is expected to dump heavy snow into Tuesday to the mountains of Wyoming and Colorado. The storm will intensify as it enters the central Great Plains on Wednesday. The barometric pressure — a measure of intensity in which lower means stronger — may drop to levels nearly as low as during the record-setting bomb cyclone in mid-March. In fact, this storm could tie or set April low pressure records. As the storm strengthens, it will drag thick Gulf of Mexico moisture northward on a collision course with below freezing temperatures north of the system. It’s forecast to slow down at that point and perhaps even stall for 24 hours. That would mean a prolonged period of blinding heavy snow, wind gusts to 70 mph and near zero visibility in Nebraska, South Dakota, northern Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin from Wednesday through Friday. The latest computer models put the bullseye for the heaviest snow band from Sioux Falls, South Dakota, through Minneapolis east to Eau Claire, Wisconsin. Snow totals could be staggering, with some models showing more than 30 inches in some areas. While not out of the question, snowfall of more than 30 inches is less plausible at any time, but especially this late in the season. That’s because in milder spring air, snow tends to be heavier, wetter and more compacted. Still, a narrow band of two feet seems well within reach. For the sake of comparison, Minneapolis’ biggest snowfall was the Halloween Blizzard of 1991, when 28 inches piled up. The second biggest snowfall there was 21 inches in November 1985. It wasn’t a coincidence that the two heaviest snows weren’t in the middle of winter. That’s because during mid-winter, the atmosphere is often too cold and dry in the Upper Midwest to support the most substantial snowfalls. In fact, 15 of the 20 biggest snow totals happened outside of the dead of winter. But in autumn and spring, the atmosphere is loaded with more moisture, lending more credibility to the possibility of the forecast spring blockbuster topping the charts. Regardless of snowfall amounts, it seems certain that copious amounts of water will be squeezed out of the air – a liquid equivalent of two to four inches. Once the snow melts starting this weekend, the water would run off into already flooded rivers in the High Plains and Midwest. Sunday night, dozens of gauges along the Mississippi, Big Sioux and James rivers were in major or moderate flood stage. Flooding has mostly receded along the Missouri River. Since Jan. 1, that part of the country has seen about twice its normal precipitation. With saturated ground, melting snow is likely to converge into area rivers. With that setup in mind, NOAA issued a rare, strongly worded Spring outlook calling for potentially historic flooding. Ed Clark, director of NOAA’s National Water Center in Tuscaloosa, Alabama explained, “This is shaping up to be a potentially unprecedented flood season, with more than 200 million people at risk for flooding in their communities.“ So, when the blizzard ends, attention will need to shift to melting snow and runoff. There’s no telling how significant the flooding will become but given the warning signs, it’s certainly something that needs to be monitored closely. Welcome to springtime in the Rockies and parts of the Great Plains. That will be the second consecutive month for an inland bomb cyclone. And that’s very unusual. The March 13 bomb cyclone caused massive flooding and produced winds of between 96 and 110 mph. What about the next one in the coming days?

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/bomb-cyclone-usa-april2019-forecast.html

:: 4-8-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive blizzard to hit the Rockies and Midwest Wednesday bringing heavy snow and high winds just weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area

The blizzard is expected to hit the Rockies, then head into parts of South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Wisconsin and Michigan

The major storm would strike just three weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area

Meteorologists anticipate snowfall to be as much as 24 inches in certain areas

Wind speeds of between 40 to 60mph are expected in the central US

Winds could reach 90mph from southeastern Wyoming through eastern New Mexico and the Texas and Oklahoma panhandles

High winds could limit visibility and increase fire damage possibility in dry areas

Anticipated heavy rains could lead to flooding in lakeshore areas of the Great Lakes and worsen flooding already experienced in Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois

By Dailymail.com Reporter Published: 11:48 EDT, 8 April 2019 | Updated: 12:36 EDT, 8 April 2019

The central United States is bracing for a spring blizzard that's expected to hit the heartland on Wednesday and Thursday. Weather watchers anticipate the major storm will include everything from high winds to heavy snow and rain, while also bringing the return risk of severe weather, just three weeks after a 'bomb cyclone' hit the area. Temperatures could drop more than 30 degrees Fahrenheit across the northern Plains starting Tuesday, setting the stage for lots of snow. The snowstorm is expected to cover the Rockies with fresh snow, then head northeastward into areas of South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Wisconsin and the upper peninsula of Michigan, AccuWeather reported. It's possible that the snow could go down as far south as Kansas. It's said that a foot or more of snow could fall on the North Central states and that the snow would be of the heavy and wet variety, which could lead to dangerous road conditions as snowfall rate pick up and cold air comes through quickly. Forecasters believe that as the storm increases in strength, moisture from the Gulf of Mexico will be drawn northward and collide with sub-freezing temperatures from the north, leading to a lengthy period of near zero-visibility snow in Nebraska, South Dakota, northern Iowa, Minnesota and Wisconsin from Wednesday through Friday, CBS News reported. Some computer models indicate snowfall could reach more then 30 inches in some areas from Sioux Falls, South Dakota, through Minneapolis and east to Eau Claire, Wisconsin, although it's more likely that the snow would max out at about 24 inches. Some states are getting ahead of the game with winter storm watches already in effect in most of South Dakota into southwest Minnesota, according to Minnesota Public Radio. High winds are also expected to hit along with the heavy snow. Meteorologists predict that wind gusts in the central US could reach 40 to 60mph, with the highest winds hitting the central and southern Plains. It's believed that winds as strong as 90mph could even be seen across the Front Range and High Plains from southeastern Wyoming through eastern New Mexico and the Texas and Oklahoma panhandles. Winds at these rates can result in a variety of damage both on the ground in and in the air, including broken tree limbs, downed power lines, flight turbulence and property damage. There's also the chance that these winds could increase fire damage in dry weather areas in the southern Plains, while also reducing visibility in areas where snow is expected and creating blizzard conditions. Heavy rains, meanwhile, could lead to flooding in lakeshore areas of the Great Lakes, as well as impacting areas already dealing with river flooding, such as Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois. The areas where the blizzard hits hardest are likely to experience travel delays, particularly flight cancellations and road closures, according to AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Dan Pydynowski. The central US storm is expected to move on to the Northeast by the end of the week.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-6899309/Massive-BLIZZARD-hit-Rockies-Midwest-Wednesday-bringing-heavy-snow-winds-rain.html 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4-8-19 KATU TV2 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Much of Western Oregon on 'Flood Watch' as rain, melting snow push rivers to flood stage

by KATU Staff Monday, April 8th 2019

PORTLAND, Ore. – A spring storm brought heavy rain to the Pacific Northwest, putting part of Western Oregon under a "flood watch" through Monday with local waterways at or approaching flood stage.  The Portland District, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers is increasing controlled water releases at most Willamette Valley dams as the heavy rain and melting snow are projected to fill reservoirs to near 100% capacity in the coming days. Water managers expect levels in the Willamette Valley to be at flood stage through the middle of the week at several gauges, including Goshen and on the main stem of the river at Harrisburg and Albany. Forecasts show Salem near flood stage Wednesday. In Lane County, mandatory evacuation orders are in effect for the 100-year floodplain along the Row River and Coast Fork of the Willamette River from the Dorena Reservoir north to the Mt. Pisgah area. That's due to the release water from the Dorena Reservoir near Cottage Grove. Lane County says flow rates at the reservoir will be higher than rates recorded during the historic flooding of 1996. According to KATU Meteorologist Rhonda Shelby, the Willamette River will crest sometime on Tuesday. In Albany, water levels are already high enough to cover picnic tables at parks along the river. The National Weather Service says flooding this late in the year is rare and has only happened once in recent history, back in early April of 2012. In Oakridge, a landslide has closed Highway 58. According to the Oregon Department of Transportation, crews will start clearing the area when the sun comes up. There's no estimate on when the road could reopen. The state says one trouble spot for landslide danger is in the Columbia River Gorge through the Eagle Creek Wildfire burn scar. Officials warn that ground cover burned in the 2017 fire can easily become loose because of all the rain. Just last week, the U.S. Forest Service had to escort hikers off a trail near Multnomah Falls because of falling rocks. The active rockfall closed the Wahkeena-Multnomah loop until further notice. Mountain Wave Search and Rescue says other hiking trails might also be dangerous. “Everything will be changing. Water will be softening up. The trails that are relatively new or have been remodeled and so they’re not really sound like they have been in years past," said Ray Livingston of Mountain Wave Search and Rescue. If you have plans to hike anytime soon, Livingston says use extra caution and make sure have proper rain gear and shoes. The Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Industries warned residents in the state to be on alert for landslides, which can be triggered by heavy rain.

https://katu.com/news/local/western-oregon-on-flood-watch-as-rain-melting-snow-push-rivers-to-flood-stage 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-7-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Large seismic event similar to what preceded the 2011 Japanese quake and tsunami underway off New Zealand’s North Island – Ongoing earthquake swarm – Officials urge Kiwis to get prepared

By Strange Sounds - Apr 7, 2019

A swarm of earthquakes has been triggered off the North Island’s east coast by a large seismic event similar to what preceded the 2011 Japanese quake and tsunami. GNS Science has confirmed one of the largest “slow-slips” ever observed in New Zealand is currently underway off the coast of Gisborne in the Hikurangi subduction zone. This slow-slip began last week and so far scientists have recorded “up to 3cm of eastward displacement,” said Wallace. “This is caused by up to 10-15cm of movement on the Hikurangi plate boundary offshore of Gisborne.” While these events are fairly common, happening every one or two years, this slow-slip is on track to be “as large at the previous slow-slip” recorded off Gisborne in 2010. Since Monday, 85 quakes have been recorded in the area. There have also recently been multiple small earthquakes recorded around the North Island, including in the north and off the coast of Whakatane. But GNS Science say it is hard to directly tie those to this slow-slip. What is a slow slip? A slow-slip is essentially a slow, silent earthquake undetectable by humans and the seismograph network because it is the movement of faults over weeks or months, according to GNS Science geophysicist Laura Wallace. That compares to typical quakes which happen over minutes or seconds.  They tend to last for a few weeks, meaning this slip is still early in its cycle and small earthquakes triggered off the coast of the Mahia Peninsula by the event could continue for a while to come. What now? International seismologists have found the 2011 Japanese earthquake was preceded by a slow-slip earthquake that lasted a month, but the predictive value of the events remain unclear. Scientists are studying the slow-slips off Gisborne through instruments on the seafloor off Poverty Bay to understand more about the movements and subduction zone processes. This could help with earthquake forecasting in the future. On Wednesday, Kiwis were urged to prepare for a large M8.9 earthquake off the coast of Gisborne which experts believe is inevitable and could happen within our lifetime. “We know a large earthquake and tsunami is something we will face in our lifetime, or that of our children and grandchildren. The reality is it isn’t a matter of if, but when.“ The Hikurangi subduction zone is New Zealand’s “largest and most active fault”. It is found just off New Zealand’s east coast, running from Gisborne to the top of the South Island, and is where the Pacific plate is subducting beneath the Indo-Australian plate. “New Zealand sits on a subduction zone just like Japan, and people should be prepared for the next large earthquake and tsunami,” said a statement from East Coast LAB.

http://strangesounds.org/2019/04/new-zealand-earthquake-swarm-big-one-gisborne-preparedness.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 4-1-19 The Washington Free Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite Photos Show Chinese Anti-Satellite Laser Base

Images also reveal work on EMP and electronic warfare weaponry

BY: Bill Gertz April 1, 2019 5:00 am

Commercial satellite images have provided the first photographs of a secret Chinese anti-satellite laser base in western Xinjiang province, along with other high-technology weapons facilities. The laser facility is located near a lake and is about 145 miles south of the Urumqi, the capital of Xinjiang. The facility was discovered by retired Indian Army Col. Vinayak Bhat, a satellite imagery analyst who specializes on China. China is using its satellite tracking stations located throughout the country as a means of identifying and targeting satellites. "Once the accurate satellite path and other data is known, directed energy weapons located at five different places can take over the task," Bhat said. The Xinjiang base is one of those laser bases that include four main buildings with sliding roofs that Bhat assesses contain high-powered chemical lasers powered by neodymium. Bhat estimates that the smaller shed with the sliding roof is a laser tracker. Taken together, the Chinese can fire one to three of the lasers against an orbiting satellite that China is seeking to disrupt. The Defense Intelligence Agency stated in a report made public in February that China is set to deploy a ground based laser cannon next year. The report said Beijing "possibly already has a limited capability to employ laser systems against satellite sensors." "China likely will field a ground-based laser weapon that can counter low-orbit space-based sensors by 2020, and by the mid-to-late 2020s, it may field higher power systems that extend the threat to the structures of non-optical satellites," the report, "Challenges to Security in Space," says. The DIA said directed energy weapons can be used to "disrupt, damage, or destroy enemy equipment and facilities." "These weapons, which can have effects ranging from temporary to permanent, include lasers, high-power microwaves, and other types of radiofrequency weapons," the report said, noting the difficulties in identifying the source of such attacks. It is not known if the Xinjiang base was the source of the well-known laser illumination of U.S. reconnaissance satellites several times in August and September of 2006. The laser "painting" occurred as the satellites passed over China. Then-Director of the National Reconnaissance Office Donald Kerr said at the time that the laser illumination did not damage the satellite's ability to collect information. The 2006 incident was believed to be tests of ASAT targeting since the illumination was assessed to be from a low power laser beam. Ian Easton, a China analyst at the Project 2049 Institute, says the United States is vulnerable to Chinese ASAT weapons. The United States operates nearly half of the 270-plus military satellites in orbit, as well as hundreds of civil, commercial and dual-use satellites that can be used for military operations. "China has also apparently tested and deployed at least one large, ground-based ASAT laser weapon for use on a number of targets in [low-earth orbit], and is developing a submarine-based ASAT missile with which it could eventually target U.S. national security satellites in [geosynchronous orbit," Easton said. China has claimed in military writings that it successfully blinded a satellite with a laser in 2005 using a 50 to 100 kilowatt mounted laser gun fired from Xinjiang. A report by the Center for Strategic and International Studies identified lasers like those in China are non-kinetic counterspace weaponry. "These attacks operate at the speed of light and in some cases, can be less visible to third party observers and more difficult to attribute," the report from April 2018 says. "High-powered lasers can be used to damage or degrade critical satellite components, such as solar arrays. Lasers can also be used to temporarily dazzle or permanently blind mission-critical sensors on satellites." To blast a satellite from earth with a laser required a focused beam, adaptive optics, and advanced pointing controls that steer the laser beam as it is fired through the atmosphere. According to the CSIS report, a laser attack can damage satellite sensors within the field of view of the sensor and that is the key to attributing the source of ground-based attacks. For those using lasers to attack satellites, it is difficult to determine the damage since the laser's impact on the sensors and other electronics may not provide debris or physical indicators. Bhat also disclosed the locations of other facilities in China used for exotic weapons systems, including an electromagnetic pulse facility in Xinjiang. Photos of the location showed what appear from space to be an EMP simulator. EMP is the pulse produced by a nuclear blast or solar flare that can disrupt electronics for thousands of miles. The photo shows a road leading in to the facility under a cylindrical EMP generator that can illuminate equipment and vehicles with EMP. "This facility is used for researching methods of hardening Chinese military equipment and reverse effects on adversaries’ equipment using electronic components," Bhat says. Also in Xinjiang is a mobile pulse generator—an electronic warfare system used to create electromagnetic interference that can disable satellites.

Bill Gertz Email Bill | Full Bio | RSS

Bill Gertz is senior editor of the Washington Free Beacon. Prior to joining the Beacon he was a national security reporter, editor, and columnist for 27 years at the Washington Times. Bill is the author of seven books, four of which were national bestsellers. His most recent book was iWar: War and Peace in the Information Age, a look at information warfare in its many forms and the enemies that are waging it. Bill has an international reputation. Vyachaslav Trubnikov, head of the Russian Foreign Intelligence Service, once called him a “tool of the CIA” after he wrote an article exposing Russian intelligence operations in the Balkans. A senior CIA official once threatened to have a cruise missile fired at his desk after he wrote a column critical of the CIA’s analysis of China. And China’s communist government has criticized him for news reports exposing China’s weapons and missile sales to rogue states. The state-run Xinhua news agency in 2006 identified Bill as the No. 1 “anti-China expert” in the world. Bill insists he is very much pro-China—pro-Chinese people and opposed to the communist system. Former Defense Secretary Donald H. Rumsfeld once told him: “You are drilling holes in the Pentagon and sucking out information.” His Twitter handle is @BillGertz.

https://freebeacon.com/national-security/satellite-photos-show-chinese-anti-satellite-laser-base/ 

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 3--19 Asia Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Key Russian missiles ‘damaged en route to China’

Reports that 40N6 missiles were damaged while being shipped to China have raised doubts about Russia’s S-400 air defense system and hit plans by Beijing to pressure Taiwan

By Stephen Bryen

China is missing key missiles that formed a key part of its strategy to pressure Taiwan. The missiles themselves form a part of the S-400 air-defense system China is acquiring from Russia. Unfortunately for China these special missiles were involved in an alleged mishap at sea and Russia did not deliver them. The special missiles – the 40N6 – that launch from the S-400 could potentially close down airspace surrounding Taiwan and keep out US warplanes in case Taiwan needed American support should China launch a major provocation or even an invasion of the island. Unlike other missiles used by the S-400 system, the Russians claim that the 40N6 coupled with radar improvements could successfully block US stealth aircraft such as the F-22 and F-35. Also unlike the other S-400 missiles, the 40N6 has very long range, enough to keep out US fighters from bases in Japan, Okinawa or on US aircraft carriers. The missing missiles bound for China were on a cargo ship that Russia says encountered a storm at sea either in or near the English Channel in mid-January. The ship, the Nikifor Begichev (named in honor of a highly decorated Russian polar explorer who was born in 1874), sustained some damage and floundered for six days before it was able to return to its Russian port of Ust-Luga, 10 days after it started out. (Critics, meanwhile, have wondered why the S-400 missiles and equipment were sent by sea in the frozen north instead of by rail to China.) There is no information that the Begichev gave an international distress call or, for that matter that any Russian or other ships were dispatched to assist the vessel. Ust-Luga port is located near the Gulf of Finland, about 110 kilometers (86 miles) west of St. Petersburg. The Begichev and two other ships (Ocean Lord and Ocean Power) were transporting components of the S-400 air-defense system to China. The Russian-Chinese contract for the system was originally signed in 2014. Of the three ships, the Begichev returned to port, and the Ocean Power, which left port after the Begichev also returned. Ocean Lord completed its trip to China (although it had left port earlier on December 19 and arrived in Tianjin on February 9). Ocean Power would set out again and arrive in China, but it was not carrying the crucial missiles. According to the Russians, the vital cargo of 40N6 missiles was stored on the deck of the Begichev. The missiles allegedly were damaged beyond repair and had to be scrapped. The cargo was insured and the Russian insurance agency agreed to pay compensation. ‘Only the 40N6 can kill stealth jets’ The S-400 supports four different missiles – but the 40N6 is the only one that the Russians claim can kill stealth aircraft such as the F-22 and the F-35. For China to have a free hand to operate against Taiwan or even Japan, it needs to contend with top-line American stealth aircraft that are already operating out of Guam, Okinawa and Japan (and Japan is adding the F-35 to its air force as well). The S-400 is a mobile, advanced air-defense system that uses a number of different radars including units that can detect stealth aircraft. Two of the radars that are an optional part of the cluster use the L Band and VHF radar bands, which operate at a lower frequency compared to more precise X band radars or other military search and tracking radars in C or S bands. American stealth aircraft are designed to be less visible, especially at medium and long range from tracking radars, particularly in the X band. The Pentagon calls this technology “low observable.” The Russians have added L band and VHF systems as an optional part of the S-400 complex to give it the ability to track US-made stealth aircraft. But neither L Band nor VHF systems have great accuracy against air targets, especially at long range. To work around this limitation, the 40N6 operates differently in how it locates a target. The 40N6 has a range of up to 400 kilometers (250 miles) and uniquely for tactical air-defense missiles can operate from high altitude (29 km above the surface). The 40N6 missile is hypersonic and the Russians say that unlike typical missiles that begin to slow down as they approach their target, the 40N6 does not lose speed but actually goes faster as it dives down to its target. In addition, the 40N6 is said to be able to better locate its target using the missile’s active onboard radar because it sees planes or vehicles by looking down from above, where stealth designs are not as well optimized. In effect, the onboard radar supplements the X, L and VHF radars on the ground and improves the accuracy of the missile, especially against stealthy targets. And there is another difference. The US and Israel (working with Raytheon) have shifted to “hit to kill” warheads for air and missile defenses (as for the THAAD and Ground-based mid-course Interceptor, Patriot 3 and for Israel’s Arrow 3). But the Russians are instead using a blast fragmentation warhead with a kill envelope of around 100 meters. A hit-to-kill missile has no explosive warhead and has to physically hit the incoming aircraft or missile. The 40N6 with a more conventional but lethal warhead may be a better solution against aircraft rather than attacking missiles because modern aircraft can try and maneuver to avoid a direct hit. Russia’s extraordinary claims Russia has been making extraordinary claims about its military capabilities and new weapons and one has to take them all with a grain of salt. The S-400 with the 40N6 has never actually been tested against a stealth fighter plane. Indeed the design of the 40N6 and its supporting radars looks like an attempt to anticipate stealth’s potential vulnerabilities and combines different solutions (types of radars, speed of missile, blast warhead, “dive” from high altitude) to try and achieve the promised result. From Russia’s perspective, the 40N6 approach is not at all surprising. Russia does not have real stealth technology and, instead, is designing systems to kill stealth threats. China claims to have stealth technology, but India recently discovered it could easily detect Chinese J-20 stealth aircraft using older Russia warplane radars. China ordered 128 anti-stealth 40N6 missiles from Russia. How many were on the Begichev is not known, but it was not such a large ship and would not be able to carry all the missiles ordered. The Begichev carried its large cargo on its deck. There are photos of the ship loaded with large containers. Once the 40N6 missiles are delivered to China, the US will have to find ways to counter them in order to retain air superiority around Japan, Okinawa and Taiwan. Finding a solution will not be easy and China could gain a strategically valuable capability in the form of the 40N6 as an area denial weapon. Interestingly, the shipment of 40N6 missiles lost en route to China has raised eyebrows, even in Russia. How come all the missiles were lost or had to be destroyed? The issue was addressed by Russian defense analyst Pavel Felgenhauer. Felgenhauer writes for Novaya Gazeta, a publication well known for investigative journalism. Since 2001, three of its best journalists have been murdered because their reporting upset Russia’s leadership. Perhaps the most notorious (and best known in the West) was the killing of journalist Anna Politkovskaya in 2006, allegedly over her controversial reporting of the Second Chechnya war. Missile shipment ‘sabotaged by Russia’ Felgenhauer argued that the missiles going to China were sabotaged by Russia. Felgenhauer thinks the missiles were trashed because they don’t work, and that senior Russians did not want the Chinese to learn that they don’t work. Over-promising and too much propaganda about the superiority of Russian weapons seems to be an issue that goes right to the top in Moscow and includes its President, Vladimir Putin. The result is that Russia has bought itself some years before the 40N6 will be delivered to China, if ever. Russia has many customers for the S-400 system, the most recent is Turkey, a NATO member, and it has good prospects for sales among many US clients. It would not be helpful for Russia to have to admit to technical or operational issues. China must be angry and suspicious about whether Russia’s promises are credible. China can’t achieve air superiority over the United States without 40N6 missiles that really work, because, despite its boasting, China’s fighter aircraft are no match for the United States. Beijing’s bid to isolate the United States has suffered a serious setback.

https://www.asiatimes.com/2019/03/article/key-russian-missiles-damaged-en-route-to-china/ 

:: 3-31-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No AI in humor: R2-D2 walks into a bar, doesn't get the joke

SETH BORENSTEIN Associated Press•March 31, 2019

WASHINGTON (AP) — A robot walks into a bar. It goes CLANG. Alexa and Siri can tell jokes mined from a humor database, but they don't get them. Linguists and computer scientists say this is something to consider on April Fools' Day: Humor is what makes humans special. When people try to teach machines what's funny, the results are at times laughable but not in the way intended. "Artificial intelligence will never get jokes like humans do," said Kiki Hempelmann, a computational linguist who studies humor at Texas A&M University-Commerce. "In themselves, they have no need for humor. They miss completely context." And when it comes to humor, the people who study it — sometimes until all laughs are beaten out of it — say context is key. Even expert linguists have trouble explaining humor, said Tristan Miller, a computer scientist and linguist at Darmstadt University of Technology in Germany. "Creative language — and humor in particular — is one of the hardest areas for computational intelligence to grasp," said Miller, who has analyzed more than 10,000 puns and called it torture. "It's because it relies so much on real-world knowledge — background knowledge and commonsense knowledge. A computer doesn't have these real-world experiences to draw on. It only knows what you tell it and what it draws from." Allison Bishop , a Columbia University computer scientist who also performs stand-up comedy, said computer learning looks for patterns, but comedy thrives on things hovering close to a pattern and veering off just a bit to be funny and edgy. Humor, she said, "has to skate the edge of being cohesive enough and surprising enough." For comedians that's job security. Bishop said her parents were happy when her brother became a full-time comedy writer because it meant he wouldn't be replaced by a machine. "I like to believe that there is something very innately human about what makes something funny," Bishop said. Oregon State University computer scientist Heather Knight created the comedy-performing robot Ginger to help her design machines that better interact with — and especially respond to — humans. She said it turns out people most appreciate a robot's self-effacing humor. Ginger, which uses human-written jokes and stories, does a bit about Shakespeare and machines, asking, "If you prick me in my battery pack, do I not bleed alkaline fluid?" in a reference to "The Merchant of Venice." Humor and artificial intelligence is a growing field for academics. Some computers can generate and understand puns — the most basic humor — without help from humans because puns are based on different meanings of similar-sounding words. But they fall down after that, said Purdue University computer scientist Julia Rayz. "They get them — sort of," Rayz said. "Even if we look at puns, most of the puns require huge amounts of background." Still, with puns there is something mathematical that computers can grasp, Bishop said. Rayz has spent 15 years trying to get computers to understand humor, and at times the results were, well, laughable. She recalled a time she gave the computer two different groups of sentences. Some were jokes. Some were not. The computer classified something as a joke that people thought wasn't a joke. When Rayz asked the computer why it thought it was a joke, its answer made sense technically. But the material still wasn't funny, nor memorable, she said. IBM has created artificial intelligence that beat opponents in chess and "Jeopardy!" Its latest attempt, Project Debater , is more difficult because it is based on language and aims to win structured arguments with people, said principal investigator Noam Slonim, a former comedy writer for an Israeli version "Saturday Night Live." Slonim put humor into the programming, figuring that an occasional one-liner could help in a debate. But it backfired during initial tests when the system made jokes at the wrong time or in the wrong way. Now, Project Debater is limited to one attempt at humor per debate, and that humor is often self-effacing. "We know that humor — at least good humor — relies on nuance and on timing," Slonim said. "And these are very hard to decipher by an automatic system." That's why humor may be key in future Turing Tests — the ultimate test of machine intelligence, which is to see if an independent evaluator can tell if it is interacting with a person or computer, Slonim said. There's still "a very significant gap between what machines can do and what humans are doing," both in language and humor, Slonim said. There are good reasons to have artificial intelligence try to learn to get humor, Darmstadt University's Miller said. It makes machines more relatable, especially if you can get them to understand sarcasm. That also may aid with automated translations of different languages, he said.  Texas A&M's Hempelmann isn't so sure that's a good idea. "Teaching AI systems humor is dangerous because they may find it where it isn't and they may use it where it's inappropriate," Hempelmann said. "Maybe bad AI will start killing people because it thinks it is funny." Comedian and computer scientist Bishop does have a joke about artificial intelligence: She says she agrees with all the experts warning us that someday AI is going to surpass human intelligence. "I don't think it's because AI is getting smarter," Bishop jokes, then she adds: "If the AI gets that, I think we have a problem."

https://news.yahoo.com/no-ai-humor-r2-d2-143213538.html 

:: 3-29-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The robots that learned to reproduce: Scientists teach AI-powered bots to 'mate' by combining pieces of their code

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam is studying how robots can 'mate' with each other

The process involves two robots combining their code to produce offspring

Could revolutionize how robots are made and equip them for new environments

By Annie Palmer For Dailymail.com Published: 14:28 EDT, 29 March 2019 | Updated: 14:28 EDT, 29 March 2019

Evolutionary roboticists have been testing radical methodologies that allow robots to 'mate' with one another autonomously. The process would work with two robots that are able to combine their code and produce 3D-printed offspring. And while it may seem far-fetched, researchers say this could become commonplace within about 20 years, according to Wired. Research around evolutionary robots was published recently in the journal Nature Machine Intelligence. In it, computer scientists from Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam devised an automatic process that 'designs robots across multiple levels and niches them to tasks and environmental conditions.' 'Life’s ability to produce useful embodiments comes from a free-form evolutionary process where variance occurs across multiple levels,' the study explains. 'Making robot design similarly free-form and level-based might herald a new wave of capable embodiments to finally tackle challenging unstructured environments.' Breakthroughs in evolutionary robotics could lead to great improvements in robots' ability to navigate complex environments. Among the environments called out by the researchers include: 'Cataloguing biodiversity in remote areas, searching destroyed buildings for survivors following an earthquake, and exploring labyrinthine cave systems.' For the study, the researchers from Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam programmed two robots to create their own offspring. Researchers added 'noise' to the data supplied to create the offspring, so as to model the process of biological mutations, according to Wired. They found that the resulting offspring had elements of the two robots' 'genomes,' as well as some mutations. 'One parent is fully green, and the other parent is fully blue,' Gusz Eiben, a profess or artificial intelligence at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, told Wired. 'Then the child has some modules that are blue and some that are green, but the head is white. 'That's not what we put in - it's a mutation effect,' he added. It comes as additional research has been conducted around using algorithms and 'evolution' to build better robots. Last year, scientists in Australia let algorithms design robot legs to handle different surfaces. Typically, when scientists build robots, they look back at earlier designs and engineer different versions accordingly. However, for the study, they took 20 digital shapes, tested their walking abilities and, from there, took the top performers and 'mated' them to produce similar-looking legs. They did this repeatedly until they generated legs that are adapted to walk on hard soil, gravel or in water, Wired reported. Continued work around evolutionary robotics could make it easier to produce advanced robots more quickly than before. Fears that the technology will spiral out of control are most likely irrational, as humans still oversee the 'evolutionary' process while it's carried out by robots, Wired noted.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-6865793/The-robots-learned-reproduce-Scientists-teach-AI-powered-bots-mate-combining-code.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 3-31-19 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Clapper Sings – Former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper Tells CNN Obama Ordered the Trump-Russia Spying Operation (VIDEO)

 by Jim Hoft March 31, 2019

On Monday former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper went on with CNN’s Anderson Cooper to discuss the Mueller Report after its release on Sunday. After two years of investigation Special Counsel Robert Mueller and his team of angry Democrats did not find any collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia. Mueller also did not find any evidence of conspiracy after President Trump fired crooked leaker FBI Director James Comey. Clapper defended the Obama administration’s spying on their political opposition during the election. And then Clapper appeared to put blame on Barack Obama for spying on his opponent during the 2016 presidential election.

Via Red Right Videos: ANDERSON COOPER, CNN HOST: The 2017 assessment that the President says he now agrees with, that was done while you and then NCI Director John Brennan were still in office. So, how can we reconcile the President attacking you, but apparently after a very long time finally, allegedly saying — or saying he allegedly agrees with the product of the intelligence community that you, yourself oversaw?

JAMES CLAPPER: Yes, well, this is — yes, as we’ve come to know the President, he is not a stalwart for a consistency or coherence. So it’s very hard to explain that. One point I’d like to make, Anderson, that I don’t think has come up very much before, and I’m alluding now to the President’s criticism of President Obama for all that he did or didn’t do before he left office with respect to the Russian meddling. If it weren’t for President Obama, we might not have done the intelligence community assessment that we did that set off a whole sequence of events which are still unfolding today, notably, special counsel Mueller’s investigation. President Obama is responsible for that, and it was he who tasked us to do that intelligence community assessment in the first place. I think it’s an important point when it comes to critiquing President Obama.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2019/03/clapper-sings-former-director-of-national-intelligence-james-clapper-tells-cnn-obama-ordered-the-trump-russia-spying-operation-video/ 

:: 4-1-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hold Hillary Accountable for Russiagate Hoax

Once again, Hillary Clinton got away with it.

April 1, 2019 Daniel Greenfield

Daniel Greenfield, a Shillman Journalism Fellow at the Freedom Center, is an investigative journalist and writer focusing on the radical Left and Islamic terrorism. After the Mueller report plopped with a wet thud on the media, everyone is blaming everyone else. MSNBC and CNN are blaming the fake experts they invited on and interviewed night after night, urging them to make outlandish predictions that Mueller would soon have Trump locked up for treason. Like Inspector Renault, they’re shocked that the baseless claims they had been repeating were nonsense. And a few of the experts who turned it up to 11 will no longer be invited into media green rooms. Meanwhile the politicians are blaming the media, even though Rep. Adam Schiff, Rep. Maxine Waters, Rep. Jerry Nadler, Rep Ted Lieu, and many other political reps were every bit as bad as the ‘experts’. Some, like Schiff, are doubling down and will go on investigating Russian collusion until the media stops inviting them on morning shows to discuss the nothing that they found last week and the week before. Oddly, no one is blaming the political arsonist who started the dumpster fire that is Russiagate. The Russian conspiracy theory was invented by the Clinton campaign. It was used as a pretext for spying on Trump associates. And then became an argument for invalidating the results of the 2016 election. And while the Republicans and Democrats tore each other apart over Russiagate, Hillary Clinton sipped her chardonnays and spent the evenings cackling madly at the TV while watching Washington D.C. burn. The Russiagate conspiracy theory had multiple purposes. The most cynical one was exempting Hillary and her Clintonworlders from any of the blame for the election defeat. Invoking Russia was also an effort to create an election issue that Clinton, a former Secretary of State, could claim expertise on. It would also neatly counter Trump’s focus on Islamic terrorists and on China with a Cold War boogeyman. Russia split lefties along interventionist lines. Hard core anti-war types became Russia skeptics. Most of the rest went along because they hated Trump more than they cared about foreign policy. That’s why, aside from Israel, foreign policy has mostly been absent from the 2020 battles even as the radical primaries push Democrat candidates further leftward on a wide variety of domestic issues. That’s strikingly different from the 2016 primaries where Hillary’s opponents repeatedly attacked her over the Iraq War. This time around, Rep. Tulsi Gabbard is the only candidate to run on a leftist foreign policy platform. And has next to nothing to show for it. Even Senator Bernie Sanders, a Castro and Soviet sympathizer, is carefully steering clear of foreign policy except for the ritualistic bashing of Israel. Why is foreign policy out of bounds? One reason is a surplus of inexperienced candidates who have spent hardly any time in national office, some who never did, squatting in the 2020 clown car. But a big part of the reason is that Hillary Clinton’s domestic positions are seen as fair game for lefty critics, but, due to Russiagate, her foreign policy people and her international positions are viewed as off-limits. 2020 candidates have a choice between endorsing Hillary Clinton’s interventionism, “We came, we saw, he died”, which would earn them the ire of grass-roots leftists, or avoiding the subject altogether. The clowns in the 2020 clownmobile car don’t want to step on Russiagate trip wires or offend the lefties. That’s why the only safe subject to tilt leftward on is Israel. After the Mueller report fell, they may be a little bit more willing to question interventionism, but the base remains passionately convinced that Russia plotted to put President Trump in the White House. The post-Mueller poll by Reuters shows 84% of Democrats still believe in collusion. 57% strongly agree. Hillary Clinton may not be a 2020 honored guest, but her legacy is safe. 2020 Dems will be cautious about criticizing her, not only because she still has a fan base, but because she never really lost. The election was stolen by a bunch of Russian bots on Facebook. And no lessons, except for the need to censor social media, have been learned from her defeat. Once again, Hillary Clinton got away with it. The media deserves plenty of the blame. But MSNBC, CNN, the New York Times and the Washington Post, not to mention the outlets more explicitly tied to the Steele report, were acting as Hillary’s greedy ideological catspaws. They got rich off the hoax, but they didn’t invent it. Hillary Clinton’s people did. Any real reckoning should begin with the mother of all the hoaxes. But that too is very risky. Hillary Clinton tied in Obama’s people into the conspiracy. Any reckoning of Hillary’s role in Russiagate would rebound and take down sizable chunks of the Obama administration. Once again, Hillary Clinton used complicity, tying multiple interests into mainstreaming her hoax, that her lie had become too big to fail. Like the banking system, it would take too much down with it. The media is a safer target. Its only collateral damage is its non-existent credibility. Obama’s people however committed actual crimes. Eavesdropping on the political opposition is redolent of Watergate. And while the Dems no longer need Hillary, they very much need Obama. Especially if the top of the 2020 ticket ends up being a white New Englander with as much appeal to black people as mayonnaise. Take down Hillary over Russiagate, and Obama goes with her. It’s safer to just leave her alone. Any meaningful reckoning of the Russiagate hoax won’t end with the media. It will follow it through Fusion GPS, the DNC, and Clinton associates who hoped to swing the election with one last dirty trick. It will trace the passage of the Clinton conspiracy theory through the DOJ and the FBI. It will measure the institutional damage inflicted on the government, not just the permanent tainting of the 2016 election. Nobody complicit in Russiagate is about to allow that to happen. And so everyone, from the media on down, is willing to be Hillary’s fall guys instead. The Clintons have never had a shortage of those. Hillary Clinton’s political career is over. But despite the odds, she’s managed to evade blame not only for her crimes, but for her terrible political instincts and failures. And she is able to sit back and watch Democrats and Republicans still fighting it out over a game that she set into motion years ago. It’s hard not to believe that she doesn’t feel glee at the damage she is continuing to inflict on America. Russiagate was not a media failure. The media these days is just a Democrat messaging operation. Its broadcasts and articles exist to promote the partisan agendas of its political faction. Holding the media accountable for spreading smears, lies and conspiracy theories is like blaming the dog, instead of the owner, when it makes a mess on your lawn. The media makes messes, but it doesn’t originate them. MSNBC, CNN and the Washington Post can’t and won’t clean up the Russiagate mess. The only one who can is a retired politician dictating books, doing speaking tours and watching TV in her home in Chappaqua, New York. She is also the only person to have escaped a Russiagate reckoning. Unlike her fellow Democrats, she has nothing at stake in this post-Clinton political order and is happy to watch the country burn, and her party with it, to slake the frustrated anger of her final defeat. Russiagate is Hillary Clinton’s revenge on everyone. On Trump, on Republicans, and on her own party. If she can’t have the White House, she can still set the agenda by watching her big lie take over the national conversation, hounding Trump and forcing the Dems to fight her war using her last dirty trick. The only way to stop the damage that the last two years have inflicted on our country is to hold Hillary, Obama, their associates and officials accountable for the catastrophic dirty trick known as Russiagate.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/273299/hold-hillary-accountable-russiagate-hoax-daniel-greenfield 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 4-1-19 Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Latest Scheme to Turn Gun Owners into Criminals

American Thinker ^ | April 1, 2019 | Jonathon A Moseley

Posted on 4/1/2019, 7:02:48 AM by Moseley

Gun-owners, they are coming: on March 21, a Fredericksburg man was prosecuted and convicted of the misdemeanor crime of merely holding a B.B. gun in public. I know because I was in the trial, as the attorney defending Mr. Wolff. The Second Amendment protects the right to keep and bear arms. However, gun control activists are trying to criminalize gun ownership. Their next step is that you are a criminal if you take a gun out in public. If they have to let you own a gun, you can't ever take it out of its case. Liberals continue to try to criminalize private ownership of guns, despite losing a key battle in District of Columbia v. Heller, 128 S.Ct. 2783, 2820–2821, 171 L.Ed.2d 637, (2008). Unlike conservatives, left-wingers never quit. They intend to win the war eventually and disarm the American people. Now they claim that it is illegal to "open carry" a firearm. The mere existence of a gun if anyone else is around now has become the crime of "brandishing" and/or "assault" (which means frightening people, contrary to popular misunderstanding) or both. In Virginia, in the Fredericksburg General District Court, my client was charged with two counts of "brandishing" a firearm under Va. Code § 18.2-282 and two counts of assault under the all-purpose (vague) Va. Code §18.2-57, for a single incident that took no more than 30 seconds. (In my own defense, I took the case knowing that Virginia statutes are bad and need to be challenged by a campaign of appeals.)

(Excerpt) Read more at americanthinker.com  ...

In the early morning of January 3, 2019, Mr. Wolff — who because of the pain of his injuries did not sleep most of the night — heard a loud commotion in the private athletic club parking lot right to him. There was a history of trespassing, drunken parties, and police activity there. He described often seeing the blue flashing lights of police cars filling his living room from that spot over the years. He knew that the parking lot was blocked by a cable and a lock, so anyone parking there would be committing a crime, including breaking the cable and the lock. Just last week, he found a .22 bullet casing in that parking lot. He testified that he did not know what was going on, so he took his B.B. gun for his own protection. Standing in his own yard, he shouted across the fence, "What are you doing there? That is private property." The woman then shouted, "He's got a gun!" The man and the woman then calmly walked away, never answering his question. They were "flaggers" assisting a road construction project, but nobody had ever informed Mr. Wolff before. His question was never answered. He went back into his townhouse, thought the incident was over, and went back to his morning meal. Nobody suggested that he ever pointed the B.B. gun at anyone, nor that he waved it or flourished it in an ostentatious or angry manner (referring to dictionary definitions of "brandish"). But he was then arrested for two counts of "assault by intimidation" and two counts of brandishing, purely because the two workers said they were afraid. There was body-cam video of the interviews after the fact. Everyone agreed on the day of the incident that the defendant carried a B.B. gun by holding the barrel (the front tip up by his hip) so that the trigger end hung down near the ground, and that he held the B.B. gun down next to his leg. He then leaned it up against the fence. There were four counts alleging two victims from the same incident. So if you have a gun around ten people, you could be charged with twenty misdemeanors from one single action. That would be ten crimes of brandishing by just holding the gun passively and ten crimes of assault from the same holding, because there are ten people around. The judge seemed sympathetic but said that he felt constrained by prior court cases to find Mr. Wolff guilty of Va. Code § 18.2-282, which also criminalizes merely "holding" a firearm "in such manner as to" frighten someone. The judge discussed with me that the statute is completely subjective from the standpoint of the complaining person. I say this makes the statute unconstitutional — void for vagueness — because anyone can say he is afraid just because you are holding a gun. How do you know what to means to hold a gun "in such a manner" as to make someone afraid? There are no standards to follow. How do you know if you are breaking the law? What is "brandishing?" Nobody knows. There is no definition in the statute. Virginia considers dictionaries, but those definitions are all over the map. We should all be offended by vague and ambiguous laws that can be bent like putty in the hands of prosecutors or police.

1 posted on 4/1/2019, 7:02:48 AM by Moseley

[ Post Reply | Private Reply | View Replies]

To: Moseley Mr. Wolff is a disabled veteran living on a small pension. He needs help to pay $1,300 for the court reporter’s transcript. Otherwise, he won’t be able to take the case up on appeal. If anyone cares about the growing assault on every American’s Second Amendment rights, please help with a donation of whatever you can manage, large or small

https://www.gofundme.com/prosecuted-for-quotopen-carryquot-need-transcripts 

Now, in order to take the case to Second Amendment organizations like the Virginia Civil Defense League, Gun Owners of America, and the NRA, or The Rutherford Institute with John Whitehead in Virginia, it is necessary to show the court reporter’s transcript to them. They need to know that this case is a good example of the legal question before going forward with it.

2 posted on 4/1/2019, 7:03:56 AM by Moseley ( http://www.MoseleyReport.com  )

http://www.freerepublic.com/focus/news/3738958/posts?page=5 

[ :: 10-26-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For man brings many things about themselves, their foolishness, they run off at the mouth and they do not consider the things that they are saying. They poke the bear in the eye and poke the bear in the eye and they poke the bear in the eye and they do not realize that the bear can be very vicious, that he can tear them to shreds, that he can kill those that they love, he can kill th